Fifty-Five Years of Mainstream Media Lies

Kelleigh Nelson

When the Supreme Court moved to Washington in 1800, it was provided with no books, which probably accounts for the high quality of early opinions.  Robert Jackson, former Supreme Court Associate Justice

Once the Supreme Court in 1973 decided that infanticide could be legal, it not only ended America’s ‘inalienable right to life,’ it threw the Golden Rule right off the shores of this continent. Actor Michael Moriarty

I don’t think we need political activists on the Supreme Court or any other level of court.  Dick Mountjoy, Republican, California State Senate

Recently Rush Limbaugh was talking about the latest lies by the NYTs against Justice Kavanaugh, and people were calling in asking what to do.  I know Limbaugh knows about the 1964 Supreme Court case, NYTs v. Sullivan because he’s spoken about it before; yet he never mentioned it.  This was the 1964 decision by the liberal Warren Court, the same court who eliminated prayer from our schools in 1962, and has caused a precipitous decline in academic achievement, a rise in out of wedlock pregnancies, a rise in drug use, a rise in juvenile crime and deterioration in student behavior.

The 9-0 decision in NYTs v. Sullivan should be overturned as it has allowed the mainstream media to lie with impunity about government officials and later public figures for over 55 years, and today the result is just as heinous for our society as the 1962 Engel v. Vital decision.  There is no truth from mainstream media, only propaganda.

The landmark U.S. Supreme Court case, New York Times Co. v. Sullivan, 376 U.S. 254, 84 S. Ct. 710, 11 L. Ed. 2d 686 (1964), extended the First Amendment’s guarantee of free speech to libel cases brought by public officials. The Supreme Court sought to encourage public debate by changing the rules involving libel that had previously been the province of state law and state courts.

It was Justice Brennan who created the “right to be wrong,” the speech and press rule stipulating that even false statements about public officials should be entitled to protection under the First and Fourteenth Amendments of the Constitution of the United States unless “actual malice” could be demonstrated.

In order to prove libel, a “public official” must show that the newspaper acted “with ‘actual malice’ that is, with knowledge that it was false or with reckless disregard” for truth.  And just how does one prove that?  The mere fact that the federal government via the Supreme Court removed states’ rights for libel and slander in the NYTs ruling and follow-up cases is what Justice Clarence Thomas believes “were policy-driven decisions masquerading as constitutional law.”

Again, to prove actual malice under the Sullivan decision, a libel plaintiff must show that the writer knew the disputed statement was false or had acted with “reckless disregard.” That second phrase is also a term of art. The Supreme Court has said that it requires proof that the writer entertained serious doubts about the truth of the statement.

In the past 55 years, media has gone from lies of omission (Douglas Edwards and Walter Cronkite) to outright falsehoods about public figures they disdain as treacherous to the elites’ globalist agenda.  Prime targets of the media are President Trump and Justice Kavanaugh.

Socialists Seek to Impeach Justice Kavanaugh

Ridiculous as it may seem to law abiding Americans, the socialist left now believes you are guilty via accusation if you are a Republican or conservative icon.

Elizabeth Warren tweeted, “Like the man who appointed him, Kavanaugh should be impeached.” Kamala Harris tweeted, “Brett Kavanaugh lied to the U.S. Senate and most importantly to the American people. He was put on the Court through a sham process and his place on the Court is an insult to the pursuit of truth and justice. He must be impeached.”  These attorneys accuse the Justice of lying, yet there isn’t a scintilla of proof regarding the accusations.

Christine Blasey Ford’s allegations against Judge Kavanaugh during his confirmation hearings were not even believed by Ford’s best friend, Leland Kaiser who was pressured by Ford’s allies to change her story.  Kaiser was threatened regarding cooperation and told if she didn’t cooperate, “bad things would happen to her.”  Keyser’s son Alex Beckel and her former husband Bob Beckel, a prominent Democrat, are both on record stating that she “was pressured by Blasey Ford allies to lie during the Kavanaugh confirmation hearings about the incident.”

The entire “rush to judgement” circus was brought forth by Diane Feinstein.  Yet, we never saw Eric Holder impeached for his gun running, or Hillary for Benghazi, or Ted Kennedy for leaving Mary Jo Kopechne to die in his car off Chappaquiddick Bridge.  Liberal icons rarely suffer for misdeeds.

The socialist left uses the same modus operandi every single time they make accusations, and then they go to their comrades in the mainstream media to spew their lies with impunity, thanks to the 1964 Supreme Court decision.  This is why there is a massive decline in the trust of American media.

The New York Times Piece

Robin Pogrebin, a culture reporter for The New York Times, and Kate Kelly, a Wall Street reporter for the same paper, got together to write The Education of Brett Kavanaugh.  They debuted their new book in a NYTs article wherein they left out the pertinent information related in their book that the woman they claimed was assaulted by Kavanaugh had brushed away this claim, had no recollection of such a claim, and had refused to speak with them.

Pogrebin and Kelly’s New York Times piece also failed to tell us that their source, Max Stier, had been Bill Clinton’s lawyer. Kavanaugh had worked for Ken Starr on impeachment while Stier had worked to defend Clinton against impeachment.  The Federalist’s Mollie Hemingway noted in a piece that during those proceedings Stier had “worked closely with David Kendall,” who would later defend Hillary Clinton against allegations of illegally handling classified information.

In addition to defending the Clintons during Whitewater, Stier also married U.S. Attorney Florence Yu Pan.  Pan was a Democrat donor who was nominated for a federal judgeship under Barack Obama.  The Republican Senate blocked the appointment.  Payback is always behind the scenes.

And once again, shortly after Pogrebin and Kelly debuted an article promoting their book with another freshman year sexual allegation against Kavanaugh, three 2020 Democrats called for Kavanaugh’s impeachment.

As Daniel Greenfield said in a recent article, “The manufactured Kavanaugh scandals are subsidiary to the manufactured Trump scandals.”

Liberal Hacks Blame NYT’s Editors

President Trump said Justice Kavanaugh should sue both the New York Times and the authors of the article debuting their attack book on Justice Kavanaugh.  But they quickly covered their backsides by appearing on several talk shows and blaming the editors of the newspaper.

Most likely they were told they had to clear their names and claim their article had been edited and left out an important part.  Personally, I don’t believe this for one minute, but the Times realizes they can’t be sued if they claim it was an oversight. They had the women appear on mainstream media and claim it was an error.  The Times put out a correction the Monday after the initial article appeared stating, “The book reports that the female student declined to be interviewed and friends say that she does not recall the incident. That information has been added to the article.”

Both reporters denied that they deliberately intended to mislead anyone and that the editors removed the piece because it had the woman’s name in it, which the Times is loath to use.  In doing so, they “inadvertently” removed the rest of the statement.

The two authors were asked on one program if they hadn’t read the edited copy and they answered that they thought they did, but obviously if they did, they liked the way it read.

These women escaped being sued by backtracking quite quickly, otherwise both they and the Times would have easily been sued for “actual malice.”

Conclusion

The leftwing media didn’t make a mistake.  Their attack on Kavanaugh was purposeful and vitriolic.  They want the President destroyed, and they want other conservative judges to know what it will cost them to be appointed by President Trump.  There really is no journalism at The New York Times.  Their reactionary politics and attacks on the truth itself are disturbingly common.

Mainstream media and their socialist ilk scream impeachment…impeachment of our President and of Justice Kavanaugh.  It’s time we start screaming that NYTs v. Sullivan must be overturned and libel laws returned to the states!

P.S.  NewsWithViews comes into your mailbox daily because of the efforts of our editor, and those who write for him. Maintaining the website is costly, as is the time and effort put into the daily distribution of articles which you will not see in mainstream media. Please support NWVs monthly with any amount you can spare. Your help brings the truth to America. You can donate here, and tell all your friends to sign up to receive the daily articles in their mailboxes.

© 2019 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




Ukraine Set Up: Three Very Important Questions

Devvy Kidd

The whole world has been in a frenzy the past week over what is so obviously a set up to overturn a legitimately elected president of these United States of America.

The media feeding frenzy for each one of these phony scandals keeps growing like bad weeds. If we thought the prostitute media – an extension of the Democratic/Communist Party USA – was bad for the Russia collusion hoax, then get Kavanaugh, this latest manufactured set up has those whores running lies 24/7. Like this headline on Yahoo:

“Unlike the Mueller report, much of the evidence in the growing Ukraine controversy that has fueled the Democrats’ impeachment inquiry is clearly in public view.”

There is NO evidence, only hearsay.

The DemoRATS are running out of time for the 2020 election. Their stable of presidential candidates are nothing but socialists and some full-blown communists the American people don’t want – except those who care NOTHING for this country or the U.S. Constitution.  Only what gets into their bank account.

NWVs readers are involved Americans who seek the truth. I know millions of Americans don’t believe the bull manure being shoveled by the gross tons. Thankfully, I believe millions no longer believe the so-called mainstream media or Democrats who have clearly demonstrated for almost three years their only goal is to remove Donald Trump.

The hysteria by Democrat presidential candidates, the Hollywood crowd and sitting members of the U.S. Congress is not only unjustified, those partisan fools all need straight jackets. They truly have become dangerous to our republic.

I’ve worked my way through a hundred articles and commentaries about this latest what I consider sedition. Like millions of Americans I read the transcript of the phone call between President Trump and Ukraine’s newly elected president.

My take was pretty cut and dry: Trump has been trying to expose the corrupt mainstream media and the deep state. When I read the word Crowdstrike, I thought, oh, here we go. Pandora is now out of the box and the Dems are going to fill their drawers in panic.

Since the transcript (White House Release) and then the highly legal structured complaint allegedly written by an alleged whistle blower has been made public, a whole lot more has finally been exposed to sun light. The push to impeach Trump burned even hotter after those two documents with spin by the Dems that is almost impossible to put into words. They are indeed desperate.

Lies, lies and more lies.  Of course, those who hate Trump and are convinced he stole the election from career criminal, Hildebeast Clinton, care NOTHING about the truth, only get Trump.

While I know you, dear readers, have likely read quite a bit on this, below are what I consider essential reading.  Or watching.  Not repetitive but with cold, hard, verifiable facts DemoRATS and their blind followers refuse to believe.

What we now know is this whole thing was a set-up from the get-go. The Mueller Report couldn’t get Trump so move on to Plan B. Blast the lies like fire from an AK-47. Use the power of congressional committees to reinforce those lies with more lies. Keep a tight lid on the cover-up or they will get caught for covering up all the illegal activities of those behind the Russia collusion hoax.

Three questions.  First is where are Senate Republicans in defense of their party’s leader and president? Sore loser, Willard Mitt Romney, is in favor of an impeachment inquiry but that’s not unexpected. His opinion to me is equivalent to a pimple on an elephant’s butt. Two Republican governor’s also either can’t read and process or they want Trump gone for whatever reason. (Vermont Gov. Phil Scott and Massachusetts Gov. Charlie Baker, both very outspoken against Trump.)

Braying Ass: Romney calls Trump’s openness to foreign campaign help ‘simply unthinkable’

Trump-hater: Sasse [R-NE) on Whistleblower Complaint: ‘There’s Obviously Lots That’s Very Troubling There’

“Where’s the Senate?” – Rudy Giuliani Joins Chorus of GOP Voters Wondering Why Senate Has Turned Its Back on President Trump

Thank God Republicans were able to hold on to the Senate (No, I won’t get started on how worthless they are with the exception perhaps of Rand Paul) or things would be a lot worse than they are now.

But, where are their collective voices raised in support of Trump and doing their part to expose this latest set-up and attack on their president? Ah, could you say that again because the silence is deafening.

Second question. If this is such an urgent matter with a rushed hearing putting the acting Director of DNI, Joseph Maguire, in front of a committee and televised by all the networks (which I watched), why has dementia addled Pelosi declared it’s time for a two-week recess?

Huh? Those maggots just barely got back from six weeks called the August Recess.  Another paid recess. House members about $14,700 a month; senators a bit more; speakers and whips a bit more.

My personal opinion is Pelosi and her gang have now realized the truth – not their own lies, spin or obfuscation – is unfolding and they have stepped in a steaming pile blowing up in their faces. Time for a two-week recess so ‘they’ can try to figure out what to do next to protect their own lies and wrong-doings.

The IG report is due out in a few months and we’re going to find out about those FISA warrants illegally obtained. This sickening, manufactured diversion came out at just the right time to stop all the talk about that report.

Arrogance always gets those corrupt dogs and this time they’ve outdone themselves. Trump is a tough street fighter and he takes these attacks very personally. While he’s done many things I vehemently disagree with and has surrounded himself with rotten cabinet picks and advisers like his daughter and son-in-law, his flaying of the Democrats and their disgraced, biased media is unprecedented. Bravo, Mr. President.

Third question and possibly most important: WHO allegedly told this alleged whistle blower about that phone call? Reports are there were about 12 people in the room at the time of this now infamous phone call.  Taking notes. Individuals our president believed he could trust.  Trump knows who was in the room during that call and if I were that person, I would be very worried about any future in government service. Perhaps even jail time.

Fred Fleitz: Did Intelligence Committee Democrats Help Orchestrate Deep State Complaint?

Republicans want whistleblower’s sources, as inconsistencies in complaint emerge

WHO. That is the big question that must be answered.  I firmly believe Trump is working to find out just exactly who and the whole truth about the Russia collusion hoax; he also wants to know if any individuals in the Ukrainian government assisted in covering up the investigation into Hunter Biden.

Hunter Biden who only a couple months out of rehab for his serious addiction to cocaine, suddenly and with no experience becomes a very wealthy man getting paid big bux on shady business dealings. His dad, sex pervert and corrupt as Bill Clinton, former illegitimate VP, Joe Biden, is up to his neck in this whole thing.

There are some cracks in the dam and likely more to come as many believe as I do: Biden is now rancid meat and they will throw him under the bus – after they do everything they can to keep the impeachment process going right up to the election if necessary:

Booker: ‘I Have Problems’ with Hunter Biden’s Actions

Maher blasts Hunter Biden’s Ukraine ties: If Don Jr. did it, Rachel Maddow would be all over it

Hide and seek: Rush Limbaugh: Why Dems should fear ‘Crowdstrike’ comment – ‘No question’ that ‘Trump is gonna get to the bottom of the origins of the Mueller investigation’

And so, we have yet another cover-up dividing the people of this country based on party lines.  A president once again under extreme attack for doing nothing even remotely rising to the level of ‘high crimes and misdemeanors. Some ask when will it end?

If Trump wins the 2020 election it will continue for four more years unless the American people say enough is enough.  Since Pelosi has called a two-week recess, those rotten parasites will all be in their district offices.

Start calling their district offices, Democrat or Republican. Give the Dems a piece of your mind politely in a non-threatening manner. Don’t jeopardize your freedom for those maggots.  Just let them know We the People are fed up with their lies, corruption and attacks on Trump.

Give Republicans a piece of your mind. Ask him or her why they aren’t raising their voice in support of the President of these United States of America who is once again being falsely accused?

Remind all of them the primaries are coming up. Those critical primaries I have been harping on for months.

As I always write, I know time is in short supply for most people who work, go to school and family obligations. But I do hope you take the time to read the pieces below to get a full accounting of the truth – proven with documents that cannot be denied.  Read one or two a day; over lunch or just taking a break.

Share using all the social media outlets. It’s so very important to get the truth out there and networking is one of the most effective ways to get the job done.

Must read or watch:

From John Solomon who continues to peel back the lies – actual documents

Solomon: These once-secret memos cast doubt on Joe Biden’s Ukraine story

BREAKING– It Was All a Lie!… Ukrainian Government Did Not Know US Had Suspended Foreign Aid Until ONE MONTH AFTER TRUMP CALL – Drumroll: Therefore, there could be NO QUID PRO QUO.

Dem senators threatened withholding aid to Ukraine – Pressed for dirt to back Russia-collusion hoax

WATCH: Rep. Devin Nunes’ full questioning of acting intel chief Joseph Maguire | DNI hearing

WATCH: Rep. John Ratcliffe’s full questioning of acting intel chief Joseph Maguire | DNI hearing

EPIC! Devin Nunes Opening Statement on Whistleblower Report – “Hearsay Evidence” by Biased Operative – A Gross Spectacle (FULL STATEMENT)

The HITS Keep Coming… ANOTHER Glaring Mistake in CIA Official’s Whistleblower Report – A doozy.

There’s No Quid: It Looks Like A NYT Reporter Accidentally Gutted The Democrats’ Impeachment Narrative

BREAKING: Attorney General Bill Barr is In Italy on Official Business – One of the Countries Involved in Spygate Scandal

Whistleblower complaint relies on George Soros group

Fred Fleitz: ‘Rogue Intelligence Officer’ Likely Coordinated ‘Whistleblower’ Complaint with Adam Schiff’s Staff (Fleitz — who served as deputy assistant to President Trump and to the chief of staff of the National Security Council — has previously held national-security jobs with the CIA, the DIA, the Department of State, and the House Intelligence Committee staff.)

Former United States Attorney for the District of Columbia: Joe diGenova: “This Whistleblower Needs to Go to Prison – Soros’s Dirty Money Is All Over This Story”

HUGE MEDIA SCANDAL! Liberal Media Lies and OMITS 500+ WORDS from Transcript to Claim Trump Asked Zelensky to Investigate Biden — COMPLETELY FALSE!

BOOM!… Breaking Report: VP Joe Biden Specifically Set Up Scenario for Meeting Between Top Ukrainian Officials and His Son Hunter Biden’s Company (VIDEO)

SHADOW GOVERNMENT: Deep State Intel Community Secretly Altered Rules on Whistleblowers THIS PAST YEAR to Include Operatives Upset with Hearsay and Fake News Reports

Federalist Co-Founder Notes The Real Reason Behind The Media’s Trump-Ukraine Obsession

Steve Scalise: Deep State Bureaucrat ‘Doesn’t Meet the Standard of a Whistleblower’

[On a personal note, our town desperately needs a couple of veterinarians. Due to the passing of two fine veterinarians, we are down to only two vet offices.  Mine is looking for a vet to join his.  A very flourishing vet clinic, hospital and boarding facility. Want to get away from the rat race of urban crime infested cities and make really good money? Contact me for more information at devvyk@npn.net.)

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book, Taking Politics Out of Solutions. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2019 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Additional links for later reading.  It’s insane what’s going on.

Another sore loser.  Napolitano didn’t get Trump’s nomination to the Supreme Court and has been after Trump ever since.  Pollak: 5 Times Fox News’ Judge Andrew Napolitano Said Trump Committed a Crime — And Was Wrong

‘Whistleblower’ Complaint Entirely Hearsay and Media Claims; Distorts Ukraine Transcript

Brennan Calls on Unlimited Number of Deep State Spies to Use New, Secretly Altered Whistleblower Complaint Form to ‘Report Trump’

If this wasn’t so serious, we could all get a great belly-laugh out of this one. What BS just to look good for the upcoming primaries. If Pelosi had her way, she’d be speaker until she drops dead at the podium.

Nancy Pelosi: ‘Doesn’t Matter’ if Impeachment Cost Democrats the House

John Brennan Engages In Sedition On Twitter – Gets Called Out For His Own Treason

GOP Challenger Bill Weld Floats Death Penalty For Trump Over Ukraine: ‘The Only Penalty for Treason is Death’

New lawsuit: Judicial Watch: Dems and CIA Engaged In Coup Against Trump

Every American Must See This! Tucker Carlson Exposes Deep State Coup Against America -Intel agencies want to be the government and make elections meaningless, he says

First House Republican comes out in support of impeachment inquiry

Not what Dems want to hear:  MSNBC Shows ‘Secret Empires’ Reaching Critical Mass: ‘Biden Got a Nice Little Deal for His Boy’

THIS crap is why their voters put them in office? Straight jacket brigade:

Watch Live – Democrats Hold Event on Childhood Stresses Caused by Trump




Agonizing Death of American Citizenship

Frosty Wooldridge

“Open borders and sanctuary cities are blurring the distinction between illegal immigrants and Americans, and activist judges are eroding the Bill of Rights.” Victor David Hanson, author of Mexifornia

Last October, the Yale Study exposed the latest numbers of illegal aliens inhabiting, working and living in America:  the study showed between 22 and 25 million people live, work and play in America—without being citizens.  They violated American borders and live in violation of our laws 24/7.  Yet, Congress and even this president, do nothing to stop them.  Federal judges do everything in their power to negate our laws as to arrest and deportation of illegal aliens.  The ACLU also works against American citizenship.

Judges do nothing to sustain the laws already on the books:  US Code 8, Section 1324, makes it a crime to employ, house or transport an illegal alien living within the USA.  Fines:  $2,000.00 per illegal hired and up to 5 years in prison.  The American Civil Liberties Union thwarts our laws at every juncture. They must be the most Un-American organization operating in the United States.

Result:  millions of employers lie, cheat and steal from the American taxpayer.

At this time, American citizenship means very little to our elected leaders. Top sources state that nearly 500 cities legally protect border jumpers.

“Nearly 500 jurisdictions are now sanctuary cities, according to a group that’s tracked the issue for more than a decade, and who said there’s been a massive surge in the number of places trying to thwart federal immigration agents since President Trump’s election.

“The Ohio Jobs & Justice Political Action Committee has added more than three dozen new cities and counties to its list in 2017 alone, as jurisdictions rush to try to shield illegal immigrants from what they expect to be a new push for deportations under Mr. Trump.”

Additionally, an average of 300,000 pregnant illegal mothers birth their children on U.S. soil annually at a cost into the billions of dollars annually and over time as American taxpayers must pay for the births, food, schooling and medical for 18 years and beyond.  No one in Congress will stop it.

Hanson said, “Multiculturalism has reduced the idea of e pluribus unum to a regressive tribalism. Americans often seem to owe their first allegiance to those who look like they do. Citizens cannot even agree over once-hallowed and shared national holidays such as Christmas, Thanksgiving, and the Fourth of July.

“It is eerie how such current American retribalization resembles the collapse of Rome, as Goths, Huns, and Vandals all squabbled among themselves over what was left of 1,200 years of Roman citizenship — eager to destroy what they could neither create nor emulate.”

In my Denver, Colorado city, we pay for schooling of kids with 178 different languages. We house over 300,000-400,000 illegals in our state.  We pay for ESL classes that amount to nothing but a waste of money because those kids do not care to learn or speak English.  They live on welfare while they disrupt education for American students.  The last two Colorado governors mandated ‘sanctuary status’ for the entire state.  Illegals run around as a protected criminal class.  Even when they kill our citizens through drugs or accidents or outright executions, illegals enjoy immunity from our laws.

Hanson continued, “If a student cannot safely express opposition to abortion on demand, question the global-warming narrative, or object to safe spaces, trigger warnings, and race-based theme houses on campuses, does it matter that in theory we still have a First Amendment?

“We are unwinding at both ends. Tribalism, the erosion of the middle class, and de facto open borders are turning Americans into mere residents of a particular North American region between Mexico and Canada.”

Talk about unwinding, we’ve got Muslim lawmakers working feverishly to install their 6th century Sharia Law, which mandates women as ½ the value of a man, female genital mutilation of little girls, and the integrity of ‘honor killings’, acid in women’s faces, loss of animals rights, and virtually no women’s rights.  In fact, Assistant District Attorney, Ed O’Callaghan, Feb 2, 2018, stated that America now features 23 to 26 honor killings in the USA annually, and 500,000 cases of FGM throughout the country. FGM stands as assault and battery, but it’s not enforced. In other words, we’ve lost the ability to adjudicate our own laws, and we’re relinquishing them to a barbaric religion out of the 6th century.

These same illegals register to drive cars and vote in California, New York and more states across the USA.  Thus, your citizenship means less and less as their numbers grow more and more.

Each month, Congress imports 100,000 legal immigrants.  Another 500,000 cross our borders illegally annually.  Total: 1.7 million people mostly from third world countries.  Congress gives them citizenship whether they can read, write or perform simple math, or not, which is mostly the case.

When it comes to citizenship, does anyone think that Minnesota House Member Ilhan Omar possesses anything in common with any American?  Does she work for the betterment of America and Americans?  Why hasn’t she been indicted for marrying her brother to defraud our immigration system, which has been proven, but no action taken?  Is she the kind of citizen we want in our country?  Do we want more of her?  How about all those honor killings in the USA today? What kind of citizens practice that barbarism as Americans?  Answer: Muslims never intend on become Americans.  Or, FGM cases bursting out of the woodwork.

“Immigrants devoted to their own cultures and religions are not influenced by the secular politically correct façade that dominates academia, news-media, entertainment, education, religious and political thinking today,” said James Walsh, former Associate General Counsel of the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service. “They claim the right not to assimilate, and the day is coming when the question will be how can the United States regulate the defiantly unassimilated cultures, religions and mores of foreign lands?  Such immigrants say their traditions trump the U.S. legal system.  Balkanization of the United States has begun.”

What do we face in the end game of a projected addition of 110,000,000 (million) more immigrants invading America by 2050?   What kind of educational systems will we see in the future?  Can we educate those who lack the intellectual horsepower to learn?  What do we do with the offspring of 25 million illegal alien parents?

Will our country uphold the rule of law or become a chaotic anarchy much like Baltimore, Detroit, Chicago, Los Angeles or Miami—where so many people lack any sort of education, citizenship or loyalty toward America?

You might want to think about the loss of value of your own citizenship, and soon, that of your children.  I’ve seen enough of the third world to understand that once we cross over the Rubicon River with too much lawlessness that we tolerate—one day we won’t be able to save ourselves.

What to do?  Call your Senator and House member:

  1. Rescind the 1965 Immigration Reform Act. We don’t need another 1.2 million legal immigrants annually.
  2. Install the “Ingress equates to Egress Equation” for immigration. If 50,000 vacate America, we can import 50,000 educated, merit-based immigrants who speak English and want to become citizens.
  3. Better yet, stop all immigration for 20 years.
  4. Outlaw all anchor baby births and send back to their own country.
  5. Stop all ‘diversity visas’ as they do nothing to enhance our country.
  6. Arrest, prosecute and jail all employers of illegal aliens and start with the big ones like Marriott, Hormel, Tyson, McDonalds, Chipoltle’s and then, go after construction companies, landscape and painting companies.
  7. Slowly and gracefully begin deporting all illegal aliens as caught when they can’t secure a job.

© 2019 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




World Tax-Genuflecting to Plants and Impeachment

Rev. Austin Miles

This past Sunday (September 22) my birthday celebration took place. I won’t say how old I am, but when they lit the candles on the cake, six people were overcome by the heat. This birthday has glided me into the most confusion-based era in history. The Demoncrats are putting their resources and finances into “impeaching” President Donald Trump. For what? For doing everything a president SHOULD do to protect his country from enemies, financial ruin, degradation of the country, security of its citizens, economic growth and stability.and freedom of religion. (?) He has done NOTHING wrong, but indeed, everything right for the good of America. The impeachment goal began the moment President Trump was elected and put in office even though America is in better shape than ever since his presidency began.

Impeachment? Are you kidding me? They are mad because it is us, the church going people of responsible character, that is now the leadership of America, and not them. The Demoncrat Party are immoral thugs with criminal hearts.They are rude, vulgar and totally uneducated for this role in life, and, looking at those in office, such as Congresswoman Alexandria O’CRAZIO Cortez, they are just plain dumb. This is a difference between good and evil. And each wants to run America. We are rooting for the good guy who is now in the Oval Office.

What a world we are facing. We are being warned about Global Warming (?) which will result in the earth erupting in flames, burning everything up including people, so they say. The earth will be no more, IF we do not do what the demoncrats insist that we do, this is our fate doncha know. OK Here’s the skinny on this political lie: The ONLY thing that causes heat and cold is the sun! Nothing else. NASA told me this in a phone call. However we do have a serious MAN-MADE pollution problem caused by fossil fuel used in transportation, factory exhaust, polluted rivers due to lazy factory owners who built factories on river banks so they could conveniently dump all their waste in them. At one time, we could drink water right out of the river, it was that clear and pure. Now even the fish we catch can cause us problems because of the dirty pollution within them including mercury due to our rivers turned into garbage cans by imbeciles..

And why is this so important to Demrats? American Politicians, have tried various ways to establish a global tax. For years the U.N. has tried to figure out a way to pull this off, knowing that all these perverted politicians would become unspeakably wealthy.as a result. A world tax needs only a few cents for each person to pay, but a few cents. even a couple of pennies from every person in the world adds up to a fortune. THIS is what is behind the Global Warming hoax. Got that? They’ve tried several times to present a reason for a world tax. This is the reason that is gaining traction and might make it happen.

We are living in an age where God’s wrath seems to be growing. How could it not be considering the sins that can be charged against us including cruel painful abortions to little babies in the womb who have done no wrong to anyone. I cannot understand God’s patience considering the severity of all sin, especially those against innocent babies, the church and the sacredness of marriage. This writer is certain that the sins in Noah’s time would be tame in comparison to what is taking place today. Yet if offended God to the extent that he destroyed the entire earth, saving only Noah and his family, the only family He saw as righteous.

Take a look around you. They are actually teaching sexual immorality to children in the public schools so we can have a world filled with sexual perverts. In my day, everything about sex was hushed up. One did not loudly proclaim exploits or new positions. Today they are teaching in the clearest terms possible, that homosexuality is the new normal..NO IT IS NOT! Little girls are now taught in class, how to put a….condom on a little boy, using a metal man statue with his sexual organ extended on which the little gi….never mind, I can go no further with this part of the report.

We are now living in a world where nature itself seems disturbed and simply not working right….I frankly see that we are feeling the beginnings of God’s judgements. We are daily reminded of the increasing danger of wildfires, tornadoes, hurricanes, fierce floods, erupting volcanoes, bank failures, financial crisis, rumors of wars and erectile dysfunction.

Things are not going to get better. If pastors do not man their pulpits and people of integrity show their disagreement with these public school programs along with the children’s transgender reading programs in libraries, where the story tellers are made-up in garish opposite sex clothing and makeup, where children climb in the laps of these sodomite freaks as they read stories to them. And this is allowed? Apparently, everyone is asleep at the wheel.

Meanwhile, the Union Theological Seminary in New York, now has students making confessions to…now sit down….to plants. Plants? Yes, plants! The plants, it seems have more roots than our seminaries. Paganism has come right in and is welcome. In a Christian magazine story about this new take on sacred duties, that is, confessing to plants, has a positive calming effect on these stupid a…er buttocks…knuckleheads. Or so they say.

We must make laws against anyone who sells products with nicotine. That drug has proved deadly with thousands of deaths for using that product that people MUST use once they begin. Nicotine is a highly addictive drug that once tried, hooks the user for life.

I did a feature on the new phenomenon for smokers, called, e-cigarettes and VAPING., the only writer to expose this including the fact those metal cigarettes are indeed filled with Nicotine….got that?..they publicly lied and said Vaping was much safer, giving one the full satisfaction of smoking without the danger of nicotine. They LIED. The moment my story broke, news stories headlined the facts that the people who used the product wound up in the hospital with severe lung problems and SEVERAL have died as a direct result of Vaping. The manufacturers of that product should be jailed forever. This is the part of Capitalism that causes hatred, especially when you have a loved one that has died as a result of using a product totally misrepresented in order to ‘make a buck.’

Final Word Dept: Please be kind to animals. Sign petitions the moment you hear of someone mistreating God’s creatures. And join me in contacting your representatives to make it a law that anyone who hurts an animal or is cruel to an animal, is to be charged with a felony, with jail time mandatory. This writer has made several such contacts and has succeeded in getting some laws changed, such as making it a crime to import and export ivory, and to establish animal courts. These are specialized courts that handle all cases of animal abuse. We had three established courts right away and more are being put together.

Let us be kind to all creatures, both two legged and four legged ones. And please take care of yourselves. We need you, and want you.

photo Caption:

1) Plants Available for Conversation
2) New Church Ritual-Confessin to Plants

© 2019 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com




Basket of Deplorables

Mike Heath

And this is love, that we walk after his commandments. This is the commandment, That, as ye have heard from the beginning, ye should walk in it. — 2 John 1:6

In September of 2016, three years ago, Hillary Clinton was raising money in New York City.  It comes as no surprise that her rhetoric would go over the top with that crowd.  She said, “You know, to just be grossly generalistic, you could put half of Trump’s supporters into what I call the basket of deplorables.  Right?  The racist, sexist, homophobic, zenophobic, Islamaphobic — you name it.  And unfortunately there are people like that.  And he has lifted them up.”

She went on to describe the other half of Trump’s supporters as downhearted about the government because it has let them down.  She described them as desperate for change.

John opens his second epistle in the Bible, “To the lady chosen by God and to her children, whom I love in the truth.”  Hillary Clinton is also a female, though I wouldn’t be quick to describe her as a lady.  In fact her political career, personal life with husband Bill, and comment above, would suggest that she better fits the folks John describes later in this letter.

After describing the importance of walking in God’s commandments as evidence of Christian love he writes, “I say this because many deceivers, who do not acknowledge Jesus Christ as coming in the flesh, have gone out into the world.  Any such person is the deceiver and antichrist … Anyone who runs ahead and does not continue in the teaching of Christ does not have God.”

The Clintons lead the folks around the world who want to run ahead.  The people who have no interest in continuing in the teaching of Christ.  They’re working overtime as “progressives” to ignore the wisdom carried forward by religion.  The religion of the West is not multiculturalism, secularism or science.  Christianity is the religion of Western Civilization.

Hillary’s deplorable comment seeks to drive a wedge between patriotic Christians and superstitious Christians. Hillary’s “Christians” don’t think much about the fact that God walked the earth in the flesh — that He is indeed a God of history.  They obviously think of Jesus Christ as just one way to kindness and niceness. They mislabel this niceness as “love” and use the power of money, politics and government to bludgeon patriotic American Christians.

This deplorable comment works in New York City, the financial capital of the world.  The comment reinforces their disdain for the values of patriotic Christian Americans.

With the deplorable comment Clinton sealed her fate.  She lost the election to Trump. It amazes me that she was still able to attract so much support. Christianity has surrendered much of it’s cultural influence. It has drawn too close to the world, engaging in endless chatter and internal disagreements over peripheral matters.  Christianity is not continuing in the teaching of Christ in the West.

If it were continuing in those teachings the nations of the West would not be rolling out the red carpet to Muslims while shunning persecuted Christians.  John writes to the lady, “If anyone comes to you and does not bring this teaching, do not take them into your house or welcome them.  Anyone who welcomes them shares in their wicked work.”

The teaching to which John and all Christians dedicate themselves is to walk in obedience to Christ’s commands. Christians who love hate evil.  They abhor immoral actions, corruption and sin. It is not loving to tolerate evil.

Hillary Clinton calls Americans who live this way deplorables.  She assigns dark labels to them, “racist, sexist, homophobic, zenophobic, Islamaphobic.”  They are none of these things.  They are loyal Christian Americans who hope for a government that will reward good and punish evil.  It isn’t good in America to force women to cover themselves head to toe, or for men to be granted the “right” to have four wives.  It isn’t good for any nation to favor other peoples in the world over the people who are our fellow citizens.  It is evil to promote sodomy under pseudonyms like “sexual orientation, homophobic and LGBTQ.”  It is pure wickedness to label common sense about gender sexism.  And it is beyond belief to me that we are allowing politicians and oligarchs to stir racial division once again.

Our hope going forward is walking in obedience to the commands of Jesus Christ. We must begin by acknowledging the reality of sin.  There are many, many things we must change.  We won’t be able to see the narrow path’s beginning through the swirling cultural chaos that currently engulfs us until we start loving one another.  This love will not be separated from truth.  It will be full of truth.

This love will not gratify the desires of the flesh.  Paul the Apostle tells the Galatians, “The acts of the flesh are obvious:  sexual immorality, impurity and debauchery; idolatry and witchcraft; hatred, discord, jealousy, fits of rage, selfish ambition, dissensions, factions and envy; drunkenness, orgies, and the like.”

Read that list again.  Ask yourself why those things are not roundly and loudly condemned by people like Hillary Clinton who instead condemns non-existent groups who are “racist, sexist, homophobic, zenophobic, Islamaphobic.”

Paul concludes with a warning, “those who live like this will not inherit the kingdom of God.”  Live like who and what?  Live debauched like the Clintons.

They will not inherit the kingdom of God.  Will we?

© 2019 Mike Heath – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Heath: mike@michaelheath.org




The Political Landscape In America

Roger Anghis

Some say that politics are the same today as they were two hundred years ago.  The basics may be but the purpose has changed drastically.  When our nation was founded there was a genuine interest to make the nation succeed and not just for the sake of the nation but for the sake of the people.

Our Founders believed that each person was responsible for themselves and their families.  There was no government aid.  Those elected were genuinely concerned with the economic environment to make it easy to be able to do business and provide for your family.  Were there those that sought to take unfair advantage of others for personal gain.  Yes, but these people were dealt with swiftly when they were found out.

People, during the early years of our nation, put a lot of stock into a person’s character because a man’s reputation was his greatest asset.  Most people lived by biblical values, unlike today when Christian principles are shunned and even mocked.  America’s Christian principles created the most powerful, most prosperous and most respected nation this world has ever seen.  As the world ekes its way towards a one-world government, the pressure to be part of that may become too great to stay separated.  If that government was the same type of government our Founders established, that would be one thing, but what we are seeing is a socialistic government which demands to be a person’s source from cradle to the grave, false religion stupidity that will bring mankind to its knees.  The only government that has proven, for longer than any other government, to be successful is what was laid out in the Declaration of Independence and in the United States Constitution.  It has no rivals.  All others have failed.  The principles set out in the Constitution are unmatched on any continent in any period of time.  It is simply the best government ever devised by man.  Even then the foundation of it was derived from Scripture which is why it has been so successful.  

From the 1600’s the principles that were set out in the Constitution had been preached from the pulpit.  The principles of property ownership were preached from the pulpit.  The idea of the people limiting government and having a government of the people, by the people, and for the people was preached from the pulpit. All of the grievances listed in the Declaration of Independence were preached from the pulpit as factions of a society that was detrimental to society. [1]

Why do we see such a shift from a society that prided itself in personal responsibility and living in accordance with the principles laid out in scripture to a society that shuns Christianity and embraces an ideology that removes all freedoms that we have enjoyed for the last 243 years?  I believe the problem lies solely at the feet of the pastors.  There have been so many changes in our society that the pastors never resisted.  These changes didn’t come all at once but one small change here and another here until we now have a church that is hard to recognize as a church that supposedly represents Jesus Christ.  No true church of Jesus Christ embraces homosexuality, nor does it embrace living together outside of marriage.  The pastors of the Founding Era were men of strong character.  The pastors were the primary leaders of towns and villages.  The church was the center of activity.  Education was attained and taught in churches and the Bible was the center of it all.  All this history has been removed from our history books and ignored.  We are in danger of forgetting who we are.  This is being done in a calculated move to make the founding of America no better than any other nation. [2]

The pastors have allowed the strength of the Gospel to be diluted by ignoring the humanism that has crept into society. In all towns leading up to and after our fight for independence, businesses would close down on Sunday and most people would attend church.  This practice has not been seen in my lifetime.  The people that were placed into positions of authority were well known by the people and had a reputation of good character and living by biblical principles.

Judges, in particular, were required to have biblical knowledge.  James Kent, though not a Founder, was instrumental in establishing our law system.  He is referred to as the Father of American Jurisprudence.  In a case in 1811 that involved blasphemy against Jesus Christ, People vs Ruggles, a case that would never see the inside of a courtroom today, he sentenced a man to three months in jail and fined $500.00 for derogatory comments concerning Jesus and His mother Mary.  He stated: Such words uttered with such a disposition were an offense at common law.  In the Taylor’s case the defendant was convicted upon information of speaking similar words, and the Court. . .  said that Christianity was parcel of the law, and to cast contumelious [rude] reproaches upon it, tended to weaken the foundation of moral obligation, and the efficacy of oaths. 

Whatever strikes at the root of Christianity tends manifestly to the dissolution of civil government. . . the authorities show that blasphemy against God and. . . profane ridicule of Christ or the Holy Scriptures (which are equally treated as blasphemy), are offenses punishable at common law, whether uttered by words or writings. . . because it tends to corrupt the morals of the people and to destroy good order. [3]

Today our judges show little regard to biblical principles nor do they regard the Constitution even though they are sworn to uphold our Constitution when adjudicating a case.  Justice Ginsburg is not shy about making her case in public speeches, and she did just that at an Ohio State symposium honoring her 15 years on the bench.  Ginsburg argued that the Supreme Court is losing its relevance in the international community in failing to use international law as persuasive authority.  She went on that the Canadian Supreme Court is probably cited more often than the U.S. Supreme Court because “you will not be listened to if you don’t listen to others.”

“Why shouldn’t we look to the wisdom of a judge from abroad with at least as much ease as we would read a law review article from a professor,” asks Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg.  She went on, “I frankly don’t understand all the brouhaha lately from Congress and even from some of my colleagues about referring to foreign law.” 

At his confirmation hearing, Justice Roberts disagreed with Ginsburg’s position.  “If we’re relying on a decision from a German judge about what our Constitution means, no president accountable to the people appointed that judge and no Senate accountable to the people confirmed that judge…And yet he’s playing a role in shaping the law that binds the people in this country.”

Justice Scalia’s dissent in Texas v. Johnson goes even further.  He calls the discussion of international law “meaningless” and “dangerous” because the opinion’s author (Justice Stevens) quoted only international law that supported his position  and because the court “should not impose foreign moods, fads, or fashions on Americans.” 4

Our nation was made great by following God’s principles and our government is based on scripture.  We’ve had many people in office from both parties but their governing principles were basically the same but today we have most politicians look at what is best for the world totally disregarding the consequences or the costs to the American people as well as ignoring the principles that made our nation the greatest nation the world had ever seen.

In the beginning, you had to be a consistent church attendee, today you are considered not qualified if you have strong Christian beliefs.

© 2019 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, Bloomington, IN) pp. 15-16
  2. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, Bloomington, IN) p. 16
  3. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, Bloomington, IN) p. 192
  4. Justice Ginsburg defends using foreign courts as persuasive authority



Do Not Grow Weary

Mike Spaulding

Come to Me all who are weary and heavy laden, and I will give you rest.[1]—Jesus Christ

Weariness has become epidemic in America. The mental and physical exhaustion being suffered is evident on the faces of a great number of people nearly every day. Webster’s Dictionary defines weariness as: The state of being weary or tired; that lassitude or exhaustion of strength which is induced by labor; fatigue.[2]

Lassitude as used by Webster in the definition of weariness above means: uneasiness proceeding from continued waiting, disappointed expectation or exhausted patience, or from other cause.[3]

When I read “or from other cause” I paused. Certainly, unfulfilled expectations can weary you, as can unexpected events that bring with them negative results. Patience can be exhausted resulting in weariness and depleted strength or stamina to continue to persevere while waiting for a desired outcome.

However, when I read “or from other cause” my mind went immediately to weariness of the soul. What I see happening today in America especially in the individual lives of Christians is weariness of the soul.

This raises the question of cause. Webster’s defines weariness as resulting from labor, fatigue, disappointed expectation, or exhausted patience. These are all true causes of weariness, but I believe the issue goes much deeper than that. Weariness of the soul is the result of battling the evil of our times and not seeing any noticeable victory.

There is no denying that the days in which we live have become dark, wicked, and filled with evil events and daily news reports related to them. Mass shootings, human trafficking masked as immigration, famous pedophiles being exposed and then “suicided” in order to protect those whom they serviced, Satanic worshippers reveling in their Baphomet statue displays at state capitol buildings, Drag Queen Story Hour normalizing homosexuality and pedophilia to children too young to even know or prevent what is happening to them, and the LGBTQ propaganda machine, which I refer to as “Big Gay”, winning victory after victory in our institutions and corporations aided and abetted by local, state, and Federal governments. These are some of the causes of the weariness of the soul so widespread in America.

More troubling than all of this is the acquiescence of some churches and entire denominations to the wickedness described above. It seems that rather than battle evil that seeks to destroy them, these churches and their leadership would rather bend the knee to outright falsehoods, Scripture twisting, and abominable behavior, choosing to accept as normal and loving what God has stated is anything but that.

Evil is rampant and seems to be winning the battle for the heart and soul of America because Christians in large number are neglecting their call. Proverbs 25:26 rightly describes them:

Like a trample spring and a polluted well, is a righteous man who gives way before the wicked.

Wicked people strut about across this land, arrogantly spewing forth their vile language, hatred of every good and pure thing, attempting to tear down every institution that dares to stand against their onslaught of evil. Violence has risen in our land, perpetrated by malevolent people who hire the dregs and useful idiots of our society to do their bidding.

It is indeed wearying to the soul to see behaviors that lead to physical and emotional disease and illness become Cause Celebre.  Law enforcement organizations at several levels have become ensnared in fortifying this behavior such that the deviants are protected and allowed to continue their ungodly and often violent behavior publicly.

Those who have the courage to stand against them publicly are harassed and even threatened by law enforcement officials. Wickedness that is celebrated as good and natural and protected by law is a sign that a society has been corrupted to its very core. That is why we see justice being turned on its head.

What should the response of the righteous be? Should Christians abandon the culture to its just demise? Should God’s ambassadors walk away from the battlefield and allow the enemy to sweep away the few remaining resistors to his evil schemes and plans?

Weariness is often born upon a belief that God knows but doesn’t care. We often ask the question, “Where are you God?” What we mean by that is, “Why aren’t you responding to the evil all around us?”

At a time like this we must press in ever more intimately to our Father. We must dedicate ourselves to a complete surrender to Him. If we desire to see righteousness prevail and revival to sweep our land we must be willing to forsake everything, exchanging what we are for what the Father wants us to be.

We see a picture of this in Matthew’s Gospel. Here is what we read in 9:35-38.

35 Jesus was going through all the cities and villages, teaching in their synagogues and proclaiming the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every kind of disease and every kind of sickness.

36 Seeing the people, He felt compassion for them, because they were distressed and dispirited like sheep without a shepherd. 37 Then He said to His disciples, “The harvest is plentiful, but the workers are few. 38 Therefore beseech the Lord of the harvest to send out workers into His harvest.”

Doesn’t this describe much of the church today? Take note of two words in verse 36: distressed and dispirited. The people were weary and had given up hope. This motivated Jesus to continue to heal every kind of disease and sickness, as well as deliver everyone He encountered from the bondage of demons (see Matthew 9:32-33).

I find Jesus’ response to the heart condition of the people of His day encouraging and convicting. Matthew records that “He (Jesus) felt compassion.”  Jesus looked upon the people and His heart was moved to help them. Please also notice a qualifier that Matthew states as the source for Jesus’ compassion: “He felt compassion for them, because they were distressed and dispirited like sheep without a shepherd.”

The people were weary because they had no shepherd. The people had no one to lead them in the way of righteousness. They had no one to point them in the right direction and encourage them as Paul did to follow him as he followed Christ.

Friends, if we desire to see things change in America those of us who understand the call of God upon our lives, must lead the way. Isn’t that the meaning of Matthew 9:37-38? Jesus felt compassion upon the people because they had no one to encourage them and show them the way of righteousness. The people did not know what kingdom living looked like. So, Jesus says press into the Father by faith and “beseech” Him to send out workers into the harvest.

Beseech means to “entreat; to supplicate; to implore; to ask or pray with urgency.” The days in which we live demand that we entreat, implore, and pray earnestly. But this type of prayer and entreating of our Father must be accompanied by our willing submission to Him to do with us as He desires.

Asking the Father to send out workers into note, HIS harvest, may mean He sends you. Are you ready to go? Or, have you become entangled in so much of the world that you offer up a litany of excuses why He should send someone else?

One of my favorite hymns begins with these words:

O soul, are you weary and troubled?
No light in the darkness you see,
There’s light for a look at the Savior,
And life more abundant and free.

Turn your eyes upon Jesus,
Look full in His wonderful face,
And the things of earth will grow strangely dim,
In the light of His glory and grace.

However, it is the last stanza that grabs my attention every time. It says:

His word shall not fail you, He promised;
Believe Him and all will be well;
Then go to a world that is dying,
His perfect salvation to tell!

There it is in perfect rhyme! His word, “Therefore beseech the Lord of the harvest to send out workers into His harvest” shall not fail to accomplish all that He intends. Go therefore into a world that is dying, that is shepherdless, and that is distressed, despairing, and dispirited and tell them about Jesus Christ, the perfect, spotless, Lamb of God who takes away the sins of the world.

The antidote to Proverbs 25:26 stated above concerning the righteous giving way to the wicked is located in the preceding verse. Proverbs 25:25 says this: “Like cold water to a weary soul, so is good news from a distant land.”

Friends, the Good News is that Jesus Christ saves! He saves to the uttermost every man, woman, and child that comes to Him in faith, asking that He receive them, and cleanse them of their sin. That is the message we must take into the fields of harvest within America.

The day is coming when the harvest will be over. The souls of every man, woman, and child will be accounted for one day and then He returns. Are you ready? Do you know Jesus Christ by faith? If not, why not today? Simply confess your sin and ask Him to forgive you. Then seek to follow Him and learn from Him.

For more information please contact me at the email below.

God bless you today as you seek Him!

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: drmichaelspaulding@gmail.com
E-Mail Mike Spaulding: pastormike@cclohio.corg

Footnotes:

[1] Matthew 11:28.

[2] Webster’s 1828 Dictionary online at https://webstersdictionary1828.com/Dictionary/Weariness

[3] Ibid.




Lies, Damned Lies and 9/11

Servando Gonzalez

There are three kinds of lies: lies, damned lies, and statistics. —Mark Twain

According to the Joint Chiefs of Staff’s Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms, intelligence is the final product resulting from the collection, processing, integration, analysis, and interpretation of available information.[1] So, even though the term intelligence comprises something much more complex, we may safely accept the shorter definition that intelligence is just information after it has been properly evaluated.

In its advisory report to the US Government, the 1955 task force on Intelligence Activities of the second Herbert Hoover Commission stated that: “Intelligence deals with all the things which should be known in advance of initiating a course of action.”[2] A true expert gave a similar definition more than 2000 years ago. According to Sun Tzu, “the reason why the enlightened prince and the wise general conquer the enemy whenever they move and their achievement surpass those of ordinary men is foreknowledge [intelligence].”[3]

Though the definition of intelligence is very simple and straightforward, most authors dealing with the subject confuse it. Some of them consistently use the terms information and intelligence as synonyms, when it is obvious that they are not. Others even have used the term “raw intelligence” as a synonym for information, but, as we will see below, contrary to information (which might contain misinformation and disinformation), intelligence is a very elaborated product; there is nothing raw in it.

Meteorologists never say “tomorrow is going to rain,” but “there is a 25 percent of possibility for rain tomorrow.” In the same fashion, after evaluating a particular item of information, intelligence analysts never say “this is true,” but give an estimate of the possibility it may be true intelligence.

Now, how is information evaluated?

The evaluation of information, also known as appraisal or assessment, is the process by which a piece of information is analyzed in terms of credibility, reliability, pertinence and accuracy, in order to change it into intelligence. The evaluation of information is accomplished at several stages within the intelligence cycle [4] with progressively different contexts.

The evaluation or appraisal of a particular item of information is indicated by a conventional letter-number system.

Reliability of the Source:

A Completely reliable
B Usually reliable
C Fairly Reliable
D Not usually reliable
E Unreliable
F Reliability cannot be judged

Accuracy of the Information:

1 Confirmed by other reliable sources
2 Probably true
3. Possibly true
4. Doubtful
5. Improbable
6. Accuracy cannot be judged

The evaluation simultaneously takes into consideration both the reliability of the source based on its previous performance, and the credibility of the information itself. The process involves a check against intelligence already in hand and an educated guess as to the accuracy of the new information based on how well it dovetails with previous intelligence.[5]

Though independent, the two aspects cannot be totally separated from each other. The authoritativeness of the source, which may not necessarily coincide with its reliability, can never be ignored, though it is sometimes overrated in the light of the credibility of the information — something that has to do with the expectations of the people involved in the evaluation process. But people, including intelligence analysts, tend to believe what they suspect or expect to be true, or what better fits their personal needs, so there is always an element of bias in any evaluation of information.

It must be emphasized that both evaluations must be entirely independent of each other, and they are indicated in accordance with the system shown above. Thus, information judged to be “probably true” received from a source considered to be “usually reliable” is designated as “B2.”

One must keep in mind that the question of what is authoritative and what is not is very relative. A highly authoritative source may produce credible information, but the intelligence officer must always ask himself the question “Why?” The higher the authoritativeness of the source, the higher the possibility that it may be biased or had been compromised and, therefore, the higher the danger of disinformation. Highly authoritative sources from totalitarian governments may not always tell the truth, to say the least, but highly authoritative sources from democratic countries may not be very reliable either. There is evidence that the CIA has been involved in recruiting scholars at the most prestigious American universities, and journalists in the most influential American media. Also, there is suspicion that the KGB, the Mossad, and even the Cuban intelligence services, among others, have done a good job penetrating American universities and media.

From the point of view of intelligence and espionage, a stolen document is often more valuable than a gratuitously conveyed secret one from whatever source, since it diminishes, though not totally eliminates, the risk of deliberately misleading information. The “why?” however, applies not only to the danger of planted disinformation. It must also be asked about the source, even of one whose bona fides is beyond question. The danger here is of an intelligence service believing what it wants to believe —a problem that has affected all the world’s intelligence services at one time or another. The problem of the bias of the evaluator is one that is unavoidable in intelligence; it extends even to information of fullest credibility from the most reliable sources.

Bias in evaluation can never be fully eliminated in an intelligence service and, more importantly, in high government circles. Moreover, creating evaluators to evaluate the evaluators can only compound it. Within the intelligence establishment, the only effective safeguard lies in the individual competence and quality of its members. Even more important is their intellectual honesty and personal courage to face pressures from above.

One must always bear in mind that no source can ever be regarded as infallible and no single bit of information can ever be regarded as totally accurate. Whatever the case, the chances for error, misinterpretation, misunderstanding and deceit are too high to blindly trust any information.

Super patriots, doctrinaire partisans, court historians, bureaucratic climbers, people of provincial outlook, enemy moles —all of them are potential dangers to sound information evaluation. Perspective, perspicacity, worldliness, a soundly philosophical outlook, the knowledge and sense of history, and perhaps a bit of skepticism and a sense of humor — these are the qualities of an intelligence analyst that minimize error in the interpretation and evaluation of information.

The 9/11, 2001, Events

All the initial information the American people received about the 9/11 events came from a single source: the American government. With the single exception of Congresswoman Cynthia MacKinney, who since the very beginning questioned the U.S. Government’s version of the events, nobody in the two branches of the Repucratic Party questioned it. The American mainstream media as a whole accepted the Government’s version of the events and became an obedient mouthpiece parroting it over and over ad nauseam. Actually, the only dissenting source of information about 9/11 has been the Internet and books published by minor independent presses.

However, the U.S. Government, like all governments around the world, is made out of politicians, and politicians have never been a source of truthful information.[6] Moreover, with a few and short exceptions, the U.S. Government ha been fully under the control of the CFR conspirators, whose goal is to destroy the U.S. and implement a totalitarian New World Order. Therefore, I will qualify the only source of the 9/11 information, that is, secret CFR agents in the US Government, with a D: Not usually reliable.

Now I will take a look at the accuracy of the information itself.

Probably the main characteristic of truthful information is that in the past similar information has proven to be true. Of course, there is a first time for everything, and the fact that a similar event has never happened prior to the present one is no sure indication that it cannot happen. But, in the analysis of historical events, we have the added advantage that we can add to the evaluation of the information the occurrence of similar events in which the information has proven to be true or not, after the one in question.

Consequently, the evaluation of the information itself in the case of historical events is a process involving a check against intelligence already in hand about similar events before and after the event in question. It also involves an educated guess as to the accuracy of the information related to the event based on how well it fits with this intelligence.

In the case of the 9/11 events, the evidence shows that, first, never before or after 9/11/2001, has a skyscraper with a steel structure collapsed due to a fire.[7]

On July 28, 1945, a B-25 bomber crashed against floors 78, 79 and 80 of the Empire State building in New York city, at the time the tallest skyscraper in the city. But the firefighters manage to extinguish the fire. The building did not collapse.

On February 2004 a violent fire destroyed the top 30 floors of a skyscraper in Caracas, Venezuela, but the building did not collapse. On February, 2005, a fire destroyed 30 top floors of a skyscraper in Madrid, Spain. After a whole day fighting the fire, it was extinguished. The building did not collapse.

On November, 2010, a 28 floor apartment building in Shanghai, China, was totally consumed by fire, but the step structure was not affected and the building did not collapse. In April, 2012, a skyscraper still under construction for the Russian Federation in Moscow was severely affected by fire. The building did not collapse.

On June 16, 2017, a violent fire totally destroyed a 24-floor apartment building in London, but it did not collapse.

Secondly, never before or after 9/11/2001, a skyscraper has collapsed on its own footprint except as the result of controlled demolition. This is why companies who do controlled demolition are paid large amounts of money to do their job.

If buildings, particularly buildings with a steel structure, could usually fall on their own footprint when demolished, these companies would be superfluous — but they are not. But CFR agents in the U.S. Government, the press and the academia want us to believe that, exceptionally, on September 11 2001, not one, or two, but three skyscrapers with steel structure collapsed on their own footprint as the result of fires.

Therefore, extrapolating from other verifiable information, any serious intelligence analyst would conclude that the accuracy of the information itself provided by the CFR agents in the U.S. Government such as George W. Bush and Dick Cheney, could be fairly qualified as a 5, that is, improbable.

Consequently, an intelligence appraisal of the 9/11 events will produce a D5: that is, source not usually reliable, accuracy of the information improbable. For the same reasons, based on the evaluation of the information about the 9/11 events provided by the CFR agents in the U.S. Government, any intelligence service in the world can easily decode it as a sloppy, disingenuous attempt to pass disinformation disguised as true intelligence.

Moreover, the fact that the 9/11 events served as a God-given pretext to carry out policies decided way in advance is a true index that perhaps it actually was not a God-given but a CFR-given one. As some conspirators’ agents have shamelessly declared, “never put a good crisis to waste” —particularly an artificially created crisis.[8]

If things have changed in relation to the 9/11 events, it is because of the Internet, a medium the CFR conspirators cannot fully control, and its ability to advertise critical books published by small, non-controlled publishing houses. Now, why do the CFR conspirators devote so much time to fixing the past? The answer is simple: because by giving credibility to past artificially created, non-existing threats they add credibility to present and future, artificially created, nonexistent ones.

Unfortunately, the true perpetrators of 9/11 are still at large. Hint: one of them claimed to be a Christian, but was always making the Devil’s sign with his hand. If you still don’t know who they are, you are either disinformed, a fool, a die-hard member of the Repucratic Party, or a globalist anti-American traitor.

My only hope is that the present action against the Saudi oil fields, most likely a false-flag operation, would not become another 9/11 to justify higher oil prices and a new unnecessary war.

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. Quoted in Michael Warner, “Wanted: A Definition of ‘Intelligence.’ Understanding Our Craft,” CIA’s Center for the Study of Intelligence.
The author of the article reminds the reader that intelligence is an elusive concept, and there are many different definitions of the term. In the same fashion, the concept of information, the raw material out of which intelligence is produced, is even more elusive, to the point that there is no agreement among scientists about its true nature. The fact explains why Claude Shannon, the creator of the information theory, decided to call it “communication theory” instead. See, Claude Shannon, “A Mathematical Theory of Communication,” Bell System Technical Journal No. 27 (July and October, 1948).

2 . Quoted in Allen Dulles, The Craft of Intelligence (New York: Signet, 1965) , p. 11.

3. Sun Tzu, The Art of War – translated by Samuel B. Griffin (London: Oxford University Press, 1963), p. 144.

4. Intelligence Cycle: The process by which information is acquired, converted into intelligence, and made available to policymakers. There are usually five steps which constitute the intelligence cycle: planning and direction, collection, processing, analysis and evaluation, and dissemination.

5 According to communication theory, the amount of information is directly proportional to the unexpectedness of the message. This also applies to the field of intelligence and espionage, but one must keep in mind that information is not true intelligence under it has been evaluated.

6. See, i.e, David Wise, The Politics of Lying (New York: Random House, 1973).

7. Skyscrapers not collapsing as the result of fires.

8. A 90-page Report, entitled “Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategy, Forces and Resources For a New Century” published in September 2000 by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), an organization formed mostly by so-called “neocons” supporters of the Bush administration stated: In order to transform the U.S. military for the new challenges it will face, the process of transformation, “… even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event — like a new Pearl Harbor.” [emphasis added]




Do Democrat Loyalists Really Know Their Party?

Lloyd Marcus

Do you find yourself scratching your head wondering why your intelligent, moral, and Christian relatives and friends continue to support the Democratic party despite its amoral, anti-Christian and anti-American agenda? A part of the problem is for decades Republicans and Conservatives have brought an olive branch to a gun fight, allowing progressives free reign to demonize Republicans and Conservatives in the minds of many Americans. Trump is a rare Republican who understands the viciousness of our enemies-within and is fighting back appropriately.

No matter how hard I try to educate relatives and friends about the benefits of conservatism and voting Republican, some persist in viewing me as an Uncle Tom black man betraying his people. Stenciled on their brains is the lie that Conservatives and Republicans are selfish, rich and racist white men who abuse and exploit everyone. Thank God for the #WalkAway Campaign and Blexit movement which are youths, white and black, who have finally seen the light and are exiting the Democratic party with its decades of lies and broken promises.

Still, there are Democrat walking brain-dead zombies who reject the truth that their party has been hijacked by hate-filled anti-Christian and anti-American progressives. The Bible speaks of unfortunate souls who prefer to embrace a lie rather than the truth. We must pray for them.

However, there are Democrat loyalists who simply do not realize what their “working man’s” party has become. For example: A lifelong Democrat senior relative is excited about voting for Joe Biden for president.

This relative has no idea that Biden and his fellow Democrat presidential contenders demonically seek to legalize murdering babies after the child is born.  In their perverted definition of women rights, Democrats say a woman has the right to murder her healthy born baby.  I pray for the right time to tell my senior relative the truth about Biden and her beloved Democratic party.

Progressives are extremely good at keeping their extreme assaults on our culture off evening news broadcasts and front page of the New York Times. Consequently, few Democrat voters know their party supports LGBTQ ideology being taught is schools beginning in pre-k.  The LGBTQ curriculum in public schools mandates that students read, “I Am Jazz” about a boy whose insane parents began his sex change at 3 years old.  The Pope and pediatricians say teaching transgender ideology is child abuse.  Hellbent on making the perverted sexual behavior of less than 3% of the population mainstream, Democrats seek to make it illegal to counsel anyone troubled by their same sex attraction.

I doubt that average Joe, Democrat voter, knows his presidential candidates welcome the invasion of illegals while promising them free healthcare, along with numerous other benefits unavailable to Joe and his fellow American citizens. Do loyal Democrat voters know Democrat sanctuary cities protect illegals who rape and murder Americans?

San Francisco is a Democrat controlled sanctuary city. A Democrat relative’s eyes almost popped out of her head as I told her about the poop maps distributed in San Francisco to help tourists avoid the piles of human excrement left by vagrants defecating on the streets. http://bit.ly/2m0Qjpy She knew nothing about the swiftly expanding massive tent cities, rat infestation and resurgence of old diseases due to filth. She had no idea that rather than reversing their policies which are destroying the once beautiful city by the bay, Democrats are tripling down on their insane policies.

As I stated, progressives are masters at hiding their war on all thing wholesome and good. I chatted with a Christian pastor at his church’s picnic. He never heard of the Equality Act which Democrats have already successfully passed in the house.

The pastor said in response to SCOTUS redefining marriage, his church wrote in their by-laws that they will not perform homosexual weddings nor rent their facilities for homosexual weddings. I explained to the pastor that the deceptively titled, Equality Act, will force his church to abandon their biblical convictions; making it illegal not to surrender to every demand of LBGTQ anti-Christian terrorists. A member said about 40% of that church’s congregation is Democrat. I doubt those Democrats are aware of their party’s war on their religious liberty.

How many blue collar Democrat voters know their party’s Green New Deal will kill jobs and destroy Trump’s booming economy? Within the next 12 years, their insane Green New Deal includes eliminating 99% of cars; eliminating air travel; banning affordable energy; banning meat; gutting and rebuilding every building in America and numerous other outrageous environmental wacko demands.

A gentleman probably in his 90s was in front of me in the checkout line at the dollar store. The pleasant gentleman struck up a conversation with me about the weather. He said the unusual humidity is the result of us not taking care of the environment. He said the Arctic icebergs are melting.

I thought, “Why bother trying to educate him. He is probably an old guy, stuck in his ways.” And yet, I felt guilty for not sharing the truth with the misinformed senior.

As we exited the store, I succinctly said, “Sir, we cannot control the weather. Everything you are hearing in the news about us destroying the environment is a political attempt for government to take more control of our lives.” To my surprise, he replied, “I think you’re right.”

This is what we all must do folks. We must begin speaking up rather than assuming we have lost the battle for the hearts and minds of our fellow Americans. My wife said because she does not possess expert knowledge of every issue, she is reluctant to speak-out when someone parrots Democrat and fake news media lies. I encouraged her to confidently share what she does know about an issue. Remember, God uses ordinary people. Your little becomes much when you place it in the Master’s Hand. Spread truth and trust God to reap positive results.

Lloyd Marcus The Unhyphenated American

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Website: http://lloydMarcus.com/




Media Smear of Trump Over Ukraine Revelations Turns Into Massive Joe Biden Corruption and Money Funneling

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

Once again, the so-called “mainstream media” is doing more damage to the political party it aligns with and always seeks to protect — the Democrats — than it is helping in their ongoing effort to “get” President Donald Trump.

Last week, media reports claimed that Trump pressured Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky over the summer to investigate allegations that former VP Joe Biden used his influence during his time in office to help his son, Hunter Biden, land a profitable financial deal in Ukraine.

The reports stated that Trump’s pressuring of Zelensky came at the request of his lawyer, Rudy Giuliani, who has been trying to get to the bottom of the allegations which are actually several months old:

Two years after leaving office, Joe Biden couldn’t resist the temptation last year to brag to an audience of foreign policy specialists about the time as vice president that he strong-armed Ukraine into firing its top prosecutor.

In particular, Biden threatened — on behalf of the Obama administration — then-Ukrainian President Petro Poroshenko that the U.S. would withhold $1 billion in loan guarantees if Kiev didn’t fire a prosecutor who was looking into alleged widespread corruption involving “the natural gas firm Burisma Holdings that employed Biden’s younger son, Hunter, as a board member,” Solomon noted.

— There was actually a time earlier this year when the mainstream media was reporting this cozy little relationship and Joe Biden’s interference. President Trump on Saturday actually tweeted out a montage of media reports involving Hunter Biden’s sweet deal in Ukraine and dad’s involvement in getting the prosecutor fired.

Though Joe Biden claimed that “not a single credible media outlet” gave any credence at all to the allegations that he ran interference on behalf of his son, the video montage that the president tweeted out tells a very different story — not that we expect Biden to be honest about anything.

Hunter Biden, at the time, was being paid tens of thousands of dollars a month by the gas firm to ‘consult’ — as a board member, the press reported.

Now, suddenly, after sort of simmering under the mainstream media radar for most of five years, all of this is Trump’s scandal. Huh?

The scandal story began as an intelligence community “whistleblower” claimed that Trump made pledges to the Ukrainian leader that were not appropriate. But now, we have since learned that the president’s conversation was indeed about reopening the probe into the gas company and into the Bidens’ involvement, and that there was no quid pro quo arrangement, as Democrats and their media allies claim.

And now, the president is using the power of his office and social media presence to expose the Biden-Biden scandal story big time.

“The Fake News Media and their partner, the Democrat Party, want to stay as far away as possible from the Joe Biden demand that the Ukrainian Government fire a prosecutor who was investigating his son, or they won’t get a very large amount of U.S. money, so they fabricate a story about me and a perfectly fine and routine conversation I had with the new President of the Ukraine,” Trump said on Twitter.

“Nothing was said that was in any way wrong, but Biden’s demand, on the other hand, was a complete and total disaster. The Fake News knows this but doesn’t want to report!”

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com




An Historical Case For Christian Influence In American Education

Ron Edwards

Christians who actually read the Holy Bible learn that “we are to be salt and light in this world.”  Unfortunately, whether through fear, ignorance, developed stupidity or sheer laziness, Christians have allowed themselves to be shoved into the background and have little positive influence in society.  Contrary to ignorant popular belief, Christians should both skillful and highly qualified in the various metrons or professions.  It was the higher standards of Christian influence that enabled men of renown to lay the foundation of what has been the greatest nation known to man.  Some may wonder why I have written yet another column regarding education.  Some may wonder, what on earth being salt and light in the world?  In ancient times, people used salt to preserve their meats and sunlight was a natural sanitizer.

The Bible plainly states “when the wicked reign, the people mourn, but when the righteous rule the city rejoices.”  That is why it is easy to understand why America was on a constant uptick during her founding, formative and for many decades after.  Was she perfect? No, because no one is perfect.  But she was good, because her overall goals were influenced by a societal wide influence and acceptance of biblical teachings and principles.  American schools became the best, her, cities were the safest, her economy was the first in human history since the time of both King David and King Solomon of Israel to potentially benefit everyone, no matter their station in life.  Unlike the leftist educators of today, most teachers United States teachers of past years sought to instill not only an excellent education, but also a high moral standard.  That was generally a reflection of the general population at the time, particularly parents.

During the 1800s students throughout the United States of America studied the famous McGuffey Reader.  William Holmes McGuffey (1800-1873) A renowned educator served as the president of Ohio University, professor at the University of Virginia and the department chairman at the Miami University of Ohio.  He was responsible for forming the first teachers association in that part of the republic.  Considered by many “Schoolmaster of the nation,” McGuffey published the first edition of his McGuffey’s Reader in 1836.  This book was the mainstay in public education in America till 1920.  According to historian William J. Federer, over 125 million copies of the McGuffey Reader was sold, making it one of the most used and onetime influential textbooks of all times.  Millions of American school children learned to read and write from that reader.  In it’s forward, McGuffey wrote.

“The Christian religion is the religion of our country.  From it are derived our prevalent notions of the character of God, the great moral governor of the universe.  On it’s doctrines are founded the peculiarities of our free institutions.”  The Ten Commandments are the teachings of Jesus are not only basic but plenary.”  Personally, I think Mr. McGuffey was on to something.  If you observe the gradual weaning away of generations of American students from the solid principles and general higher standards instilled in education of years gone by, it is easy to comprehend that standards across the board have been reduced or wiped out.  Even during the days of Jim Crow, if a child of any race attended school, they learned and learned very well.  Teachers were committed to instructing students, not indoctrinating them against America, good morals or turning them into useful idiots for leftist causes like rabid environmentalism, which is designed to literally destroy our economy and help turn Americans into woeful dependents upon the state for subsistence.

Worse than that, abortion, hatred of God, the willingness to prefer illegal border crossers over our sovereign citizens and unalienable rights are what American students are now experts in.  While at the same time, many of them know absolutely nothing about sustaining a decent standard of living for themselves, their children, or children’s children.  If our republic is to be saved from utter destruction from within, parents must responsibly seek better avenues of education for their offspring.  Even as great as the United States is, she cannot afford millions of indoctrinated clones of AOC or other leftists.  Wake up my fellow Americans, the republic you save may be your own, if you are willing.  God bless you, God bless America and may America bless God.  Let’s talk together via the Ron Edwards experience talk show, Friday at 4:00 PM EDT, 3:00 PM CDT, 1:00 PM PDT emanating from flagship station AM 1180 KCKQ and worldwide via americamatters.us.  also catch “The Edwards Notebook commentary on great radio stations throughout America.

© 2019 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

Website: http://theronedwards.talkspot.com/




Are AI Robot Priests The Future?

Lee Duigon

The Nuts Are Out in Force

How crazy are these times we’ve blundered into—with our eyes wide open, I might add?

First we’ve got a sales pitch for robot priests, their theology grounded on Artificial Intelligence, a euphemism for Artificial Stupidly. To illustrate just how much thought has gone into this, check out this headline.

“Robot priests more acceptable to Protestants than Catholics, says professor.”

Let’s hear it for journalism school. “Durned Catholics! Why, I like robot priests more than I like them!” Is that what the, er, professor means to say? He could have written, “than to Catholics,” but we are told that a grasp of proper English means you’re probably a racist. Well, the professor has avoided that pitfall.

He thinks it’s time for the Church to endow us with robot priests. Until the technology catches up to this vision of the future, ought we to confess to our toaster-ovens? Our cars? At Union Theological Seminary, they’re confessing to potted plants. Maybe all these professors are kind of potted, too.

Meanwhile—please correct me if I’m wrong—all 17 of the remaining Democrat presidential candidates, the ones who haven’t already beamed up to the mother ship, are on record as supporting the Green New Deal.

The Green New Deal says that beef is bad because cow-farts help cause Climate Change, which will bring about The End of the World: therefore we have to give up beef.

But this past weekend, all 17 of the candidates descended on Iowa for the Iowa Democratic Steak Fry—and there consumed 10,500 steaks. Pretty big carbon footprint there, eh? But maybe what they mean is that you, O lowly peasants, have to give up juicy steaks. You, not them. They can eat all the steaks they want. Served up on their private jets as they zoom off to Davos for another Climate Change pow-wow. Could it be that they themselves don’t believe a single word of the bilge they’re trying to force on us?

After the Day of Ten Thousand Steaks, let’s jet off to Italy for Milan Fashion Week, where Gucci trotted out… high-fashion straitjackets. I knew there was something we were needing in our culture, but couldn’t put my finger on it. Straitjackets as a fashion statement—that was it.

An “activist model” who says she’s “non-binary,” and that she’s had a few mental issues of her own, from time to time, staged a protest of Gucci’s spring/summer collection, suggesting that straitjackets as trivial fashion items is in somewhat poor taste. Gucci replied that they don’t intend to sell the wretched things: they were just “making a statement” against uniformity, and how “power is exercised over life, to eliminate self-expression.” Would you have thought of that? Some wordsmith out there in Gucci-land deserves a raise.

All right, they weren’t real straitjackets; they were just designed to look like straitjackets. Who can argue with a fashion genius? But if everyone who needs a straitjacket, these days, were to get one, we’d have no politics. And our colleges and looniversities would be gravely understaffed.

I can hardly wait till architects jump on the bandwagon and start designing houses with rubber rooms.

How far can all this nonsense, all this hypocrisy, go before the whole civilization comes crashing down, crushed under the weight of its own follies? How many screwballs can one society accommodate?

The Smartest People In The World are indescribably stupid.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week at my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ , all without benefit of a straitjacket. Stop in and visit; a single click will take you there. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




I Have Come To The realization That Absolute Right And Wrong No Longer Exist

Dave Daubenmire

I Guess I Am Just Old-Fashioned

One of the most difficult things about growing older is adapting to the new fangled ideas that people come up with.

I suppose it has always been that way, the idea that each new generation has different views on just about everything.  But I think that things are really different now than they were when I was a kid.  Although things were certainly different when I was a child most young people held the same values as their parents.

At least, until the massive social upheavals that occurred during the turbulent sixties.  In my lifetime I have watched basic morality turned on its head.   Back in the gold-ole-days of the Beatles and Bonanza, at least we had a common sense and agreement on things that were right and things that were wrong.  That is no longer the case.

Morality today is nothing more than an opinion.  As long as one can justify in his/her own mind WHY something is moral, that nagging conscience is more easily soothed and the sense of guilt that accompanies immoral behavior is more easily assuaged. Sadly, like so many others my age, I have come to the realization that the idea of absolute right and wrong no longer exist.  Truth has become an opinion.

So, just to soothe my own soul I thought I might take the liberty to stumble back into the corners of my mind and uncover the pillars that kept most Americans anchored a couple of generations ago.

I’m so old I remember when elected officials were honest.

I’m so old I remember when couples got married if they had a child out of wedlock.

I’m so old I remember when we all had gun racks in the back windows of our pickup trucks.

I’m so old I remember when we drove those trucks to school.

I’m so old I remember when male Hollywood heartthrobs actually dated women.

I’m so old I remember when there were no school activities on Wednesday nights because that is when families went to church.

I’m so old I remember when there were actually intact families.

I’m so old I remember when our elected officials were held to a standard of honesty.

I’m so old I remember when it was the pastors who held the elected officials accountable.

I’m so old I remember when it was a shame for a 14 year old child to correct or disrespect an adult.

I’m so old I remember when you actually knew your neighbors.

I’m so old I remember when your neighbors acted like another set of parents.

I’m so old I remember when “public” schools actually taught the values of the public.

I’m so old I remember when you had to love America to be elected to public office.

I’m so old I remember when boys were boys and girls were girls.

I’m so old I remember when pastors would never have permitted cross-dressers to read to children.

I’m so old I remember when bearded women were only seen at the freak show in the circus.

I’m so old I remember when a dollar was backed by gold.

I’m so old I remember when adults protected children and did not exploit them.

I’m so old I remember when education and indoctrination were different things.

I’m so old I remember when people actually hid certain behaviors in their closet.

I’m so old I remember when pornography was not considered protected speech.

I’m so old I remember when the name Jesus Christ was mentioned only as an object of praise.

I’m so old I remember when men protected children from predators.

I’m so old I remember when speaking the truth was considered loving.

I’m so old I remember when labor unions actually fought for the workers.

I’m so old I remember when teenagers were to be seen and not heard.

I’m so old I remember when climate change meant diving south in the winter.

I’m so old I remember when there was such a thing as common sense.

I’m so old I remember when conspiracy theories were not true.

I’m so old I remember when clouds were formed by nature and not airplanes.

I’m so old I remember when pedo networks were considered conspiracy theories.

I’m so old I remember when pastors taught congregations to fear God.

I’m so old I remember when an unborn baby’s life was more important than his/her mommy’s life.

I’m so old I remember when we were taught not to tolerate sinful behavior.

I’m so old I remember when pastors worked a full time job.

I’m so old I remember when science was based on facts and not emotions.

I’m so old I remember when it didn’t take a village to raise your kids.

I’m so old I remember when most of the things I just listed were not old fashioned.

© 2019 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




Devolving America Into Disparate, Un-American Immigrants Who Are Antagonistic

Frosty Wooldridge

Part 3: Creating new non-citizens with no compatibility toward America

In this series, you watch the disintegration of your own society as your own U.S. Congress jam packs America into a polyglot of incompatible foreigners who carry no sense or need to become Americans.

Brenda Walker, living in San Francisco, suffers a front row seat as to how her city no longer enjoys American roots, but has become a foreign city within America. Much like New York City, Detroit, Minneapolis, Miami, Los Angeles and more to come.

“If only today’s schools still presented America as a nation of great ideals and progress, instead of a racist failure,” said Walker. Out on the left coast, California has been busy re-interpreting history into a diversity fable where every tribe has its turf, and assimilation is not required. In 2012, Governor Jerry Brown approved a bill encouraging social studies teachers to present material about the bracero program that imported Mexican workers. In 2016, after a decade of study, the state Department of Education rewrote the history curriculum for the more than six million public school students to emphasize diversity. So coming textbooks will enumerate the contributions of Sikhs, LGBTs, Filipinos, Japanese, Chinese, Mexicans, black Americans, Hindus, and every other group that the diversity bean counters could think of. In short, the kids will be studying a modern socialist handbook to train junior activists.

“Unfortunately, as other states turn left as a result of excess immigration, they tend to follow California’s bad example.

“Today’s educational leaders have apparently given up on excellence as a value that students should pursue: now striving to be the best is considered “acting white.” As observed in a Wall Street Journal article titled “The Attack on Educational Excellence,” Jason Reilly argued that “In the upside-down thinking of affirmative-action advocates, academically rigorous schools should be more focused on achieving racial balance and less focused on maintaining high standards.”

“It should be noted that some tribes really don’t want to assimilate into America: they want to live in their ethnic neighborhoods, maintain their own culture, and collect their welfare checks in peace. Somalis come to mind in this regard and are arguably some of the most stubborn. Hostile, culturally inappropriate groups like Somalis are a bad choice for immigrants and cost the taxpayer a pile of money as a result. They arrive with a dislike of western values, and the young men act out via crime, gangs, and Islamic violence.

“In January, Minneapolis news reports indicated that violent crimes had increased by more than 50 percent in the “Little Mogadishu” neighborhood of the city from Somali gang activity. In 2015, documentary filmmaker Ami Horowitz interviewed young Somali men in Minneapolis with the question of whether they preferred living under Islamic sharia law or the American system. Nearly all said they favored sharia, yet they remain in this country even though their homeland has Islam in abundance. Hint — flights leave for Africa daily.

“Lewiston, Maine, is another town overwhelmed by unfriendly Somalis. In 2012, Mayor Robert MacDonald said that the Somalis residing there should assimilate to America. For that normal expectation, the mayor faced protests and demands for his resignation. So, it’s not a stretch to say that many Somalis are hostile to the idea of assimilation and becoming American.

“Some tribes are simply a bad bet for positive adjustment to this country, and Somalis must top that list. Plus, admitting historic enemies is unwise for a nation that claims to care about national security and public safety.

“The ideal solution for failing assimilation would be to end immigration entirely, period, which would stop the input of diverse persons insisting on special treatment. Eventually some might figure out how to be Americans without the hyphen.

“Ending immigration is not an extreme idea. As I have written for years, massive job loss from automation is coming and will hit low-skill employment first, making millions of immigrants obsolete as workers. As soon as machines can perform a task more cheaply than a human, the worker will be replaced. Sen. Tom Cotton is a rare politician to see the connection, revealed in a 2018 tweet: “It can’t simultaneously be true that robots will take all the jobs and that the West needs millions of new immigrants to do the grunt work.”

“Washington’s stubborn ignorance about the automated future does not serve the people well. When the government acts as if America is the welfare office to the world, multiple evils are promoted. In particular, border anarchy leads to local communities being overwhelmed by needy foreigners, and Third World migrants have abandoned their home countries rather than working for reform there. Diminishing the rescue mentality of mass immigration proponents would be a great benefit for a planet with more than 7.7 billion residents. Unfortunately, there’s too much money in the migration business, both legal and illegal, for it to go away easily.

But there’s no question that too much immigration makes assimilation harder and less valued. Less immigration would definitely be better for America and the world in general.”

As you can see, Brenda Walker walks the walk and sees what she sees in California, which might be deemed our latest third world country with its 11,000 homeless. But that’s combined with 60,000 homeless in Los Angeles, 6,000 homeless in Seattle and 10,000 homeless in my city of Denver, Colorado. While we import another 1.7 million third world immigrants annually, on our way toward adding 140 million by 2050—you must ask yourself if your country, America, will survive this invasion. Answer: it won’t.

Brenda Walker is publisher of the websites LimitsToGrowth.org and ImmigrationsHumanCost.org. She lives in the San Francisco Bay area.

© 2019 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




156 Eyewitness Accounts Were Omitted From The Mainstream Media’s Narrative Concerning September 11, 2001

Bradlee Dean

South Tower: “I guess about three minutes later you just heard explosions coming from building two, the south tower. It seemed like it took forever, but there were about ten explosions. At the time I didn’t realize what it was. We realized later after talking and finding out that it was the floors collapsing to where the plane had hit. We then realized the building started to come down.” -Carlsen, Craig (9110505)

Just today, while taking my son to the dentist, I scrolled through my media feed and I started to notice post after post with first responders and firefighters telling us of their accounts as to what was happening inside of the Twin Towers on the lower floors after explosions took place on the upper floors.

Here are firefighters countering mainstream media’s narrative (Vulgar Language).

[YouTube Video]

http://911-questions.com/firefighters-witnessed-explosions/

I also noticed that there was post after post of the American people questioning the mainstream media’s narrative, and rightly so (Isaiah 5:20).

Learning from history, as well as to how the American mainstream media’s sick and evil game is played out today, let us remember that history is repeating itself in the present (Jeremiah 11:9).

Does this look and sound familiar?

Propaganda Minister under Adolph Hitler Joseph Goebells said,

“If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it. The lie can be maintained only for such time as the State can shield the people from the political, economic and/or military consequences of the lie. It thus becomes vitally important for the State to use all of its powers to repress dissent, for the truth is the mortal enemy of the lie, and thus by extension, the truth is the greatest enemy of the State.”

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/terrorism-work/

Without further ado, click on this link and read what it was that 156 eyewitnesses accounted for concerning what actually took place on September 11, 2001, and decide for yourselves as to whether or not you have been told the whole truth and nothing but the truth (John 8:36).

CREDIBLE SOURCES SUCH AS NEW YORK FIREFIGHTERS AND LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS   

[YouTube Video]

[YouTube Video]

In Plane site Documentary

https://www.disclose.tv/911-in-plane-site-306703

Article posted with permission from Sons of Liberty Media




Demographics Will Eventually Destroy Our Founding-Father’s Republic

Ron Ewart

Statistics is a well-established, mathematical discipline.  Its accuracy in predicting large-scale phenomenon by collecting and analyzing huge volumes of relevant data is pretty much an accepted science.  The U. S. Census Bureau engages in statistical analysis to predict population trends for many government purposes.    Their predictions for population distribution by age, gender, ethnicity and birth and death rates over the next several decades should send shivers down the backs of freedom-loving Americans.  Based on those predictions, holding on to America’s sovereignty and its Constitutional Republic may be virtually impossible.  America is aging and aging rapidly.  That fact alone has huge implications on America’s future.

But that’s not all.  The population is increasing rapidly as well.  Today, America’s population is around 326,000,000.  By 2058, the population will top 400,000,000, according to the prognosticators.  How do you govern 400,000,000 people without infringing on the rights of the individual?  The fact is, you can’t.  Crime will grow, especially in inner cities so more cops, judges, courts and jails will be needed.  More medical facilities will be an absolute necessity to care for the increasing elderly population.  Artificial intelligence will be replacing jobs, so more people will be out of work requiring more unemployment and welfare benefits.  With less people working and paying taxes, the national debt will rise to heights no one thought possible, as America borrows its way into national bankruptcy due to the Democrat socialists’ insane and suicidal policy of IRRATIONAL COMPASSION.

In 1950, Americans over 65 years of age represented only 8% of the total population.  In 2017, they represented 17.6%, more than a doubling in 67 years.  According to “Statista 2019” by 2050, seniors over 65 will represent 22.1%.  By 2035 seniors over 65 will surpass the number of children in America.

Social Security is slowly running out of workers to support the growing number of seniors.  Today there are 2.9 workers for every retiree.  By the year 2030 it is predicted that there will only be 2 workers for every retiree.  When Social Security dropped below 3 workers per retiree, the system became unstable.  According to the latest Social Security Trustee Report, the SS trust fund will be exhausted by 2033.  Then what?

What is not reflected in the raw statistics is the degree of dependency on medical and government services for seniors that will rise dramatically as people enter their 70’s, 80’s and 90’s.  As the population ages, the need and cost of servicing an aging population rises exponentially since the largest share of medical services occur as seniors approach end of life.

Medicare (established in 1965) was supposed to be the panacea to pay for the health care of those over 65 for many decades to come.  However, the Medicare Hospital Insurance Trust Fund, Part A, will be depleted by 2026.  In other words, it will be out of money.  What then?

Total Medicare expenditures represent 15% of total federal spending.  Medicare spending is expected to grow at an annual rate of 5.1% over the next decade.  If the annual federal budget is $4 Trillion, American taxpayers and Medicare recipients are paying $600 Billion for Medicare, scheduled to rise by 5.1% ($30.6 Billion) every year for the next 10 years.

Medicare is a social (socialist) federally funded program from taxpayer dollars and insurance premiums deducted from social security payments.  But as the population ages, significant changes will have to be instituted to save Medicare.  Age limits and premiums will have to be increased and benefits decreased.  After that will come health care rationing for seniors, because rationing is a direct result of government-run health care.

Medicare recipients (over 65) are a huge voting block and can influence any election that has a medical component that would affect Medicare benefits.  That includes presidents.   Most aging seniors don’t care about the Constitution or individual freedom.  They care about staying alive by relying on government services.  That’s socialism.

Now just imagine if the socialist-Democrats regain power in both Houses and win the Presidency in 2020 and they pass Medicare For All.  Estimated costs for Medicare For All range from $28 Trillion to $32 Trillion over a decade.  That’s $2.8 Trillion to $3.2 Trillion per year.   This cost would almost double the government’s annual budget to over $7 Trillion, or 34% of the Gross Domestic Product of $20.5 Trillion.  Where is the money going to come from to pay for this doubling of the federal budget?  Right out of the pockets of the middle class in the form of massive tax increases.  If you think your taxes are bad now, just wait until your socialist Democrats seize control of the United States of America!

The rise in Medicare costs due to aging of the population does not include the explosive growth in Medicaid, health care for the poor and a socialist government program.  Federal Medicaid spending represents 10% of the federal budget.  That equals about $400 Billion.  The federal cost of Medicare and Medicaid together surpasses the $1 Trillion mark annually.

Aging of the population and the cost to taxpayers to pay for it all is not the only thing that will affect our Founding Father’s Republic.  Let’s look at the changing Demographics on ethnicity.

White birth rates are 57.2 per 1,000 women and are dropping.  White European men and women built America and gave us the foundation of individual liberty and unalienable rights.  Whites vote 44% Democrat.

In contrast, Black birth rates are 63.1 per 1,000 women and rising.  Blacks vote 90%+ Democrat.  Blacks are still suffering from decades of discrimination and most blacks will look to government (socialist Democrats) to solve their problems and they will want the taxpayer to pay for whatever it costs.  That’s socialism.

Hispanic birth rates are 67.6 per 1,000 women and they are also rising.  Hispanics vote 69% Democrat.  Many Hispanics come from poor countries that have for centuries been dependent on government in one form or another.  Looking to government to solve individual problems is second nature to them and they will vote accordingly.

The effects of unchecked illegal Central American and Mexican immigration and 14th Amendment anchor babies will ultimately be part of the changing political mindset towards more socialism.  It is unavoidable and under the current political climate, unstoppable.

On top of all this we have rising drug and alcohol addiction and mental illness that will require billions and billions of taxpayer money to treat.  American culture is on the decline, brought about by its own prosperity.

Over 80% of the population in America, live in big cities.  Big cities, by their very nature, lean heavily towards socialism.  The fact is, a hungry belly has nothing to lose by petitioning (or protesting) their government for a handout.  If people are hungry enough, they have nothing to lose by resorting to violence.    They either turn to the government or they turn to crime.  The government is all-too-willing to provide that assistance in return for votes and thus socialism was born in big cities and socialism is where big cities are today.  Way too many people live in big cities and are incapable of helping themselves when times get tough.  Government thrives and grows on big-city dependency.

Then there is a steady drumbeat of socialism and radical environmentalism in our public schools and colleges.  America’s children and even their parents have been brainwashed with special interest socialist and environmental agendas for at least the last two generations.  That includes the flawed science of climate change.  Is anyone stopping it?  No!

Blacks and Hispanics are growing faster than Whites and will eventually be such a large voting block they will overwhelm those Americans that still believe in a Constitutional Republic and the vision of the Founding Fathers.  This ethnic socialist voting block, coupled with the over 65 Medicare crowd and big-city voters, will be a force so large as to render the Conservative vote impotent.  Since our government representatives are nothing more than a mirror of the population, a socialist America is a foregone conclusion.

Now add to the unavoidable effects of changing population demographics, the move towards world government and the impacts of the massive funding for the alleged crisis of climate change and other ill conceived, insanely expensive socialist programs.  These will forever change the character of America away from the foundation of its liberty and national sovereignty.  The recent worldwide protests demanding governments do something about climate change just shows how effective the national and international socialist Democrats have been in brainwashing an entire planet for a government fraud.

America will eventually merge into a socialist and radical environmental one-world mentality and its exceptionalism resulting from its early freedom will fade into some page in a history book, labeled under failed government experiments.

There is no way to stop Americans from aging.  There appears to be no way to stop the drop in white birth rates and the rise of Black and Hispanic birth rates.  The slow, cultural disintegration of the black community won’t stop until black fathers come back into the family.  Single black women with children (70%) will always turn to government for subsistence.  They live in a socialist, dependency bubble from which there is little chance of escape.

We might be able to slow the process down if we could get a handle on illegal immigration by closing our borders and removing the magnets that are enticing illegal aliens to migrate to America in the first place.  But that would require the cooperation of the Democrats to drastically strengthen the asylum policies and repeal chain migration and visa lotteries.  In addition, a U. S. Supreme Court decision would be required to remove the anchor baby interpretation.  To have any appreciable effect, it would also entail the massive deportation of all illegal aliens that now reside in America.  Not one of these actions is likely to happen in the foreseeable future, if ever.

It is quite likely that the reader won’t accept what we have presented in this article and they may reject it out of hand.  Nevertheless, as the reader sits there pondering these inescapable demographic realities, he or she may begin to wonder why even waste the time and effort to try to stop something that in all likelihood is a fait accompli?   How can you preserve, much less defend, something that is un-preservable simply because of cold, hard, impersonal demographics, over which you have no control?

The only conclusion that one can come to is that either a man-made (civil war or revolution) or natural disaster has any chance of stopping the demographic avalanche from happening.  The only other possibility is by some feat of magic a minority (freedom-loving Americans) can somehow convince the socialist majority that they are unknowingly headed down a path towards destruction, national oblivion and enslavement.

Sadly, we are no longer Americans for America and freedom’s sake.  The vast majority of Americans have become non-thinking members of a constituency-voting block, voting or lobbying for things they can get FROM government for free, (at taxpayer expense) or protesting against government for things that government is proposing to take away.  Politicians have become nothing more than snake oil salesmen selling their soul for your vote by promising to give you something that isn’t theirs to give so that they can remain in power.

It gives us no pleasure to bring these inescapable realities into your living room.  But we deal in realities, not wish lists or myths and the reality is: “Demographics Will Eventually Destroy Our Founding-Father’s Republic”, if we let it.

Is there hope that we can somehow override this Demographic Armageddon?  Of course, there is always hope, but only if conservatives act in unison and with one voice against the steep rise of Democratic Socialism.

Or, as Winston Churchill said:  “You may have to fight when there is no hope of victory, because it is better to perish than to live as slaves.”   We’re in that camp!

Read more powerful conservative articles like this one HERE.

© 2019 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org




Kavanaugh and the Crime of Bearing False Witness

Jake MacAulay

It’s now been over a week since The New York Times correctly retracted its slanderous libel against Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh. It turns out the “new allegation” isn’t supported by the victim, a fact many believed was purposely left omitted from their the story.

Despite this very public information, Presidential hopeful Kamala Harris, Liz Warren, Beto O’Rourke, Julián Castro, Cory Booker and Pete Buttigieg have not rescinded their demand for Kavanaugh to be impeached.

This has led me to write about the treacherous crime of bearing false witness.

The Book of Proverbs, chapter 18, verse 17, says this:

“The one who states his case first seems right, until the other comes and examines him.”

It’s true that we are apt to believe the first story that we hear, especially if it tends to confirm what we already suspect, and especially when it’s something that supports our pre-existing agenda.

However, this Proverb is a solemn warning to us to be careful to listen to both sides of an issue before making judgment.  More importantly, it requires that the one who is accused must have the opportunity to face and to cross-examine his accuser.

This is and has been a crucial underpinning of our system of justice for centuries.

Regrettably, in the emotionally charged climate surrounding many accusations in our current culture, many abandon this foundational principle of American jurisprudence.

This is a shame, but it is also a dangerous thing. To jettison due process and fundamental fairness is to put each and every one of us at risk.

Not only is, “Thou shalt not bear false witness,” one of the Ten Commandments that Moses holds in his hand atop the U.S. Supreme Court building, but it is also one of the firmest props of our Common Law legal system in America; a system based and wholly influenced by God’s Law.

You see, this commandment is a safety mechanism for all society to be protected against unjust criminal prosecution and penalty.  It dissuades parties with personal vendettas and little to no evidence from bringing false accusations for fear that they may wind up on the judgment seat. This, of course, protects the innocent, which is the purpose of the Law.

I am sure that most of you reading have been falsely accused. Perhaps you have been accused of something that you not only did not do, but that you would not do and consider to be horrible and heinous?

Well, it happens more often than you might think. And it is a dreadful experience.

In my travels, I have frequently been on the receiving end of many false accusations. If this has happened to you, then I don’t have to tell you that the pain never totally goes away.

Regrettably, we are now living through a season of screeching and politically charged accusations demanding justice for the victims of abuse. And if the accusations are true, then punishment is well deserved so healing can take place.

The law, however, requires us to “inquire diligently”; for if these very serious accusations are false, then the accuser is the criminal and the accused is the actual victim.

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2019 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com




The Groveling Jewish Lefties

Joan Swirsky

Not long ago, I received a lengthy e-mail – “Why We Must Renew Our Commitment to the Civil Rights Movement” – from a woman named Melanie Roth Gorelick, who identified herself as Senior Vice President of the Jewish Council for Public Affairs (JCPA).

Honestly, I thought it was one of the preposterous spoofs of that satirical publication, The Onion.

But no… it was the real thing.

In short, Ms. Gorelick recommended that Jews concentrate their attention not on the pandemic of anti-Semitism and violent acts against Jews throughout the world and in the United States of America, but instead on those poor oppressed blacks who have never had it better in the good ole U.S.A., thanks to President Trump!

While Ms. Gorelick briefly mentioned that there is an “increase in anti-Semitism and hate crimes” in America, her entire discourse was devoted to a plea for the Jewish community (2.8 percent of the U.S. population) to turn their impassioned efforts and energies to supporting the cause of blacks in the U.S. (14 percent of the U.S. population), who she claimed still experience grave discrimination.

This in spite of the fact that since President Trump was elected, blacks have never experienced a higher degree of employment, independence, wealth, home ownership, and freedom from discrimination in the history of our country!

Not to omit the president’s First Step Act that gives black prisoners serving lengthy sentences the first chance at freedom for relatively minor offenses that they’ve ever been offered in their lives – an opportunity never proposed by all those empathic and caring Democrats who would have kept them in prison for the rest of their lives!

THE PLIGHT OF JEWS

  • Jews by the thousands are fleeing from France because of both violent physical and verbal attacks on them by Muslims that go unaddressed by the powers-that-be.
  • Jews have been relentlessly assaulted, raped, and terrorized in Sweden by Muslims who go unindicted.
  • Jews have been driven to hide in their basements in the United Kingdom as anti-Semitism is at an all-time high.
  • Jews have been vilified in Ireland, which passed a law to support the Boycott-Divest-Sanction (BDS) movement to strangle Israel economically.
  • In far-away New Zealand, the official government website published a fact sheet with a map of the Middle East that showed a fictional place called “Palestine” – but not the authentic, 71-year-old State of Israel.
  • Anti-Semitic attacks in Germany – yes, Hitler’s and now Angela Merkel’s Germany – have risen by a whopping 20 percent! The country is now what writer Dogan Akman calls an anti-Semitic terrorist state.
  • Jews in the United States have been mass-murdered in a synagogue, terrorized on college campuses, and spat on by the entire Democrat Party whose members supported the virulent anti-Semitic racism spewed forth from the Jew-and-Israel-hating Democrat Representatives Ihlan Omar (MN), Rashida Tlaib (MI), Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (NY), and Ayanna Pressley (MA). In fact, recently the execrable Ms. Omar mourned the death of the Muslim Brotherhood tyrant who called Jews “apes and pigs.”
  • Here, in repulsive detail, is just a small sample of the rancid hatred of these Sludge Sisters that Joel B. Pollak of Breitbart.com spells out.
  • And not long ago, Bernie Sanders, the Brooklyn-born Jewish senator from Vermont who is running for president again in 2020, told his Socialist/Communist followers: “Our policy cannot be pro-Israel.”
  • Then there is presidential candidate Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-MA), who recently said she would push to end the Israeli government’s “occupation” of the West Bank and Gaza (which it obtained in the course of defending itself during the 1967 x-day war). Not to omit that the senator’s “Director of Progressive Partnerships” is Max Berger, co-founder of the extreme Israel-hating group “If Not Now,” the goal of which is to “end support for the occupation” – meaning to get rid of the Jews and Israel itself.
  • And let’s not forget the Trenton, NJ, Democrat councilwoman Robin Vaughn, who defended a colleague’s use of the expression “Jew her down,” insisting that it’s a verb that refers to negotiating.
  • Or the non-stop assaults on Jews in Brooklyn. Or the relentless calls for Jewish genocide by U.S. imams.
  • Or, as writer Jonathan Tobin points out, that the Jewish community’s Reform movement – to its everlasting shame – launched a political war on President Trump right in time for the High Holidays of Rosh Hashanah and Yom Kippur.

LOOK IN THE MIRROR!

Apparently, Ms. Gorelick and others at the Jewish Council for Public Affairs think the organization should ignore these dire facts and stick to its 1960’s retro agenda of helping the blacks who Regressives believe cannot help themselves.

This is clearly an admission that the people who are traditionally known to be the “best friends” of blacks – i.e., Democrat politicians who depend on Jewish votes and prostitute themselves for the money Jewish voters send them – have all utterly failed to improve the poverty, illiteracy, high crime rate, single-mother rate, and rat-infested cities they have controlled for the past 60 years.

WHY THE WORLD’S GROWING JEW HATRED?

The widespread Jew hatred exists because in the back of the minds of all people who consider themselves oppressed is the question – Why are those damned Jews so tiny in number but so much better off than I am?

To me, the answer is simple: Too many have bought the sweetened – but toxic – Kool Aid that Democrats have sold them that has proved to be their undoing.

Think about it: Why, as documented scrupulously by Robert B. Charles, a former Assistant Secretary of State under Colin Powell and teacher at Harvard University, are the 25 worst cities in the U.S. led by Democrats? And why do the top-ten “most dangerous cities” in America, according to Forbes, all have Democrat mayors?

WHAT HELP CAN MS. GORLICK EXPECT?

For all her social-justice posturing, I wonder which black “leaders” Ms. Gorelick hopes to recruit to her mission. Let’s speculate on potential candidates.

  • “Reverend” Al Sharpton, famous for creating the gigantic race-based Tawana Brawley hoax, for which he was never indicted; fomenting antisemitic race riots in Brooklyn, NY; instigating the deadly boycott of the Jewish-owned Freddy’s Fashion Mart in 1995, and his effusive praise of notorious anti-Semites like the former Nation of Islam leader Elijah Muhammed, as well as Malcolm X, Louis Farrakhan, and Khalid Abdul Muhammad. On and on, to this day! In fact, here is a mountain of evidence about other hateful acts of his to convince you never to enlist him in your ridiculous goal!
  • Reverend” Jesse Jackson, who snidely called NY City “Hymietown,” then denied it, then admitted it, but still couldn’t bring himself to condemn the Nation of Islam’s radical leader Louis Farrakhan, an aggressive anti-Semite and old Jackson ally.
  • Barack Obama, a heavyweight anti-Semite – see here and here and here and here, and that’s the short list as well.
  • “Reverend” Jeremiah Wright, in whose pew Mr. Obama sat for 20 years, who married Mr. Obama and his America-loathing wife Michelle, and who regularly spewed virulent anti-American and anti-Semitic “sermons” – which both Obamas mysteriously never heard!

How about the newly-elected congresswomen I referred to earlier:

  • Ihlan Omar (D-MN): says Israel has “hypnotized the world” and “I pray that Allah awaken the people and help them see [its] evil doings….”
  • Rashida Tlaib (D-MI): ardent supporter of the BDS movement who accuses American Jews of “dual loyalty” to both the U.S. and Israel, and supports a global economic, academic and cultural boycott against Israel.
  • Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-NY): supports BDS and falsely and maliciously condemns Israel for committing a “massacre” against Gaza “protesters” when in fact the Arabs (who call themselves “Palestinians”) were violent rioters trying to infiltrate Israel to murder Jews.

Or maybe Ms. Gorelick would like to recruit the famous actor Danny Glover to her virtue-signaling mission – he who recently called for a cultural boycott of Israel.

And let’s not forget former president Jimmy Carter, 95 on Oct. 1st, a life-member of the Hate the Jews and Israel Club – who endorsed Hamas and laid a wreath on Yasir Arafat’s tomb.

Or how about the people I listed in a 2008 Canada Free Press article who either staffed Barack Obama’s administration or acted as his advisors or fundraisers, Jew and Israel haters all: General Merrill “Tony” McPeak, Samantha Power, Robert Malley, John Kerry, Rashid Khalidi, Anthony “Tony” Lake, Zbigniew Brzezinski, Lee Hamilton, James (“F… the Jews”) Baker, on and on.

WHAT A COINCIDENCE!

What do all of the above candidates to help Ms. Gorelick have in common? They are all Democrats!

Aha…is that what her plan is really all about and why she launched it in this presidential campaign season––to convince the American public that Democrats are really not the racists they have been for their entire 190-year history?

Does she hope that Americans will forget that Democrats opposed the abolition of slavery, created the Ku Klux Klan and the Jim Crow laws, and steadfastly voted against the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Voting Rights Act of 1965, the Civil Rights Acts of 1968, and the Equal Opportunity Act of 1972?

Does she believe that Americans will erase from their minds the ugly history of Democrat suppression of blacks, as documented so scrupulously by Bill Federer of American Minute?

Or is it because Ms. Gorelick wishes that Americans will strike from their memories the facts American Spectator’s Dan Flynn documents about Democrats’ oh-so-cozy and obsequious relationship to the Klan? This includes:

  • In the 1980s, Democrat Senator Joe Biden voted to elect Robert Byrd (D-WVA), a former Exalted Cyclops of the Klan, as the leader of their party in the Senate;
  • In the 1970s, a Democrat Congress named the Old Senate Office Building in honor of Richard Russell, a staunch segregationist from Georgia;
  • In the late 1930s, Democrat President Franklin Roosevelt nominated Hugo Black, also a former Klansman, to the U.S. Supreme Court, where he served for decades.
  • In 1924, Democrats rejected a measure to formally condemn the Ku Klux Klan at their national convention.

THE SOCIAL JUSTICE FIASCO

Liberal Jews – by and large raised in America and spared the 5,000-year history of searing hatred, slavery, oppression, and mass murder – have been drawn to leftist politics because it deludes them into thinking that if they are good enough and generous enough and even agree with their enemies enough, all their virtuous acts will somehow, magically, exempt them from the oppression and hatred their ancestors experienced.

And that by subscribing to and acting on the concept of Tikkum Olam – repair of the world––they will fit in and be appreciated, admired, liked, and accepted.

But as writer Jonathan Neumann explains in “Liberal Jews Are Destroying Their Own Religion,” the phrase tikkun olam was lifted “out of context” from a Jewish prayer before WWII to mean social justice and popularized in the 1970s and 1980s by radicals like Michael Lerner, who founded the extreme left-wing magazine, Tikkun.

“Since then,” Neumann continues, Jews “have been led to believe that the purpose of the Jews in the world is to campaign for higher taxes, sexual permissiveness, reduced military spending, illegal immigration, opposition to fracking, the banishment of religion from the public square and every other liberal cause under the sun – all in the name of God. But the truth is that tikkun olam and its leftist politics have no basis in Judaism.

“Tikkun olam is not Judaism at all but a distinct religion [which] teaches that the Jewish People is an outdated and chauvinistic relic, with no need for a nation-state of its own in its ancient homeland. Consequently, Jewish social justice activists help to defame Israel and weaken America’s bond with the Jewish State.”

The alternative, says Neumann, author of “To Heal the World? How the Jewish Left Corrupts Judaism and Endangers Israel, is “a new generation of traditionalist Jews, proud of their heritage and jealous to preserve it. These Jews know that their ancestors did not live to worship a political party nor die for faddish causes. It’s time American Jewry repaired itself instead of the world.”

To which I say, Here, Here!

But will the leftist Jews of the world wake up and smell the coffee? Realize that the people they’re fighting for loathe them? Reclaim their own glorious heritage and start to fight on behalf of their DNA brethren?

Where there’s life, there’s hope!

© 2019 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com




Iran Allegedly Attacked Saudi Arabia – According to This Idiot, the U.S. is Completely at Fault

Greg Holt

(True Conservative Pundit) I would have to say that this latest statement by Democrat (I won’t say thought as that gives way to much credit to Kaine) Sen. Tim Kaine takes the cake, but foolish and outright stupid statements are seemingly an everyday occurrence in the Party of Fools.

This is after all the Party that is headed (for all intents and purposes) by the now infamous – “The Squad,” of whom one member recently said that: America needs a revolution, but I digress.

“‘We are provoking Iran every day with the sanctions and with military action, and they’re responding,’ Kaine said. ‘We need to stop the provocation, and the United States needs to return to trying to be a diplomatic broker.’”  (Source)

Allow me to translate: The United States needs to back down, apologize, and then Trump needs to offer huge amounts of cash and a new deal to Iran.  In other words, the U.S. needs to return to being a boot-licker like Obama was.  This way, Iran can resume screwing us, the U.S. looks weak in the eyes of the international community (like we did under Obama), and the Democrats can throw a party celebrating their success.

Go Democrats, way to screw your own country and people over.  All to support a world wide terrorist nation – who would not hesitate to kill you if you get in their way.

I have news for you Tim:

Not.  Going.  To.  Happen.

This is the same operator who ran with Hillary in 2016, look how well that turned out (thankfully).

Obama and his Democrats may have (do) thought that a brown nose is the way to go, but President Trump knows better.  All that happens when you bow down to a terrorist regime is that said regime knows you are weak, and they will push for more and more concessions.  When you give in to the bully, they simply keep it up – and their actions will likely become worse over time.

I am in no way endorsing war with Iran, and hopefully cooler heads will prevail. A war with Iran is not a winning strategy. The entire Middle East is one huge ticking time bomb – one wrong move and Word War Three could be instantly upon us, and the majority of the people in the U.S. do not understand this or are simply ignoring reality.

The world cannot be allowed to dictate U.S. foreign policy, yet at the same time, if Russia and China are dead set against any attack on Iran, even a proportional response, then serious thought needs to be given on how to proceed.  As Michael Snyder noted recently, Russia and China are already signaling that a U.S. attack on Iran is a bad idea.

Trump is proceeding cautiously and of course is taking a lot of flack for doing so, even from other Republicans such as Lindsey Graham.  The problem here is that way to many people do not seem to realize how quickly the situation with Iran could blow up into a war that involves all the “powers that be.”

Trump stated that not attacking is a sign of strength and that we have the strongest military in the world, “it is very easy to attack,” President Trump said.  Trump went on to say that if the U.S. needs to do something, there would be no hesitation.

Exactly…

President Trump is not like former presidents, he does not telegraph the actions of the U.S. beforehand.  Trump is operating from a position of strength, and Iran knows full well that they would not stand a chance against the full military might of the U.S.  On the other hand, Russia and or China may choose to back Iran – as well, Iran is fully capable of staging major terrorist attacks inside the United States.  Trump would be blamed for that if it happened of course – despite the fact that it is Trump who wants the border secured and the Democrats who want open borders!

I hope the U.S. under Trump’s leadership proceeds very slowly on this, attack is easy, strategizing on what the proper moves are to achieve maximum results with minimal losses is not so easy.  This was never something that Obama was capable of – appeasement must not happen either under any circumstances.

Conclusion:

Tim Kaine is – to be blunt, an idiot.  The U.S. cannot appease a terrorist regime and expect good things to happen, but the Democrats in general are not capable of understanding this concept.  Iran needs to be closely monitored, and in this case, there needs to be some form of punishment.  Sanctions are a good start.  Iran’s actions are in no way the fault of the U.S. or by extension President Trump.  The U.S. did not attack Iran, we merely defended our interests as any nation would do – for Kaine and others to suggest otherwise is disingenuous and a dangerous lie.  The war hawks cannot be allowed to dictate U.S. foreign policy; hopefully the firing of Bolton will help in this regard.  Trump needs to proceed cautiously on this; the world could literally be at stake here.

Update: According to Fox News, it has been determined that Iran attacked Saudi Arabia and not the Yemen Houthi rebels:

“‘This is the kind of weapon the Iranian regime and the Iranian IRGC are using against the civilian object and facilities infrastructure,’ Al-Malki said, referring to Iran’s Revolutionary Guards.

He added: ‘This attack did not originate from Yemen, despite Iran’s best effort to make it appear so.’”

Greg is the author of the newly released book: Spiritual Darkness is Destroying America and the Church

Follow TCP on FacebookGabUSA LifeTwitterPinterest, and Social Cross

© 2019 Greg Holt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Greg Holt: admin@trueconservativepundit.com




Will Justice Be Served Or Will AG Barr Protect The Deep State

Kelleigh Nelson

A document was drafted in the State Department in July 1946 by an official named Samuel Klaus. This indicated that there were then 20 alleged Soviet agents, 13 alleged Communists, about a dozen sympathizers, and about 75 suspects in the department, according to the FBI.  —M. Stanton Evans

The tyranny of Communism is as old as the Pharaohs and the Pyramids – that the State stands above all men and their individual aspirations. —Robert Kennedy

The Communists were interested in getting into key positions as union officers, statisticians, economists, etc., in order to utilize the apparatus of the unions to promote the cause of revolution.  —John T. Flynn The Roosevelt Myth 1948

On Thursday, September 19th, Lou Dobbs took several minutes at the end of his program to excoriate AG Barr for spending time in Congress promoting anti-gun legislation.  It was a magnificent monologue regarding our 2nd Amendment rights and AG Barr’s lack of priorities.  Dobbs complained about it “taking so long” to have transparency “that we were led to believe would be there.” He described the Justice Department as a “dumping ground” where “truth” goes to die.  Unfortunately, I cannot link to it because the last portion was removed from every posted video.

We are looking at totalitarianism from the Democrat Party and a good portion of the Republicans who are Deep State insiders.  M. Stanton Evans quote from 1946 exposed how many communists we had 73 years ago.  Today, they blatantly dominate the Congress and mainstream media.

Innocents Suffer

It’s now beyond any reasonable doubt that Obama administration minions launched an all-out effort to destroy, first, President Trump’s presidential campaign and, when that failed, his presidency. The only question is, knowing the truth, will the Justice Department charge these people with crimes?

General Michael Flynn, Roger Stone, Michael Cohen, Paul Manafort and George Papadopoulos have all suffered at the hands of Robert Mueller and Andrew Weissman mainly because they were supporters and friends of Donald J. Trump.  All were caught in the crosshairs of the plot to bring down President Trump.

General Michael Flynn

General Mike Flynn’s attorney, Sidney Powell, is demanding exculpatory evidence from the DOJ via the Brady doctrine which requires that the prosecution must turn over all exculpatory evidence to the defendant in a criminal case. Exculpatory evidence is evidence that might exonerate the defendant.  Link

Sidney Powell has catalogued 40 categories of evidence the government has refused to turn over. In her motion to compel, she seeks a court order requiring federal prosecutors to provide the withheld evidence under Brady and its progeny.  Essentially, Powell asked Judge Emmett Sullivan to make the government show cause as to why it should not be held in contempt.  Judge Sullivan says that duty exists even though Flynn has pleaded guilty.

The General was set up by Comey, McCabe, Strzok and others who were complicit. Link  General Flynn’s Motion to Show Cause and Compel is now unsealed!  He needs to be exonerated!

Roger Stone

In January of this year, Roger Stone and his wife suffered through a paramilitary-style raid at his home in Fort Lauderdale, Florida.  The grand jury indicted Stone on seven counts of lying to Congress, witness tampering, and obstructing a congressional investigation. Link Roger is a longtime friend of our President.

My friend Kitty Werthmann who escaped Hitler in Austria said, “This is the Gestapo.”  This pre-dawn raid was done purposely for media consumption, for a negative impact against our President who is a 40-year friend of Roger Stone’s, and to instill fear not only in those who would work for an outsider like Donald Trump, but also to let the American public know the full power of the FBI. The out-of-control Nazi-esque behavior by the Department of Justice and the FBI needs to be curtailed, but I see no end to it.

I believe Stone is innocent.

Michael Cohen

Michael Cohen caved to Mueller and Weissman’s demands because he was told his wife would end up in prison if he didn’t do what he was told, this according to a longtime friend and employee of the Trump organization.  Guilty of some crimes, but raided and charged because he was one of President Trump’s attorneys.

Paul Manafort

Paul Manafort has lost everything via the state and federal charges against him, and again, an unnecessary FBI early dawn raid on him and his wife occurred at their home.  He was convicted last year of hiding millions of dollars from the IRS that he had earned as a foreign lobbyist for a pro-Russian politician in Ukraine and for lying on paperwork to obtain millions in mortgage loans.  I have to wonder how many millions of dollars the Podesta brothers and Joe and Hunter Biden have hidden away regarding their Ukrainian relationships of which they’ll probably never be charged.  (Watch the video of Rudy Giuliani and Chris Cuomo regarding the Bidens).

George Papadopoulos

In late 2017, George Papadopoulos pleaded guilty in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia to making false statements to FBI agents relating to contacts he had with agents of the Russian government while working for the Trump campaign.  He was brought down by Joseph Mifsud who was introduced to him by an FBI intermediary named Arvinder Sambei, who was actually working as the FBI’s counsel in the UK and had a personal and professional relationship with Bob Mueller dating back to 9/11.

The Perpetrators

Russian collusion did not happen. The phony Steele dossier was procured by Hillary Clinton and the Democrat Party.  Domestic spying during a presidential campaign did happen, and is still happening, and we have a right to know who participated in it, who authorized it and what their motives were, and we want indictments. Link

Comey, McCabe, Strzok, Page, Brennan, Clapper, Sally Yates, Bruce and Nellie Ohr, Glenn Simpson of Fusion GPS, Rod Rosenstein and others…. engaged in acts of sedition against the United States government, against the President of the United States.  Then there’s Clinton-dirt tipster, Joseph Mifsud of Malta; British intelligence officer and author of the Steele Dossier, Christopher Steele; and Stefan Halper, the Cambridge professor the FBI sent to spy on Trump; the NSA spying by Obama, Hillary Clinton’s multiple criminal acts, Eric Holder’ Fast and Furious, Loretta Lynch and the tarmac chat, and Susan Rice, all of whom are complicit, along with lesser known State Department officials.

Fox News told us Barr has formed a team to review the FBI’s actions during the so-called phony collusion probe, that the pendulum is swinging, and the boomerang is now headed right back to the top, to the Deep State actors and they will all be held accountable.  Really? When?

Comey

Crooked cop James Comey deliberately leaked government information to someone outside the Department of Justice in order to prompt a Special Counsel. Comey knew his good friend Mueller would be appointed by his other friend, Rod Rosenstein.  Barr has not charged Comey for his leaks.  Link

Comey was a young communist when he graduated from the College of William and Mary in 1982.  In her book, The Red Thread, Diana West writes, “Comey cites socialist theologian Reinhold Niebuhr as a formative influence.  Niebuhr is well known for his Marxist ‘ideas and approaches,’ including ‘social ownership’ of property, the use of violence to bring about political change and his membership in over one dozen Communist front organizations, including in leadership positions, which advanced the Kremlin line.”

Niebuhr was “as dangerous as a Bolshevik behind a clerical collar,” but today he is promoted as a strong opponent of communism.  He is a favorite thinker of Jimmy CarterHillary ClintonBarack Obama, and now deceased, John McCain.

The former FBI Director is still walking free despite his participation in Loretta Lynch’s cover up for Hillary Clinton, his lies about President Trump not being under investigation, leaking government property to the media which were purposely meant to harm the President, spying on the President, and lying by omission allowing the President to be falsely smeared.

In the fall of 2018, dirty cop Comey co-taught a course about “ethical leadership” to students at the College of William & Mary, his alma mater.

McCabe

Both President Trump and General Flynn were targeted for malicious prosecution by an outgoing administration and its loyalists.  During an alleged senior-attended FBI meeting or video conference, Andrew McCabe said, “First we f*** Flynn, then we f*** Trump,” or words to that effect.

Aside from the fact that McCabe, Comey and Strzok all hated President Trump, McCabe had a personal vendetta against the General.  Robin Gritz who is a decorated counterterrorism agent, and had worked with General Flynn at the Defense Intelligence Agency had filed a sexual discrimination and retaliation lawsuit against Andrew McCabe and other top FBI officials.

In 2014 Michael Flynn backed up the sex discrimination charge brought by Gritz against McCabe and other top people at the FBI.  Surprise…two years later Flynn is the subject of a McCabe-led FBI investigation about how he supposedly colluded with the Russian ambassador.

On March 20th, 2018, Andrew McCabe was fired by the FBI for leaking information about the Clinton Foundation investigation to the media, then lying about it under oath to the DOJ Inspector General who believed McCabe had exhibited a “lack of candor” during its probe into disclosures to the media.  Here is the Inspector General’s report of the investigation of certain allegations relating to the former FBI Deputy Director.

Andrew McCabe was fired for good reason, he violated his oath, weaponized his DOJ position and broke the law. McCabe should be indicted and tried. If convicted, he should be imprisoned. It’s time.  He is currently the subject of a criminal grand jury investigation, but as of September 14th, he has not been indicted, a sign that the government’s case against the FBI’s former No. 2 official may be in jeopardy.  His attorneys are pressing for dismissal.

Corrupt U.S. attorney Jessie Liu was involved in Mueller cases where exculpatory evidence was withheld from defendants.  She is now involved in the decision regarding whether Andrew McCabe should be indicted.  Liu is also involved in the Deep State’s sham indictment of the courageous General Mike Flynn. Since the 2016 election and before, General Flynn was targeted by Obama’s Deep State.

McCabe sued the Justice Department last month, saying his own termination from FBI was unlawful.  He has authored a book, is a contributor to CNN and a cavalcade of Obama-era national security leaders have committed to testify on his behalf should he face trial.

Strzok and Page

Peter Strzok was the Chief of the Counterespionage Section and led the FBI’s investigation into Hillary Clinton’s use of a personal email server.  Strzok’s paramour, Lisa Page was an attorney for the FBI.  Their text messages showed extreme bias and animosity toward candidate and then President Trump, with questionable ethics regarding their attempts to destroy the duly elected President.  Those messages were released to media, the rest were destroyed by Robert Mueller’s team.  The Inspector General report released last year found no evidence that the officials’ political opinions impacted their investigative actions with regard to the Clinton email investigation.

Strzok was one of the two FBI agents who interviewed General Flynn at the behest of Comey, McCabe and others.  Joe Pientka was the other agent.  Comey acknowledged that the interview was not set up through the White House counsel’s office, but arranged directly with Flynn and was not standard practice. He called it “something I probably wouldn’t have done or maybe gotten away with in a more organized administration.”  Obviously, Comey did not follow proper protocol.

The only person who has credibility and could shed light on the unsanctioned interview is Pientka.  He was purposefully muzzled by the FBI, DOJ and Mueller investigation.

Like McCabe, Strzok is suing the government over his firing.

Escaping Justice

CIA Director Brennan is famous for lying to and spying on the Senate.  He was never charged and the Statute of Limitations long ago expired.  Five years before he joined the CIA he voted for communist Gus Hall for President.  John Guandolo of Understanding the Threat along with other government officials have direct knowledge that Brennan converted to Islam in 1996.

FBI official Bruce Ohr and his pro-collectivist Stalin apologist wife Nellie Ohr, later with the CIA and Glenn Simpson’s Fusion GPS, played a large role in the effort to destroy the candidacy of Donald Trump and, after Trump was elected, the Deep state coup attempt to remove him from office.  They have never been charged for their complicity in the Steele Dossier.

Eric Holder has never been charged for his illicit selling of guns through Operation Fast and Furious where one of those guns ended up in the hands of a Mexican cartel thug who killed border agent, Brian Terry.

Conclusion

Seditious Conspiracy: If two or more persons in any State or Territory, or in any place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, conspire to overthrow, put down, or to destroy by force the Government of the United States, or to levy war against them, or to oppose by force the authority thereof, or by force to prevent, hinder, or delay the execution of any law of the United States, or by force to seize, take, or possess any property of the United States contrary to the authority thereof, they shall each be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than twenty years, or both.

There is a clear case for charging all involved in Spygate with at least “seditious conspiracy” as the conspiracy was not only directed at a private citizen and presidential candidate, but continued against that individual after he became President-Elect and then President. Of course, they deserve the benefit of a trial before being condemned, but there appears to be enough public evidence to indict.

Where is AG William Barr?

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




Sex Crimes and Illegal Aliens: Border Patrol, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Complete Wall System in San Diego

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

U.S. Border Patrol agents arrested a Mexican national with multiple warrants in both Mexico and Oregon for homicide and rape, respectively.

Tucson Sector agents apprehended three men after they illegally crossed the border into the United States through a mountainous area outside Nogales. Records checks revealed one of the men, Juan Francisco Espinosa-Burgos, to be wanted for rape in Oregon City, Oregon. He is also wanted in Mexico for homicide.

All three subjects will be processed for immigration violations. Espinosa-Burgos will be handed over to Mexican law enforcement authorities following his extradition to Oregon for adjudication of his alleged crimes in the U.S.

On August 9, 2019, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), in partnership with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), completed construction on approximately 14 miles of new border wall system in U.S. Border Patrol’s (USBP) San Diego Sector in California. This project, funded with CBP’s Fiscal Year (FY) 2017 appropriation, included the construction of 18-foot steel bollards, improved road conditions, and additional technology in place of dilapidated and outdated pedestrian barrier.

“The construction of the new border wall system supports USBP’s ability to impede and deny illegal border crossings and the drug and human smuggling activities of transnational criminal organizations while increasing safety by allowing agents to observe activity just immediately south of the border wall,” said Acting San Diego Sector Chief Kathleen Scudder.

As of August 9, 2019, CBP has constructed approximately 57 miles of new border wall system since 2017. By the end of 2020, CBP and DOD expect to construct a total of 450 miles or more of new border wall system if additional funds are identified, including up to 334 miles of new border wall system completed by CBP in high priority locations across the Southwest border using a combination of the Department of Homeland Security appropriations, Department of Defense 10 U.S.C. § 284 Counter-Narcotics funding and Treasury Forfeiture Funds. This includes an addition of approximately 14 miles of new secondary wall in the same location in USBP’s San Diego Sector funded by CBP’s FY 2018 appropriation, of which over six miles have been completed to date.

CBP continues to implement President Trump’s Executive Order 13767 – also known as Border Security and Immigration Enforcement Improvements – taking steps to expeditiously plan, design, and construct a physical wall using appropriate materials and technology to most effectively achieve operational control of the southern border.

CALEXICO, Calif. – U.S. Border Patrol agents assigned to the El Centro Sector arrested a previously removed sex offender Monday morning.

The incident occurred at around 7 a.m., when agents assigned to the El Centro Station encountered a man suspected of illegally entering the United States approximately 18 miles east of the Calexico West Downtown Port of Entry.  Agents arrested the man and transported him to the El Centro Station for immigration and criminal history screening.

Agents conducted records checks, which revealed that the man, later identified as Mauricio Moreno-Garcia, a 26-year-old Mexican national, was convicted of Sexual Lewdness w/Child less than 14 years of age in 2016 out of the state of Nevada.  Moreno was sentenced to 24-60 months confinement for his conviction.

Moreno was removed from the United States on January 11, 2018 as an aggravated felon.

Moreno is being held in federal custody pending further criminal prosecution.

In fiscal year 2019, El Centro Sector Border Patrol agents have arrested and removed 21 individuals either convicted or wanted on sexual assault charges after they entered the United States illegally.

U.S. Border Patrol agents arrested a previously deported Guatemalan National in Bangor. The man now faces felony charges for illegal re-entry after deportation under U.S. Code.

On the evening of September 19, Houlton Station Border Patrol agents encountered the Guatemalan man, identified as Mateo Carmelo-Bartolo, in Bangor.

The agents determined Carmelo-Bartolo was illegally present in the United States. Carmelo-Bartolo was taken into custody and transported to Houlton, Maine for processing.

Carmelo-Bartolo’s immigration history revealed two previous deportations consisting of one from Laredo, Texas in 2007 and the second from Phoenix, Arizona in 2010. In 2013, the subject again illegally re-entered the United States through an area near Rio Bravo, Texas and admitted this to agents.

“Re-entry after deportation is a serious violation of our laws,” said Jason Owens, Chief Patrol Agent of the Border Patrol in Maine. “Identifying and removing those who knowingly and repeatedly violate our immigration laws is one of our top priorities.”

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com




Devolving America Into Disparate, Un-American Immigrants

Frosty Wooldridge

Part 2: Disintegrating America with endless foreign immigration

As you look around America’s major cities, you notice foreign flags, strange languages and foreign dress that counters everything “American”.

A conversation with California writer Brenda Walker gives you an idea of how fast our country devolves into a polyglot of cultures, foreign languages and strange customs.

Walker said, “As the American population grows to have an ever larger proportion of foreign-born, assimilation becomes more important to maintain a cohesive society, yet more difficult to achieve. Like newbies in previous generations, immigrants often move straight into an ethnic neighborhood populated by their countrymen. It’s just easier to live among fellow foreigners who speak your language, share your values, and understand your jokes. But it prevents assimilation because new residents are unlikely to acculturate if there are no models of American values to follow.

“Human nature seems to be hard-wired to prefer one’s own tribe, and our history shows a reliance on the close group of family and clan for safety. Immigrant neighborhoods are a modern expression of that urge.

“Some immigrants residing here want their homelands remembered by designation of those ethnic neighborhoods. In 2014 the  Los Angeles Times reported on the idea in an article titled “Advocates seek to carve out official Latin American areas in L.A.” A map included with the story showed streets marked as Guatemalan Mayan Village, Little Venezuela, and such. A leader of the Peru Village effort remarked, “This is us uniting and saying, ‘Hey, we contribute. We belong.’ It’s time we are all recognized.”

Did immigrants in earlier times demand that their tribe be “recognized”?

“Sadly, the simple expectation of U.S. citizens that immigrants should eventually become Americans in fact and in spirit has many difficulties, both situational and imposed,” said Walker. “Some immigrants work long hours at low-paying jobs that leave little time for learning English and going to PTA meetings. But too many foreigners come only for the American dollar, not understanding that prosperity is the result of a free and productive culture.

“Not that long ago, assimilation was expected of immigrants. It seemed a fair deal that when foreigners came here to live permanently, they should learn English, be loyal to America, and adopt our values of liberty, equality, and fairness. But now there are massive educational and media campaigns propagandizing diversity in opposition to traditional integration. Even so, citizens continue to prefer assimilation. A 2011 Rasmussen poll found “An overwhelming majority (73 percent) of voters say people who move to the United States from other parts of the world should adopt America’s culture, language, and heritage.” A 2015 survey by the same pollsters on the topic had fallen to 68 percent favoring immigrant assimilation, still solid although somewhat diminished.”

In Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55 percent of the Somali immigrants preferred Sharia Law over American law.  In fact, they de facto practice it. Problem: Sharia Law runs counter to U.S. Constitutional Law. No women’s rights, animal rights, no free speech, no free choice of dress, no choice of religion, etc.

“It’s a no-brainer that newbies should assimilate for their own benefit and also to maintain a culturally unified nation, but now mass immigration and the ideology of diversity have marred the idea of acculturation to the nation foreigners have chosen to join,” said Walker. “One sub-topic of assimilation is the place of speaking English in this country, and it continues to poll strongly: a Rasmussen/ProEnglish survey from April 2018 found that 81 percent of Americans believe that English should be the official language of the United States. A Frank Luntz poll from July 2018 found that nearly two-thirds of respondents believed immigrants should be able to hold a basic conversation in English.

“But huge and rapid arrivals of foreigners can alter the calculus by changing the people. In some locales of extreme diversity, like Miami, learning to speak English is not necessary and the foreigners can live their entire lives speaking Spanish only.  Problematic for assimilation is its array of enemies, ranging from ideological to political and national.

“Some believe that allegiance to the nation-state is a retro concept that needs to be tossed out as too old-fashioned for an increasingly global society. The late political scientist Samuel Huntington wrote in 2004 about “Davos men” — elites who “have little need for national loyalty, view national boundaries as obstacles that thankfully are vanishing, and see national governments as residues from the past whose only useful function is to facilitate the elite’s global operations.”

If you fail to maintain a single, dominant language in a society, people who speak different languages, think differently and see the world differently.  With enough of them, you find rips and tears in the fabric of the ethos, culture and way of life.  At some point, they cannot be repaired.  At that point, you lose all unity of the citizens. That turns to conflict and civil war.

Walker continued, “Those beliefs are reflected in transnational amalgamation projects like NAFTA and the European Union: they were designed to take power further away from the annoying voters who want their local concerns addressed and put into the hands of elites with globalist philosophies.

“One group of anti-assimilationists is the immigrant-sending nations, many of which benefit greatly from the remittances sent by immigrants to their relatives still in the home country. For example,$53.4 billion in remittances were sent to Mexico and Central America in 2018. That’s easy money, so the homelands don’t want their emigres to forget about them and drift away into life in the U.S. And we shouldn’t be surprised that poor countries like Guatemala ($7.7 billion in remittances in 2017) and Honduras ($3.8 billion in 2017) want to see their workers relocate to the U.S. and send lots of money home. Preventing illegal immigration does not benefit the homelands at all: they want maximum open borders.

“By comparison with its southern neighbors, Mexico is quite rich and routinely scores around 15 on national GDP rankings. But it also has a great number of very poor people, so any freebie stuff than can be mooched from America is a plus. Mexico had an agency under Presidente Vicente Fox then known as the Office for Mexicans Abroad, designed to maintain connections with its emigre community. It was run for a time by dual citizen Juan Hernandez, who remarked on Nightline in 2001, “I want to get the third generation, the seventh generation in the U.S. I want them all to think ‘Mexico first.’”

“On April 3, Fox News host Tucker Carlson interviewed Hernandez, who is now the Secretary of Migrants and Foreign Affairs for the Mexican state of Guanajuato, and read back a couple of his notable quotes: “Mexican immigrants to the United States are, quote, ‘going to keep one foot in Mexico.’ They are not going to assimilate in the sense of not being Mexican,” and also, “We’ve recognized that the Mexican population is 100 million in Mexico and 23 million who live in the United States. We are a united nation.”

“In the same segment, Carlson further explained, “The Mexican government now says it will spend $150 million on a campaign to help convince Mexicans living here in our country to keep speaking Spanish.”

“Mexico has big plans for its immigrants to the U.S., but clearly assimilation to American values is not included in the package. A major player in assimilation should be the schools, because often the original immigrants are too busy with getting physically and financially settled to be involved in cultural integration. So the kids, either born here or little immigrants themselves, have the opportunity to grow up as Americans. And not that long ago, our public schools did the job of teaching American values and history.

“Author and historian Victor Davis Hanson wrote an article in 2002 titled, “The Civic Education America Needs,” which described his 1960s school experience in California’s Central Valley, where the classroom demographics were quite diverse:

“The class was about 65 percent Mexican-American, 10 percent Asian and African-American, the rest mostly poor rural white whose parents had fled the Dust Bowl. Yet I cannot recall a single reference by our teacher, a native Oklahoman, to race, class, or gender, which might so easily have divided us. Instead, we repeatedly heard that President Lincoln, Mark Twain, and John Henry belonged to a heritage we all shared—that we natives had no more claim on FDR or Guadalcanal than did the new arrivals from Oaxaca or the Punjab.”

As you see, America faces a breaking up of her culture, her language and her sense of “country.” Mass immigration spells the doom of the U.S. Constitution.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Found Difficult

Michael Heath

Beloved, follow not that which is evil, but that which is good. He that doeth good is of God: but he that doeth evil hath not seen God. — 3 John 1:11

Christianity is about doing.  It is an action religion.  Yes, prayer is an important aspect of the ancient faith.  Morality, however, is huge.  It isn’t simply spiritual.  It is fully embodied in our world … fully present.  Christianity is very much a universal idea.  It touches all of life, and death.  It is a virtuous system.  When practiced it creates virtue through righteous application of the imagination and will.

The great 20th century writer, G.K. Chesterton, observed, “The Christian ideal has not been tried and found wanting. It has been found difficult; and left untried.”

I watched a #walkaway YouTube yesterday.  The three minute video featured a thirty something female describing why she walked away from the Left.  She ended the video saying, “God bless you.”  Just before that she talked about the “conservative” man she met.  She married him.  She glowed as she mentioned becoming pregnant and starting a family.

How evil!  Bruce Jenner would not be proud.  She obviously needs a Mayor Pete lecture on who Jesus is really.  The obviously evil conservative man that married and impregnated this social justice warrior must be destroyed.  And the government is just the force needed to bring about the destruction of this wicked ideology called Christianity.

John, surrounded by pagan Romans and increasingly hostile Jews two thousand years ago wrote a lot about love.  He knew Jesus as the God-man who embodied the Greek ideal of logos, or reason.  In his third epistle he writes, “Beloved, follow not that which is evil, but that which is good. He that doeth good is of God: but he that doeth evil hath not seen God.”

Note that he doesn’t talk here about spiritual salvation or eternal life.  John is interested in the conduct, the moral actions of his readers.  He makes it real simple.

You know many people who “hath not seen God.”  How do you know they haven’t seen God?  They do evil.  You know many people who know God.  How do you know?  They follow the good and they do good.  That person who DOES good is of God, according to the Gospel writer John.

It isn’t good to lead children into sodomy and transgendering.  That’s evil.  It isn’t good to base your economy on debt.  That’s evil.  It isn’t good to live in a state of perpetual war.  That’s not good.

It isn’t good to store the bodies of over 2,000 murdered babies in your house.  That’s evil.  It’s evil to murder them in the first place.  That isn’t abortion.  That’s baby murder.  And it isn’t good.  That murderer didn’t know God.

Lest we think we are off the hook if we don’t murder babies or practice sodomy realize that none of us are good enough to know God.  That’s why God the Father sent Jesus Christ His son to the earth to die.  He bled and died to make us good.  He gave up his own life so that we could overcome our sins, and follow the good.  He gives us the power every day to overcome evil and follow good.

The wickedness that is driving leaders from the church through open apostasy or suicide is the result of not following John’s simple formula.  Christianity is about doing good.  Men must stop feeding on pornography.  They must turn away from the evil, stop following it.  They must choose to love their wives and family.  They must go to their wives and children and repent for not being the GOOD man that God made them to be.  It never was good enough to simply earn the paycheck.  The man has duties he MUST fulfill.  He must do good, and not follow evil.

We all must reject the system of the world that Big Corporations and Big Pharma are creating.  The pills are designed to make us dependent.  We must not follow the evil.  We must choose the good.  We must become dependent on God, not synthetic, potentially dangerous substances.  Legalizing pot isn’t good.  This is another profound evil.  Surrendering our privacy to social platforms also isn’t an option.  That is evil.  We must humanize the digital world that is emerging.  We must do good.

Christianity is weak at the top right now because our leadership is too worldly.  It spends far too much time being at peace with the world.  The Church is a peculiar institution.  It is a Holy Priesthood.  It is set apart to God.  The Church is incapable of being wedded to Freudian ideas about sex.  Yet, Western Christianity has gone down this road for nearly a century now.  We have departed from the ancient faith, and embraced modern and post-modern conceptions of the human person, family life and sexuality.  This is ending, thank God.

A shout is rising from the throats of the people.  We see the passionate rejection of this Leftist conception of the world in support for Donald Trump, Brexit and the rising disgust with all things “gay.”  Look at Tommy Robinson.  I don’t think he’s a Christian.  If he is he’s a weak one.  But he has a family.  He has courage.  He’s doing good in confronting the rape gangs in his homeland of England.

Check out men like Bill Whatcott up in Canada.  Look what he’s achieved just being himself.  Christianity’s definition of morality, family life and sexuality is getting traction.  Early in the week I mentioned the promotion of graffiti here in Mayberry.  Within hours of the appearance of sexually-charged political correctness on the Eagle Scout blackboard the eraser disappeared the offensive nonsense.  More sensible ugliness (I hate graffiti) has slowly started taking it’s place.

The nation is barely holding on to her Christian conscience.  It is rising though.  I think we are scraping along the bottom and getting ready for a rise in goodness, and a turn away from evil.

We’ve had a good week in Jesus.  Enjoy your weekend.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Heath: mike@michaelheath.org




Democrats’ and Medias’ Evil Mission to Divide Americans

Lloyd Marcus

Watching this year’s 9-11 remembrances on TV, it was heartwarming to hear commentators repeatedly use “we” and “our” when referring to Americans and America. Commentators said on September 11, 2001, “our” country was viciously attacked by Islamist terrorists. They said, “we” came together as a nation. A WWII vet said the unity of our nation on 9-11 felt the same to him as it did during WWII.

Rather than unifying Americans, each 2020 Democrat presidential candidate is campaigning on dividing us into bogus victimized voting blocs. They seek to convince every American that they are a victim in one way or another; a victim of racism, sexism, white privilege, environmental racism, income inequality and so on. The tag team of Democrats and fake news media are promoting the insane lie that the earth will be uninhabitable in 12 years unless we elect a Democrat president.

Delusional Democrats and fake news media actually believe they can win the White House by dividing Americans, encouraging blacks to hate whites, women to hate men and homosexuals to hate heterosexuals.

Democrats believe it is immoral to refer to America as “our” country. We have allowed old hippies to teach our children the lie that America ravaged the world for our prosperity. Therefore, it is only fair that we abandon borders, sharing our ill-gotten wealth with the world. Democrats also believe allowing needy unskilled people to freely invade our country will increase Democrat voter registration.

My wife Mary and I moved to a tiny town in West Virginia, population 500, which we have affectionately nicknamed, “Trump Country USA”.

In honor of 9-11, Main St in our town was decorated with American flags. The marque of the small public library read, “Never Forget 9-11”. Students were encouraged to come to school attired in red, white, blue and American flags. Students were taught history lessons about patriotism. This is the polar opposite of California schools banning American flag attire on Mexican holidays because it is offensive to illegal alien students. Democrats and fake news media say displays of patriotism are insensitive, racist and hateful. Shockingly, the U.S. flag was not seen on stage during the televised ABC Democrat presidential debate.  Democrat controlled schools divide Americans by teaching black students to resent white students, absurdly claiming whites are “born racist”.  Students are taught to hate their country.

In their ongoing evil mission to demonize America and divide Americans, Democrats and fake news media say the election of president Trump proves that widespread racism is alive and well, particularly in rural America. As I stated, Mary and I live in a tiny town. We are a black/white interracial couple, married over 40 years.

Because our home internet is not working, we took our laptops to the local country store to use their internet. The store was filled with white hunters and country boys. Thirty years ago, I might have felt uncomfortable. Neither Mary nor I felt an ounce of racial tension at our country store.

Clearly, America has come a long way baby in regards to race relations. Americans elected Obama two times to prove our nation has moved beyond widespread racism. And yet, Democrats and fake news media persist in selling their insidious lie that everyone who voted for Trump and supports his make America great again agenda are white supremacists. Because I am a black outspoken supporter of Trump and his America First agenda, Democrats and fake news media brand me a self-loathing Uncle Tom. See how these evil people seek to divide us folks?

I wore my “Trump 2020” cap to a local church flea market. I saw a white guy wearing a “Trump 2020” cap. I said, “Sir, you must be a racist white supremacist?” Seeing my cap, he burst into laughter as we spontaneously embraced in a bear hug.

Americans crave to be unified. Before singing my “American Tea Party Anthem” at a tea party rally in 2008, I told the audience, “I am not an African-American!” I am Lloyd Marcus, American!!!” The audience of 6,000 erupted in thunderous applause. After the rally, several audience members thanked me with tears in their eyes.

I thought I had made great headway in convincing my black relatives that Democrats and fake news media are lying about America’s police routinely murdering blacks. I was taken aback when a relative who I assumed knew better, helped to spread an initiative on Facebook to stop “trigger happy cops” from murdering young black men.

Stats confirm that cops are the greatest defenders of black lives. The greatest threats to black lives are black men and Planned Parenthood. Racist Margaret Sanger founded Planned Parenthood to exterminate Negros. Planned Parenthood disproportionately aborts blacks with 70% of their dead-baby-body-parts-chop-shops located in black neighborhoods.

My deceived relative confirms that we must remain diligent in our efforts to educate misinformed Americans.

Folks, I could go on and on with examples of Democrats’ and fake news medias’ evil mission to keep Americans divided, in fear and at war with each other.

Instead, I wish to leave you with an inspiring act of random unifying patriotism. In Denver, a flash mob performed “God Bless America” with brass instruments. Please enjoy.

Lloyd Marcus The Unhyphenated American

© 2019 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com




Is There Anything The Democrats Won’t Ban?, Part 2

Roger Anghis

Last week we started to look at the myriad of things that the democrat/socialists feel need to be banned. The list is long and if ever 100% complied to would put us back about one hundred and fifty years. Now keep in mind that these bans would only be for the masses, not the socialist elites. Notice how they condemn flying and anything else that has a carbon footprint but the elites own planes and yachts and SUV’s.

Their continued hatred of plastic carries over to water bottles.  Bottled Water – In San Francisco, the Board of Supervisors approved a measure that bans the sale of bottled water at events held on city property. Supervisor David Chiu authored the legislation in 2014, which also prevents the use of city funds to purchase bottled water. Over the next four years, the ban will phase out the sales of plastic water bottles that hold 21 ounces or less in public places. Violators could face fines of up to $1,000. Environmentalists love it, but the American Beverage Association called it “nothing more than a solution in search of a problem.”[1] I guess we can go back to glass containers, but it is more expensive and it requires more energy to make glass bottles than plastic bottles.  It’s obvious that the democrat/socialists don’t think their ‘solutions’ through.

New York City seems to lead the nation in gross stupidity, but then they are controlled by a communist.[2]  They want to ban horse-drawn carriages.  I guess they have some kind of compassion for a beast of burden.  Horse-drawn Carriages – While not the law yet, New York Mayor Bill de Blasio has every intention of banning horse-drawn carriages in the city. The contentious proposal (Int-573) states that as of June 1, 2016, “it shall be unlawful to operate a horse-drawn vehicle in the city of New York or offer rides to the public on a vehicle drawn or pulled by a carriage horse.” The bill also hopes to ease about 300 carriage drivers into new jobs as cabbies, offering job training and the possibility of green taxi licenses, which can pick up passengers outside the busiest parts of Manhattan. Penalty for breaking horse-carriage rules could hit $25,000. City Hall has hired a consultant to study the issue. [3]

Now they’re attacking something that most kids enjoyed when they were growing up: Goldfish – The San Francisco Animal Control & Welfare Commission proposed a ban on selling goldfish to prevent their inhumane suffering. In 2011, Commission member Philip Gerrie proposed the Humane Pet Acquisition Proposal, which included small pets and fish. He said that “most fish in aquariums are either mass bred under inhumane conditions or taken from the wild,” leading to “devastation of tropical fish from places like Southeast Asia.” As predicted by Supervisor Sean Elsbernd it was “an idea that will end up in the dustbin of history and go absolutely nowhere.”[3] 3 One thing that democrat/socialists can’t seem to stand is tradition.  West Virginia has a real winner in its statehouse.  He thinks we need to ban dolls: Barbie Dolls – A West Virginia state delegate wanted to put an end to Barbie. Democratic Delegate Jeff Eldridge of Lincoln County proposed House Bill 2918 in 2009, banning the sale of Barbie dolls and “other dolls that influence girls to be beautiful.” The Barbie Ban Bill claimed that the Mattel doll placed an undue importance on physical beauty to the detriment of their intellectual and emotional development.” Eldridge couldn’t find a single statehouse colleague to sign on to the bill and said he didn’t really expect it to pass.[4]

Symbols seem to bother the democrat/socialist a lot: Crosshair Symbols – Shortly after the 2011 shooting of Rep. Gabrielle Giffords in Arizona, Representative Bob Brady of Pennsylvania announced that he would introduce a bill making it a federal crime to use “language or symbols that could be perceived as threatening or inciting violence against a Member of Congress or federal official.” His intention was to ban crosshair symbols like those on a map used by Sarah Palin to demonstrate which congressional districts she was targeting for the 2012 election season. Brady‘s idea was to expand Expand Title 18, Section 871 of the US Code (threats against President) to include more public servants from written threats. Conservatives responded by finding several examples of Democrats using similar crosshair symbols on campaign material.[5]

There seems to be a large number of unpatriotic people in the democrat/socialist crowd.  Surprise, surprise!  Pledge of Allegiance – In Massachusetts, Democratic State Congressman Frank Smizik vocally backed a 2011 effort by the Brookline Political Action for Peace group to ban the Pledge of Allegiance in school. The group said that the pledge had no educational value and was “reminiscent of totalitarian regimes.” While students already had the right not to say the pledge, Smizik claimed that students who refused were being bullied. He agreed to co-sign the resolution, citing both the First Amendment and a calling it an anti-bullying measure. At the time, School Committee Chairwoman Rebecca Stone was reported to have said that, with other important issues on their agenda, she didn’t believe that the Committee intended to reconsider the existing policy.[6] Keep in mind that the globalist trash in our Congress and Senate don’t want patriotism instilled in the coming generations.  They understand that a generation that has not been taught to love their country won’t defend it and that is their goal.

Then we have members of Congress that simply are as ignorant as they come. They typically refuse to call things for what they really are.  They don’t want the people to know what some things really are.  Take welfare for instance. There are those that think the name, welfare, is demeaning and it should be changed.  The Word “Welfare” – In January of 2014, Texas Representative Sheila Jackson Lee took to the House floor to propose banning the word ‘welfare’ from the government’s vocabulary. Using the 50th anniversary of President Lyndon Johnson’s war on poverty, Lee said, “maybe the word welfare should be changed to something of, ‘a transitional living fund.’ For that is what it is — for people to be able to live.” Jackson Lee was referring to all welfare, including food stamps, unemployment, Medicaid, and Medicare.[7] This is a program that the democrat/socialists implemented but now they are ashamed of it as it was originally called.

Now another part of the Democrat/socialist history is bothersome to them and they are trying to get it out of the public view and that’s the statues of Confederate soldiers which were erected to intimidate blacks. With blacks disenfranchised and Jim Crow laws safely in place, Southern whites continue their campaign of terror against blacks. This era features continued lynchings, the growing popularity of “Lost Cause” revisionist histories, a resurgence of white supremacy organizations like the KKK, and the erection of Confederate statues and monuments in large numbers.[8] It is our history and I believe that we need to teach it not to shame them but to teach the younger generations just what happens when we let our feeling override common sense and what is right.

They want to ban all fossil fuels, airplanes, cars, internal combustion engines, oil drilling, fracking and most everything else that makes our world function.  And as usual, they don’t think these ‘plans’ through to evaluate the consequences of their ideas.  Keep these things in mind when you vote in 2020.  The great American experiment and our future depend on what ideology will carry us forward.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. https://www.washingtontimes.com/multimedia/collection/13-things-liberals-want-to-ban/?page=5
  2. https://www.newsmax.com/Newsmax-Tv/sam-nunberg-bill-de-blasio-communist/2017/07/07/id/800463/
  3. https://www.washingtontimes.com/multimedia/collection/13-things-liberals-want-to-ban/?page=7
  4. https://www.washingtontimes.com/multimedia/collection/13-things-liberals-want-to-ban/?page=8
  5. https://www.washingtontimes.com/multimedia/collection/13-things-liberals-want-to-ban/?page=9
  6. https://www.washingtontimes.com/multimedia/collection/13-things-liberals-want-to-ban/?page=11
  7. https://www.washingtontimes.com/multimedia/collection/13-things-liberals-want-to-ban/?page=13
  8. https://www.motherjones.com/kevin-drum/2017/08/the-real-story-of-all-those-confederate-statues/



Is Justice Waiting for Jurisdiction?

Ms. Smallback

Various outlets of internet media have been spending some time on the allegations that bonds are taken out in the name of American citizens via their social security numbers and invested in various markets.  This is being done unbeknown to the actual citizen.  Allegedly a significant amount of money (in the millions) is availed through your social security number. Also allegedly, if one has the know-how, they can pay off their own mortgage and personal property debts through these bonds.

To understand this, visit the definition of “trafficking”.  I know there’s a current awakening to human, sex and slave trafficking, and that’s what our minds will first think of.  But “trafficking” simply means, “the exploitative movement of people across borders.”  So what this means is American citizens are being trafficked by their government for the purpose of exploiting their identity for financial gain.  Every. American. Citizen.  You.  Me.  Your child. Your neighbor.

The What

Bonds are created on American citizens when their birth certificates are registered.  When their SSN is issued, the citizens are trafficked.  Unlike human trafficking for the sex and slave industries, according to the experts, this trafficking of American citizens is done via paperwork, and it’s all linked to your SSN.  They say it’s set up through the banking and insurance systems.  These systems identify points in the marketplace where bonds can be created.

For example when the US wants to increase its money supply, what does it do?  It sells bonds, as does most every other nation around the world.  And, the story goes, when nations sell bonds some of them are being purchased by social security income.  Apparently securities and QSub numbers are assigned in this system, and the system is activated anytime there’s interaction in the system.  (banking, insurance, government… think:  every time a loan is applied for, a person enrolls in public school, applies for a driver’s license, transactions along this line)

Think of the dark web.  Most of the average citizen population doesn’t operate or conduct affairs on the dark web.  This is like that, only in the financial realm.

Oh, I forgot to mention, the money being exchanged in this bond system is used to create the funding for worldwide human trafficking.  We are being used to generate funds for truly nefarious agendas.

This is above my pay grade.  My mind struggles with understanding the financial world and its concepts, so I am in no way endorsing this or projecting any sort of expertise on this topic.  But if this be true, better equipped minds than my own can elucidate on it better than I.  This video is a good starting point.  It presents additional websites and links in the author’s comments under the video.  Another resource is here.  Some additional digs are here, here and here.

The How

I don’t want to talk about Social Security numbers and them being used to buy bonds for the government in this article, but it is what led me to dig in and understand if such a thing were true, HOW could it be true?

This won’t be news to many of you, but the way it can be true is because of the corporation status of the United States.  That America has been incorporated is the HOW.  When the USA was converted to USA, Inc., its citizens became its property, so to speak.  The social security number its citizens are assigned give legal right for this corporation to apply numerical value to its citizens, and then to act in the interests of (no, not the citizens) the corporation.

The corporation status of America is what makes us, American citizens, no longer free and sovereign citizens, but property (or collateral) of the corporation.

Marilyn Barnewall wrote an excellent article in 2015 explaining this [here].  Make sure you also read part two.  Additionally, there are numerous other individuals over the decades who have been trumpeting this.  An internet search should produce dozens.  Two mind-altering sites I strongly recommend are the writings of Judge Anna von Reitz, and the Everyday Concerned Citizen.  [Just keep in mind the language will be foreign to ears conditioned to the present system.  These people are operating outside the matrix and speak as those outside of the matrix.]

In part two of Marilyn’s article, I learned so much about “colorable money” that I didn’t know.  When we allowed traitorous disgraceful wicked men to subvert our Constitution and enact a banking system that enslaved us, incorporating federal, state and local governments was one of the unfortunate results.  Pandora’s Box was opened and we have been reaping its reward ever since.

For simplicity, research these data points:

I have been dismayed, to put it mildly, at recent events in our judicial system.  Comey was found to be in violation of his duties and our Department of Justice declined to press charges.  And then we found out the Court is upholding their “deal” to protect the accomplices of Jeffrey Epstein.  Is there no justice in America?  I have grieved the state of our “justice” system for years and years now.  But revisiting Marilyn’s article helped me understand (maybe), a little of what is going on – particularly this part:

Remember the controversy about Lerner’s appearance before the Senate Committee before which she testified? “She can’t make a statement pronouncing her innocence and then declare her Fifth Amendment rights to avoid answering questions about her possible guilt! That’s against the law!” That’s what every constitutional law expert said… and had she been functioning under the Constitution, they would have been correct.

When she made her statement, she was wearing her corporate hat. When she declared her rights under the Constitution, she was wearing her constitutional hat. It is the best possible example I can give you about why they need to maintain their rights under BOTH the Constitution and the Corporations for which they work. The Constitution gives them protections from personal liability they would not otherwise have.

For example, why does the U.S. Internal Revenue Service need a DUNs number – unless it is incorporated? Looking at the above list of departments within the U.S. Government, does it give you any insight to how “they” get away with the VA scandal, Fast and Furious guns across the border, Benghazi, the IRS discrimination against conservative groups applying for tax exempt status? Relative to the law, corporations are governed by the Uniform Commercial Code (or the Law of the Seas – sometimes called Maritime Law). They have no obligation to protect anyone’s Constitutional rights when functioning under their corporate hats – and they keep the Constitutional hat available in case they get caught and need to declare their Constitutional rights to certain protections – like Lois Lerner’s use of the Fifth Amendment when she testified before Congress. Perhaps that explains the smirk on her face during that proceeding?

Now I’m not a lawyer, but I wish someone with expertise would answer these questions of how politicians can be committing crimes and not be accountable?  Is it a matter of being tried under corporate law instead of Constitutional law?  Could this be why even now justice is elusive?  When I consider the statistics of sealed indictments across the United States….

…are we dealing with more than just timing?  Is there an effort to get the necessary changes put in place to enable jurisdiction of our Constitution instead of the Corporation?  So that we don’t have more circus acts like the Lois Lerner hearing, the HRC Benghazi and email hearings, etc.?

John Singleton, in the youtube video linked in the seventh paragraph, explains it like this:

Think of our court system – and I’m talking about your small claims court, your criminal courts in your counties, your state’s – think of those as broker dealers for laundered and counterfeit securities for the banking system.  Your judge is a broker dealer for the banking system.  He’s not a judge.

He explains that our “justice” system is running under different rules than we understand.  He further explains that each court “transaction” facilitates more bond and money movement.  If you think it’s difficult for the average American citizen to obtain justice or fair trials, it’s because the court system has been redesigned for brokering deals for the banking system.  Singleton explains it in more detail in the video.  And jail is big money for this system; enormous amounts of money change hands with jail sentences.

Singleton said, “These criminals are not going to get prosecuted in the United States Court System – fed, state, it doesn’t matter – but they can be prosecuted under international law.”  Which tells us arresting and trying these criminals right now will not bring the justice the crimes warrant.  They need to be put under the jurisdiction of the Constitution, not the Corporation.

My question and assertion is this:  Because we’re in such a corrupt judicial system that is brokering deals for a “dark web” financial system, is it possible the two years of sealed indictments, the continual delays of arrests of clear crimes in DC, Hollywood, in big business, etc. is because President Trump and the White Hats (those NOT in the dark web system) are working to change the judicial system from corporate status back to Constitutional?  Otherwise, won’t we be dealing with the exact same miscarriage of true justice we’ve been experiencing for decades now?

Now I know not everyone is on the Q bandwagon, and that’s okay.  But for some of us straining to understand the real events behind the curtain, Q has shed light in some of the darkest places.  Consider this post of his, almost two years old now:

Now revisit the beginning paragraphs of this paper with these questions from Q in mind.  If indeed the United States Corporation has allotted its stifling corporate rules and laws upon its property (its citizens), this post makes a lot of sense.  Who does audit where the money actually goes???  Who does actually receive the money???  No one serving the Corporation seems to be accountable to the Constitution or its citizens.

Now catch this next statement:  “The US taxpayer is funding the very people we are engaged in taking down.”

We are both the collateral and the depositors for the very system that is enslaving us.  No wonder Q asked, “feel sick yet?”

© 2019 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net




Stories of Unspeakable Evil, Holocaust and Eternal Hope

Shirley Edwards

(These are my views as a woman living in England, on how the culture and spirit of my country has changed over 50 years.  Why the country does not feel protected or strong any more, how it has lost, and is losing it values and decency, and how we are daily losing our free speech.)

Friday 29th August, 2019

It is pretty amazing what can happen all in the space of 3 days. What had started with a simple trip one Friday afternoon to an air-show to help hand out some leaflets for some friends, had also turned into an unexpected lunch with a young German couple and their child, an evening listening to Holocaust survivor Eva Schloss, step-sister to Anne Frank, and a cosy evening curled up on my friend’s settee viewing a new film with a very strange title called ‘The Guernsey Literary and Potato Peel Society’.

You just couldn’t have made it all up. Yet the air show, the film and the meetings, although separated over the length of 3 days, were all so closely connected, telling the story of life, sacrifice, death and resurrection,  that I had to write it all down.  For you see they had also carried another message…….

Saturday 30th August, 2019

As we wandered through the crowds that Saturday afternoon handing out leaflets, some of the spectators and air enthusiasts would have witnessed in the skies the Battle of Britain Memorial flights consisting of Spitfires, Hurricanes and Lancasters.  There were warbirds including the Buchon, Spitfire, P-47D Thunderbolt and Mustang; and there was a P-8A Poseidon Surveillance aircraft, which has a wingspan of 40 metres, developed for the U.S. Navy.

Even some miles away you would have been able to hear the noise of their engines even if you couldn’t witness them.  Sometimes, and most especially in the evening, they had sounded like thunder in the distance warning people of an impending storm

Some of the planes were very reminiscent of a bygone era. However, on the ground that day there was a strange battle of another kind taking place which were definitely in conflict with the lessons we should learn from history.

A sea of demonstrators all representing many different groups appeared within the crowds.  We were faced with people waving blue and yellow star spangled EU flags, people waving rainbow coloured flags, placards were being carried calling for democracy, banners and posters were being displayed to ‘out’ the prime minister, Boris Johnson, and demonstrations against climate change, were all inter-mingled and all attempting to make their voices heard above the sounds of rock music from one area and 40’s swing music from another area.   It was all one crazy market place.

The peacefulness at my friend’s home was a very welcome relief as that evening we watched the strangely titled film The Guernsey Literary and Potato Peel Society which tells the true story of the Nazi occupation of the Channel Islands during the Second World War and reflects the resistance that some Guernsey residents displayed towards the Nazi’s.

In 2010, it was also reported that testimonies from resistance fighters in Guernsey were discovered by a research team from the University of Cambridge indicating that many resistance fighters were deported by cattle trucks from the island to be imprisoned in Germany. Many, however, also died on the way, and it is reported from those testimonies that the other prisoners were forced to bury them. [Link]

Sunday 31st August 2019

The next day as the sounds of the rumbling aircrafts once more filled the skies we left the crowds and joined some friends for lunch.  A couple from Germany, with their young child were staying with my friends.  They were aged just 21. They were Christian and had a very strong and humble faith. I was particularly struck by their responsibility to their young daughter and how the husband only spoke English to the child whilst the mother spoke German. The young man explained to me how he had been tempted by friends on some occasions to ‘go with the crowd’ but had escaped the baggage of ‘unravelling sin’ by resisting that. He was very keen to know about events happening in the UK, about Brexit, about culture and immigration. They were an exceptional couple who I will always remember. Later, I learned that their child had been born with a serious condition at birth. They prayed for her recovery, and she is completely healed.

Their beginnings in family life, and indeed their future, came to mind as later that day I attended a presentation called A Historic Event with Eva Schloss, who is a holocaust survivor, peace activist, international speaker, teacher and humanitarian.  She is also the step-sister of Anne Frank who wrote the book “The Diary of Anne Frank” and is 90 years old.

Listening to her story of how she survived, the escape from her homeland in Austria, two years in hiding in Amsterdam, capture on her 15th birthday, nine months in Auschwitz-Birkenau death camps, and her repatriation to Holland was very interesting.

It was sad to listen to how she had lost her father and brother, and very difficult to listen to how the women and young children had been stripped naked in front of the soldiers whilst they decided who would go to the gas chambers. Both Eva and her mother did survive and she stated they were eventually liberated by the Russian army.  She went on to be married, have children, and also grand-children.

Whilst listening, I thought about the plight of children who are separated from their parents, and also recalled the 80th anniversary of Harwich Kindertransport, where 10,000 children were evacuated from Germany after anti-Jewish violence known as Kristallnacht in 1938.  Many of those children never saw their parents again. [Link]

During the evening there was a musical tribute called Ani Ma’amin – I Believe.  The history of the music is that it was composed by Azriel David Fastage on his way to his death at Treblinka. A single survivor who jumped from the train later bought the composition to the United States. The song is meant to speak of Eternal Hope.

Eva Schloss stated she speaks about her experiences so that it does not happen again, that we remember the holocaust, and fight the rise of anti-Semitism. She was very honest in her answers saying she would not forgive the Nazi’s. You can read about Eva here.

I came away with many questions and observations about the times we are currently living in.

Monday 1st September, 2019

It was a beautiful morning as I packed my case to return home.  The sun was shining and it was very peaceful.   No doubt, I would later meet the thousands of spectators who had been attending the air show who would also be returning to their respective homes.   I looked at one of the leaflets which I had kept.  It spoke of the great mysteries of the air; the first hot air balloon in France, where the cargo was a sheep, a duck and a chicken.  It spoke of the mystery of the Bermuda Triangle, how a helicopter lands when its engines fail and the disappearance of flight MH370 from Kuala Lumpur to Beijing.  The leaflet then linked to the mystery that the disciples of Jesus Christ faced right before their eyes, as they watched him ascend from the Mount of Olives, 2000 years ago.  Some people who had taken the leaflets felt misled that the mysteries that they were more interested in had led them to read about a greater mystery explained.

It had been interesting that my friend had been approached by a local council official who had attempted in a false manner to stop her handing out these leaflets whilst ignoring the demonstrations nearby who had made a religion out of their own particular cause.   Eternal Hope, appeared to be an enemy.

I witnessed how the battle between good and evil is continuing taking place and how eugenics, euthanasia, and abortion, which are all trade marks of evil and are symbolic of ethnic cleansing are increasingly being promoted quite openly.    I thought about the indoctrination in our primary schools in relation to gender identity and how young children were being experimented upon with hormone blockers and how children were being given a so called freedom and encouraged to ‘choose’ their sexuality or have no identity at all.  ‘Nobodies’.  Yes, in my opinion, there is a holocaust taking place. Objectors will be silenced.

Monday September 16th 2019

The events of the weekend I spent 2 weeks ago had become a bit of a distant memory until I read a timely article today and was reminded about two German Christians, Sophie and Hans Scholl, who were executed in Germany for resisting Hitler and the Nazi’s. At the time of their beheading Hans was 24 years old and Sophie was 21.  They had belonged to a non-violent underground movement in Germany known as the White Rose resistance movement and as part of their activities had wrote and distributed leaflets exposing the brutality that was happening in Germany.

In 1943, after their death, millions of copies of the sixth leaflet called ‘The Manifesto of the Students of Munich’ which had been smuggled out of the country were airdropped over Germany by the Allied Forces.

I was particularly struck by a quotation attributed to Sophie Scholl which reads:

“The real damage is done by those millions who want to ‘survive.’ The honest men who just want to be left in peace. Those who don’t want their little lives disturbed by anything bigger than themselves. Those with no sides and no causes. Those who won’t take measure of their own strength, for fear of antagonizing their own weakness. Those who don’t like to make waves – or enemies. Those for whom freedom, honour, truth, and principles are only literature. Those who live small, mate small, die small. It’s the reductionist approach to life: if you keep it small, you’ll keep it under control. If you don’t make any noise, the bogeyman won’t find you. But it’s all an illusion, because they die too, those people who roll up their spirits into tiny little balls so as to be safe. Safe?! From what? Life is always on the edge of death; narrow streets lead to the same place as wide avenues, and a little candle burns itself out just like a flaming torch does. I choose my own way to burn.”

“I will cling to the rope God has thrown me in Jesus Christ, even when my numb hands can no longer feel it.”

© 2019 Shirley Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Shirley Edwards: eshirley02@gmail.com

Links:

https://www.air-shows.org.uk/2019/09/review-bournemouth-air-festival-2

https://www.evaschloss.com/evas-life/

https://www.varsity.co.uk/news/2873

https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-england-essex-46269774

https://creation.com/eugenics-death-of-the-defenceless




Hell Yes, We’re Going to Take Your Freedom

JD Pendry

“Hell Yes, we’re going to take your AR-15, Your AK-47.” —Presidential candidate Robert Francis O’Rourke

Robert Francis O’Rourke meant to say take away your freedom.  Not take away your Armalite Rifle (AR) 15.  Your weapon of war.  Robert might be surprised to know my Army basic combat training Drill Sergeants, all recent Vietnam Combat Veterans, taught me that every piece of equipment I carried was a potential weapon of war with which to kill the enemy complete with demonstrations.  Are you coming for my entrenching tool (shovel) next?

For I know the plans I have for you,” declares the Lord, “plans to prosper you and not to harm you, plans to give you hope and a future. Jeremiah 29:11

People, mostly politicians offer promises of hope and visions of a utopian future.  False hope mostly, but collectively we Americans are proven slow learners.  It’s false hope because it’s always proven fallacious, but usually after Americans bought it hook, line and sinker.  False hope through misleading promises always leaves us problems more serious than the problem we hoped to solve.  Will gun control or gun confiscation under whatever misnomer make us safer?  Or will it leave us defenseless in our homes and in public?  Or will it leave us defenseless against a tyrannical government?  The very purpose for the 2nd Amendment.  Did prohibition make us sober or safer?  Nope.  It only created a highly profitable bootlegging black market for the likes of Al Capone.  Then it was repealed and everyone got drunk legally.  So, when they come to take our guns is the offered hope of safety the goal?  Hell no, O’Rourke, it isn’t.  The goal is to remove our means of protecting ourselves and the ability to defend our God-given and Constitutionally guaranteed freedom all under the pretext of making us safer.

There’s lots of false hope spread around.  Sugar candy for the ignorant.  Free Medicare for all.  Do you know what that means?  Every working person my age was government forced into Social Security and Medicare.  We paid for it all of our working lives to cover the senior citizens of our time.  What’s next Comrade Sanders?  A social security check for everyone?  Yang has a plan I hear.  Bottom line, it takes away every American’s freedom to choose.  That’s the goal comrade.  Isn’t it?  By the way comrade, while you contemplate taking away my healthcare only to be followed by my Social Security check and probably military pension, how was it that you became a millionaire owning multiple homes while never holding a job other than civil service.  Your role model Karl Marx was a bum also.

Open borders will make us more diverse and vibrant.  We’ll end racism.  No, not really, but we will end America.  The actual goal.

The biggest false hope.  The most dangerous.  Most of us do not believe that loss of freedom is a possibility.  Not in America.  Let me run this by you?  Do not believe that every member of the United States Armed Forces will stand by their oaths to support and defend the Constitution of the United States regarding the right to keep and bear arms and protection against illegal search and seizure.  Always remember.  Presidents decide who the flag officers are.  The men and women that command the major elements of the military.  Their influence ripples down from the Commander in Chief through the chain of command.  Many will obey a command to knock on your door and confiscate weapons accompanied by your local, in some cases sanctuary state, police forces.

Just as man cannot give you integrity, dignity, courage, your values or cannot determine whether you live honorably, neither can he give you freedom.

It is for freedom that Christ has set us free. Stand firm, then, and do not let yourselves be burdened again by a yoke of slavery. Galatians 5:1

As Americans, we can continue as the guardians of freedom or our citizenry can submissively slip the yoke of slavery around its neck.

Freedom cannot be taken.  It can only be forfeited.  We must stand firm.

© 2019 JD Pendry – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JD Pendry: jd@jdpendry.com




POW MIA Recognition Day:  They Should Never Be Forgotten

Rees Lloyd

By Act of Congress in 1979, the third Friday of September, while not a national holiday, is observed annually as “POW-MIA RECOGNITION DAY.” Its purpose is to remember and honor all those who suffered as prisoners of war, and all those many thousands who were and are still missing in action.

POW-MIA Recognition Day 2019 is Friday, September 20. There will be observances all across the country at military installations, State and national facilities, and by veterans organizations including many of the some 13,000 Posts of The American Legion (see www.Legion.org), Veterans of Foreign Wars (www.VFW.org), other veterans service organizations, and other patriotic organizations.

President Donald Trump will issue a proclamation on POW-MIA Day honoring those who suffered as prisoners of war and those missing in action, and their still suffering families. Many States have such proclamations. (Unfortunately, not including, as this is written, the Left Coast States of California, Oregon, and Washington State.)

Perhaps most poignantly, many of the observances will include members of the National League of POW-MIA Families (www.powmiafamilies.org), which will have its own observances as well.

For them, the families, the wars have never ended. The grief has never ended. The pain has never ended of not knowing what ultimately happened to their beloved family members who went off to serve in defense of the nation, and are still missing in action, their actual fates endlessly wondered about, but unknown.

It is because of the efforts of the National League of POW-MIA Families that, by act of Congress, the now famous POW-MIA Flag, which they created, will fly right below our American Flag on National POW-MIA Recognition Day. It is the only flag which is allowed to be on the same standard as our national Flag. (Congress in 1988 acted to allow the POW-MIA Flag to be so flown also on Independence Day (Fourth of July); Veterans Day; Memorial Day; Armed Forces Day, and Flag Day).

Many Americans if not most — and certainly most immigrants, legal and illegal — are unaware of how many other Americans have suffered as POWs, or were or still are missing in action, as a result of serving to preserve American freedom.

For one reason, many if not most of the media do not report on National POW-MIA Recognition Day; and almost all if not all government schools, under domination of the liberal teachers union, do not teach the children about it. (For example, Constitution Day celebrating the signing of the American Constitution was September 17, and virtually ignored by major media, and in the government schools.)

Regarding POWs, the Congressional Research Service has determined that: In World War II, 130,201 American military suffered as POW’s, of whom 14,072 died in captivity; In the Korean War, there were 7,140 POWs, of whom 2,701 died while imprisoned; In Vietnam, 725 were taken prisoner, 64 of whom died at the hands of their Communist captors from torture or disease; In the Gulf wars since 1991, 37 were taken prisoner; none of whom are still in captivity.

Regarding MIAs, the Defense POW-MIA Accounting Agency, reports that some 83,114 Americans are still missing in action from WWII to the present. That is: 73,515 are still missing in action from WWII; from Korea, 7,841 are still missing; 1,626 still missing from the Vietnam War; 126 from the Cold War; and 6 since 1991 in the conflicts in the Middle East.

The Communist dictator Joseph Stalin once infamously observed: “One death is a tragedy; a million deaths is a statistic.”

The figures cited above are not “just statistics” for the families of the POWs and MIAs. Nor should they be for us. Each one who suffered or died in captivity, each one who is missing in action—over 80,000 despite the continuing efforts of the U.S. to account for all the missing — is a personal tragedy, a continuing loss, and, continuing grief of families who do not know what actually became of their loved one who went to war for them, for our country, for us, and never returned, disappeared in action without a trace.

Thus, for their families, there has been no closure. They should not be alone.

On National POW-MIA Recognition Day, we Americans, all of us, have the opportunity to remember and honor all of the POWs and all the MIAs, by participating in one of the many observances, or, if not able to do so, to pause in our busy lives to honor and remember them and to stand with their families in their continuing grief and suffering.

May God bless them all; all the POWs, and all the MIAs, and their families. May we Americans never forget them and their sacrifices but always remember and honor each and all of them, and their families. (Contact support the National League of POW-MIA Families at www.powmiafamilies.org).

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

© 2019 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved
E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com



The Bible Was Once Used As A Blessing Toward American Education

Ron Edwards

The Biblical book of Proverbs tells us that “the fear of the Lord is the beginning of knowledge” (1:7).  The American Founders certainly understood this truth, and from the beginning stressed the relationship between a sound education based upon biblical absolutes and the future of this nation.

In 1776, the future President John Adams said, “Statesmen…may plan and speculate for liberty, but it is religion and morality alone, which can establish the principles upon which freedom can securely stand.”  That mind-set was widely held among the Founders who helped shape the political, educational, and legal foundations of the new nation.  Men such as Daniel Webster, Benjamin Franklin, Benjamin Rush, Samuel Adams, and George Washington echoed these same sentiments, believing that the strength of the republic was dependent upon the morality of her people, and that Judeo/Christian principles must undergird it.  They saw the education of young minds being at the heart of it.  It was my own wonderful Dad who told me that “what is taught to one generation, decides the direction our republic takes in the generation.”

Not surprisingly, the majority of the oldest universities in the early United States were founded by preachers and church affiliations.  They included William and Mary, Kings College, Harvard, Brown, Rutgers, Dartmouth, and Yale.   Harvard University for example, which was founded in 1636 by the Puritans adopted the ‘Rules and Precepts” of the university that stated:  “Let every student be plainly instructed, and earnestly pressed to consider well, the main end of his life and studies is, to know God and Jesus Christ which is eternal life (John 17:3) and therefore lay Christ at the bottom, as the only foundation of all sound knowledge and learning.”  Even Harvard’s original seal, which can be seen etched in the walls of the campus today, states upon it in these wonderous words: “Truth for Christ and the Church.”

Yale College was established in 1701 with a stated goal that “every student shall consider the main end of his study to wit to know God in Jesus Christ and answerably to lead a godly and sober life.”  The College of William and Mary was founded in 1693 to supply the church of Virginia ‘with a seminary of ministers” that the Christian faith may be propagated.”  And King’s College, known today as Columbia University, purposed to “inculcate upon [students’] tender minds the great principles of Christianity and morality.”  Princeton had as one of its founding statements: “Cursed is all learning that is contrary to the cross of Christ.”

In Colonial America, in addition to the Bible and the Bay Psalm Book, the first textbook for schoolchildren, The New England Primer, taught ABC’s by children memorizing basic biblical truths and lessons about life: A—In Adam’s fall we sinned all.  B—Heaven to find the Bible Mind.  C—Christ crucify’d for sinners died, and so on.  Included in the Primer were the names of the Old and New Testament books, the Lord’s Prayer.  The Apostle’s Creed, the Ten Commandments, the Westminister Assembly Shorter Catechism, and John Cotton’s “Spiritual Milk for American Babes.” The Primer was the second best selling book in the American colonies (the Bible was number one).

In 1836, Noah Webster, often called “The Father of American Education,” expressed the purpose of schools was meant for the advancement of the Christian faith: “In my view, the Christian religion is the most important and one of the first things in which all children, under a free government ought to be instructed…. No truth is more evident to my mind than that the Christian religion must be the basis of any government intended to secure the rights, liberties and privileges of a free people.

Therein lies perhaps the greatest, or near greatest way to Make America Great Again.  For if a child is trained up in the way that he should go, he shall not permanently depart.  Just as garbage in garbage out is true, so also is truth in and truth out, which if put into practice, regarding education will result in an America greater than ever before.  God bless you, God bless America and may America bless God.  Do check out my newb site theronedwards@talkspot.com where you’ll find details about my exiting talk show the Ron Edwards Experience and The Edwards Notebook, my award winning radio commentary. Also, you will find the latest national and worldwide news as well.

© 2019 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

Website: http://theronedwards.talkspot.com/




America’s Toughest Sheriff Joe Arpaio Running Again in Arizona

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

The former sheriff of Maricopa County, Ariz., Joe Arpaio, who was one of America’s most beloved lawmen especially for his innovative policies for not only cooperating with Immigration and Customs Enforcement, but actually jailing them for crimes committed while roaming that state, is running for Maricopa County Sheriff in the border state of Arizona.

Arpaio, an early endorser of Donald Trump, lost his election on the same day that Trump won his. That defeat was followed by a guilty verdict on contempt-of-court charges, the culmination of a lengthy investigation by the Obama administration into what he claimed were unconstitutional practices by Arpaio and his deputies.

Arpaio was pardoned by Trump in 2017 and last year mounted a run for the U.S. Senate. That faltered badly, thus providing what Michelle Cottle of the New York Times called “a fitting end to the public life of a truly sadistic man.”

Arpaio recently said he intends to again seek the office he held for 24 years, hoping to wrest it from the man who defeated him, Paul Penzone. “I plan on winning,” Arpaio told Yahoo News in a recent phone conversation. “I am going to win.”

That is precisely what some in Arizona fear. “Joe Arpaio’s decision to run for sheriff is a disaster for Republicans,” wrote an Arizona Republic columnist. Former Arizona Sen. Jeff Flake, a Republican, gave money to Penzone, a Democrat. Flake is also known as a Trump-hating establishment Republican.

None of this deters Arpaio. “There’s a lot of unfinished work to get done,” he said, though it is not clear how Penzone, a former Phoenix police officer, has failed to keep Maricopans safe. Some toughness must be missing. And toughness is what Arpaio always wanted to project, as when he called his Tent City jail a “concentration camp.” It was a point of pride.

Arpaio, at least, is confident he’ll win. “I’m not saying it’s in the bag,” the former sheriff said, speaking with the assurance of a frontrunner, a six-time incumbent, a presidential kingmaker. He knows what people say about him — he makes too many denunciations of the media not to.

“I’m not going back to be vindictive,” Arpaio said. He has punished enemies before. Maybe age has mellowed him. Probably it has not.

Arpaio is now 87 years old, making Trump, Bernie Sanders and Joe Biden — average age of nearly 76 — look like young men. And though his voice has grown shaky, it is still full of the same guile and disputation that made him a hero to conservatives, fellow cops and immigration authorities, yet he’s a pariah to the country’s progressives, Democrats, and news media personnel.

“Ever since Eric Holder first became Attorney General [in 2009], after hiding information about his own background during confirmation, he’s been harassing Sheriff Joe Arpaio. Now Holder is using the DOJ to attack someone he sees as a political threat to President Barack Obama,” said former New York police lieutenant Thomas Bruno.

Bruno referred to the “Cold Case Posse” investigating Obama’s birth records, Selective Service identification, and other records as “a likely motive for the DOJ lawsuit.” Sheriff Arpaio recently stated that he plans to hold a news conference to reveal more information about his investigation into Obama’s eligibility to serve as President and Commander in Chief.

In addition, Arpaio claims he’s been denied access to the evidence that the DOJ prosecutors possess that they say proves he violated the civil rights of illegal aliens

The DOJ’s notice of intent to sue was sent on Thursday by Assistant Attorney General Thomas Perez, the director of the civil rights division. According to several sources, Perez has a background in championing left-wing causes including advocating for illegal aliens.

“Today, the Department of Justice did something it has done only once before in the 18-year history of our civil police reform work; we filed a contested lawsuit to stop discriminatory and unconstitutional law enforcement practices,” said Perez.

“People’s  concerns are fueled by an unfortunate use of language that compounds rather than describes the problem. Terms like ‘culture of cruelty’ and ‘racist’ are tossed about in headlines and sound bites, while information to support these claims is not offered or communicated through the mainstream media,” Arpaio stated.

“This Justice Department is out of control,” said former police sergeant and intelligence officer Donald McRae. “Basically, they are the Obama Administration’s goon squad and believe in selective prosecution based on politics.”

Arpaio is no stranger to federal law enforcement having served as a federal police official with agencies such as the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), therefore he’s no stranger to Beltway political culture, McRae noted.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com




The Sin of Silence

Dave Daubenmire

Webster’s 1828 dictionary defines sin:  “To depart voluntarily from the path of DUTY prescribed by God to man; to violate the divine law in any particular, by actual transgression or by the neglect or non-observance of its injunctions; to violate any known rule of DUTY.”

Did you know that it was possible to passively sin?  Most of us have been taught through our religious upbringing that sins are something that we actually commit.  When we lie, or steal, or engage in sex outside of the bounds of marriage we have an understanding that we have engaged in, committed, a sin by our actions.

All sinners understand that and the more we sin the less tender our conscience becomes.  Soon, we find ourselves engaging in fornication regularly but are not bothered by the clear violation of our conscience.  Once our conscience is seared, or hardened, we become much more comfortable in our active violation of those standards with which we have been raised.

A seared conscience makes one helpless in the face of mounting temptation.  The only way to be able to turn from sin is by a conscious decision to say “NO” to the temptation.  This requires the infilling of The Holy Spirit.

My mother always said to me “let your conscience be your guide,” and it worked perfectly until my conscience began to become dull.  Overwhelmed by temptation and without the ability to combat it, I found myself doing a lot of things that I would never want my mother to know I did.

How many times have you done something that you knew that you shouldn’t do and found yourself sliding down a trail you never intended to get on in the first place?  Sin makes for a slippery foundation.

But the Christian world is slow to criticize one of the most dangerous of sins.  The sin of OMISSION is just as evil and just as destructive as any other carnal sin that you may find yourself engaging in.  However, the sin of OMISSION is not as easily recognizable because it is not as blatantly obvious.

Get in a religious discussion today (if that is even possible in this greasy-gracy world we live in) and you will find that most people still understand the notion of sin, but are quick to rationalize WHY their particular sin was not as diabolical.  Justification of sin is the heating of the hot iron that will eventually cauterize the guilt from the clearly sinful actions.

I hear tell the road to hell was paved with good intentions…

But it is the sin of OMISSION that is just as deadly in today’s world.  The idea that, as the Bible teaches, to know to do good AND NOT TO DO IT, is also sin.  This willful silence is the American Church’s greatest failure.

Just this week 2246 “fetal remains” were discovered in the home of a paid assassin in South Bend, Indiana.  It seems a mass murderer masquerading as a doctor had accumulated a strange collection of dead human beings in his home that were discovered after his own death.  The horror was not that he had killed 2246 human beings, but that he was ghoulish enough to keep them in his home…much like a deer hunter does with a set of antlers.  And just what are “fetal remains?”  Would that be toes, or fingers, or ears, or 2246 complete and distinct people?  Thank God most “good” abortionists only murder babies and sell their bodies for research.

You probably haven’t read much about it because the media would not like to awaken your dead conscience.  But what if it had been 2246 born children?  Or illegal immigrants?  Or school children?  Or puppies?  Why does the slaughter of 2246 unborn children not horrify every Christian in America?  Why are not pastors leading their congregations into the streets and demanding the end to this carnage?

Their silence like a cancer grows…

It seems we are more outraged that he took the babies home for his collection than we are that he killed them.  Soon pastors will be pushing for a law against taking murdered babies home. Seared consciences, cowardice and compromise are the new unholy trinity.

The sin of silence is so much more destructive than carnal sins.  Don’t we understand that silence is consent and that our silence permits sin to spread like a black mold?  Can’t we recognize the fact that God placed His Spirit IN us to destroy the forces of darkness?  Sin, in all of its forms is destructive.  Look at the “fetal remains” littering this once great nation.

You see, it is not homosexuality that is destroying this nation, but rather the acceptance of it.  Teaching transgenderism to our children does not destroy the trangendered soul but the innocent soul exposed to the debauchery.  The shacking up of unmarried heteroes does not destroy marriage, but the acceptance of it does.

The US Supreme Court did not destroy marriage when they opined in the Obergefel case.  Marriage was on the ropes long before that.  The legalization of no-fault divorce ushered in the tsunami of alternative marriages.  The church’s acceptance of such marriages opened the floodgates and the deluge washed away the natural family.

Every great moral evil that has cascaded down on our Christian American society met very little resistance from the watchmen who had been called to stop it.  The SCOTUS removed prayer from our schools and the church mice never peeped.  They removed the Bible from the schools and mum was the word. Abortion, removal of the 10 Commandments, and the destruction of marriage roared over the hill like the Niagara Falls with only a cursory complaint from the men in the pulpit.  Exposing evil is the DUTY of Christians.

Our spiritual leaders were too busy fighting their brothers over doctrine, theology, hermeneutics, escape-tology, and skin color to take on the real evil encroaching on the horizon.  Every evil enveloping us today was done with the approval and acceptance of the American Church.

Silence is consent.  Consent with evil is cowardly and treasonous to Christ. America is paying a heavy price.

The American pastorate has traded their black robes for yellow ones.

Silence isn’t golden.  Silence is yellow.  Silence is sin.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




Cancer: Coming to You, a Family Member, or  a Friend

Frosty Wooldridge

This summer on my journey through 40 states on my bike, I saw a lot of America.  I talked to countless Americans along the way.  I saw things that disturbed me, even upset me and forever rendered me sober as to the challenges Americans face in the 21st century.

I saw chemical-spewing airplanes spraying poisons across thousands of acres of crops.  I saw tractors spraying poisons upon endless fields of the foods we eat.  I saw signs on corn fields showing the Genetically Modified Organism filled with artificial DNA at the hands of blind, stupid and greedy crop scientists—from Monsanto and Bayer.

Jane Goodall, the famous primate specialist said, “Humans will look back on the 21stcentury, shake their heads, and wonder why they sprayed, injected and covered their food with chemicals.”

We might also add, “Why did we do it to ourselves? Why did we allow our FDA and other agencies be bought off to allow the poisoning of our food chain. Why did money win and our health lose?  Why did Monsanto and Bayer corporations get away with downright murder of countless thousands and into the millions of Americans, when the final tally comes due?”

This year, I attended four funerals of friends.  Three cancer deaths and one heart attack.  Last year, seven friends died.  Four cancers, two heart attacks and one Parkinson’s Disease.  Two of my friends suffer from Multiple Sclerosis and Parkinson’s Disease.

Cancer kills over 600,000 Americans annually.

Cancer cells grow as abnormal entities that multiply in a tissue environment that has been unbalanced by chemicals in the air a person breathes, or the water he or she drinks, or food consumed.

Yet, today, with all our science and all our rules, we allow our crops to be poisoned, our foods to be GMO’d into synthetic crops, our water to be contaminated and our soils to be nutritionally exhausted.

Today, from Monsanto and Bayer’s  Weed B-Gone, RoundUP and other sickeningly poisonous chemicals being sprayed all over our country, glyphosates (poisonous to your gut bacteria) can be found in human breast milk, in regular cow’s milk, in wines, and well, in our entire food chain.  Farmers spray this poison over crops and it filters down into the ground water, and it’s everywhere.

Yet, Monsanto and Bayer bribe Congress to make sure they can sell it and disperse it across the land, water and air. Home Depot and Lowe’s Hardware stores feature it in rows awaiting the public to purchase it.  Monsanto makes certain that GMO’s never see the light of exposure to the American public.

Monsanto and Bayer destroy bee colonies everywhere their products hit the land.  By destroying the pollinators, we destroy our food chain.

Monsanto pushes its poisons into every kind of packaged, glassed or boxed processed food possible.  You’ll see the ubiquitous and insidious “high fructose corn syrup” and “sucralose” in jams, breads, chips, drinks, sodas, whey products, syrups, and well, just about everything you can imagine. It’s in all the “sugar free” products.

The results: an obesity epidemic never seen in the history of the human race.  Seven out of ten Americans waddle through their years from their teens right up until their deaths from diabetes, heart disease, cancers, Parkinson’s Disease, MS, MD, Fibromyalgia and the list keeps growing.

When you walk into your grocer store, you MUST defend yourself against the poisons.  Every fast food chain injects excito-toxins into their foods like MSG to make you eternally hungry.  So, you eat one Big Mac, but it makes you hungry for another Big Mac.  Then, you eat another bag of fries and another Coke, Mt. Dew or Pepsi.  Those three deadly drinks wreak havoc with your gut and tooth decay.

Meats: those beef cows stand in their own manure and urine 24/7 until they are slaughtered. They breath their own waste their own lives.  They eat GMO corn that they would never eat in a pasture.  And, you will find seven different chemicals fed or injected into all cows and chickens.  I have the list in front of me, and I cannot pronounce a single one of the words of these poisons.

This column could expose much more of the abuse of food producers against American citizens.  But how do you defend yourself from the onslaught of poisonous foods?

Select and eat at healthy fast food stores like Modern Market, Garbanzos Mediterranean Fresh, Q-Doba, and Healthy Habits.

Buy your groceries from Natural Foods (formerly Vitamin Cottage) grocery stores where you enjoy organic produce.  You want to eat foods that did not suffer spraying of herbicides, insecticides, and chemical fertilizers.  You must check packaged foods for ingredients such as GMO’s, chemical additives, dyes and preservatives. Avoid GMO’s at all costs.  Consume only range fed chickens and their eggs. Avoid factory-farmed red meat and pork.

Stop consuming any kinds of soda pops.  You’re drinking poison liquid in a bottle or can.  Also, drink filtered water because so many water systems across the USA suffer from at least five contaminants.  When you realize that all our water drops from the sky as acid-rain, you must understand that those waters end up in your faucet for drinking.

You may read many good books you can find at Natural Grocers, Barnes and Noble, and on line.  Educate yourself as to what you’re eating.

One of the best for avoiding cancers:  Beating Cancer with Nutrition by Dr. Patrick Quillin

For high blood pressure:  The Sinatra Solution by Dr. Steven Sinatra

To solve a multitude of disease conditions by eating the right foods and supplements:  Nutritional Healing by Phyllis Balch, RN, CNS

Keep your intellect sharp as you age:  Grain Brain by David Perlmutter

How to Stop Cancer by Dr. Murray

Alzheimer’s Antedote  and Stop Alzheimer’s Now by Bruce Fife

Water filters: we use a desk top water filter from Aquasana.

© 2019 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Dumbed-Down Kids for Leftist Folly

Lee Duigon

Well, well, well! Tomorrow we’ll be treated to another “Youth Climate Strike,” supposedly from sea to shining sea. New York City school authorities have announced that 1.1 million students will be allowed to skip class without penalty so they can take part in the protests. They want a big turnout because Monday the United Nations Climate Action Summit will be held, and it’ll be just so impressive to have a million New York kids yelling their heads off for world government.

Do you think crucial public policies ought to be decided by a million high school kids parroting a lot of pap pumped into their heads by Far Left “teachers”?

“Organizers expect millions of people to leave work, home and school,” we are told. We don’t need no stinkin’ prosperity! We don’t need no free republic! Holy cow, the world’s gonna end in just twelve years—unless all the governments get together and **do** something!

Same old hundred-percent-pure crapola.

Despite the climate cult having been caught lying and cheating, fudging figures, suppressing some data while overstating others, times without number, they refuse to leave the stage, clinging to the biggest scam in history for all they’re worth. You can see why. If they convince us that Doomsday’s coming and only they can save us, they can do anything they want. Either we submit to them, or kiss it all goodbye.

Public school students hear this every day. Higher taxes, bigger and bigger government—well, we just have to do it or we’re all gonna die!

The Far Left Crazy seeks to conquer us: to do to us what Hitler and Tojo couldn’t do with all their fleets and armies. And in their megalomaniacal scheme of things, what the schools do is to recruit our own children against us. And if the schools can’t quite close the deal, there’s still “higher education” to finish the job on what’s left of their brains.

They’ve also got our local public libraries.

Get a load of some of these titles that have begun to appear in the children’s books section of your public library.

“The ABCs of AOC: Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez from A to Z.”

“She Persisted: 13 American Woman Who Changed the World.” By Chelsea Clinton, the noted historian and author.

“Nevertheless, She Persisted,” by Democrat wacko Elizabeth Warren.

“I Dissent: Ruth Bader Ginsburg Makes Her Mark.”

“Sonia Sotomayor: A Judge Grows in the Bronx.”

“Muslim Girls Rise” (but not in Muslim countries!), featuring Ilhan Omar.

And let us not forget the 2016 forerunner of them all, “Hillary Rodham Clinton: Some Girls Are Born to Lead.” Lead us to what? Heaven forbid we find out.

Hey, wait a minute! All these women in all these books are… Democrats. Far Left Crazy Democrats. Left-wing loons canonized before our very eyes, and held up to our children as role models.

This goes beyond putrid. Even beyond shameful. Inflicting books like this on children has got to be a form of child abuse. Do you see any books about Phyllis Schlafly here? Star Parker? Judge Jeanine Pirro? Or any other conservative woman? Of course you don’t. “Educators” don’t want kids reading about them. Pretend they don’t exist.

You don’t get a million kids marching for “action” on OMG Climate Change (!) without first baking their minds in a socialist oven, which is what most of our schools are. That they’ll be marching against their own liberties will not occur to them—besides which, with the survival of The Planet on the line, who has time for liberty?

The only upside to this is at least they’ll miss a day of school.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Stop in and visit; a single click will take you there. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2019 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




How Long are Americans Going to Allow the Corrupt Media and Government to Set the Narratives?

Bradlee Dean

“Every country has the government it deserves.” –Joseph De Maistre

As I have long observed, the collusion between corrupt media and corrupt government in this country has continued to set the narrative for far too long. It is a history lesson that needs to be learned in the present.

Adolph Hitler’s propaganda minister Joseph Goebbels said:

“It is the absolute right of the State to supervise the formation of public opinion.”

He goes on, “If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it. The lie can be maintained only for such time as the State can shield the people from the political, economic and/or military consequences of the lie. It thus becomes vitally important for the State to use all of its powers to repress dissent, for the truth is the mortal enemy of the lie, and thus by extension, the truth is the greatest enemy of the State.”

Is this what we see today in America? Absolutely, it is!

History teaches us that these dictatorships have continually advocated for unlawful change, out with the old and in with the new (Proverbs 24:21), by creating domestic warfare, and all this with the help of the media’s propagandists (John 8:44).

[YouTube Video]

Remember the brown shirts under Adolph Hitler who were responsible for creating the domestic issues only to then have Hitler play the problem solver, and soon after to be praised by his followers for solving the very issues that he was, in fact, responsible for creating.

Remember what SS officer Josef “The Angel of Death” Mengele said: “The more we do to you, the less that you believe that we are doing it to you.”

To help make clear and simple these next points (Psalm 119:130), remember that the disciple of the devil and son of Belial Saul Alinsky conjured this up in his reprobate mind to deceive the enemies of righteousness by telling them:

“Power is not only what you have, but what the enemy thinks you have.” 

So, with this now in scope, let me explain.

Just this week, while at the Minnesota State Fair, which is the fourteenth year we have had the opportunity of having our ministry booth there (Luke 19:10), we had the opportunity of seeing much of this being played out right in front of our eyes.

We noticed that the propagandists from Minneapolis Star and Tribune, which is referred to as the Red Star here in Minnesota, reported that there was a big Black Lives Matter protest going on. Little did they know that I was there the day that they reported this big protest.  It’s funny because I did not see or hear a peep of disturbance from this group that day.

Do you remember what William Randolph Hearst had said?

“You furnish the pictures and ill furnish the war.”

This is exactly what the media’s “useful idiots” were doing that day.

Speaking of Black lives Matter, they had a pretty good size booth at the state fair, which was downsized again this year.  Yet, the problem with this was that there were thousands upon thousands of people (270,000 a day) walking by, and I did not see one person stop in support of them whatsoever, not one!

Who helps promote the life and the victim status for Black Lives Matter more than the mainstream lying media? Nobody does!

I also noticed a booth in a hall, which literally thousands of people walk down, that was promoting the “religion of peace,” Islam. Outside of the 2 people that were manning their small booth and standing by to share with the people the “compassion, tolerance and love of Islam,” not one person stopped by this booth.

Who promotes Islam as the religion of peace more than the mainstream media? Nobody.

[YouTube Video]

[YouTube Video]

I was wondering with all of the support that the CIA-controlled media was giving to the sodomite (Leviticus 18:22) lobby, which is a felony in every state of our union, surely there must be a booth in support of them? There was no booth because the only ones giving life to the lies that they promote are those who are trying to rule over you. In other words, the people are not supporting this.  The mainstream media is attempting to deceive the masses with the lie that the people are in support of the homosexual lobby when they are not.

Yet, what adds strength to all of these subversive organizations is the people’s tolerance of their crimes.

[YouTube Video]

With all of the support for Planned Parenthood, or so the media would have you believe, I ask, where was their booth at the Minnesota State Fair? There isn’t one because the people in this country are not in support of it and yet over 3-4000 innocent babies are killed in the womb every single day (Proverb 6:17).

I couldn’t find an anti-Second Amendment booth, a pro-illegal immigrant booth, a pro-Communist booth, etc. and yet, the people fall for the media’s propaganda in allowing their subversive actions towards our Republic.

The irony of this whole thing is that right next to our booth this year was a media propaganda outlet called The Pioneer Press, which was attempting to hand out FREE papers, yes I said FREE papers, that the people were refusing to take. Friends, they could not even give the papers away for FREE.

Taking it a final step forward Malcolm X stated:

“If you are not careful, the newspapers will have you hating the people who are being oppressed, and loving the people who are doing the oppressing.”

I will tell you by first-hand experience how true this is, how many times I have been polarized and scrutinized and lied about by the mainstream media for simply telling the truth that exposes them for that which they are responsible (Matthew 5:10; Ephesians 5:13).

[YouTube Video]

Knowing all of this, I have to ask, of what are the American people afraid (Proverbs 28:1)? It is all based on lies, promulgated by liars that need justice rendered to them (Isaiah 5:20).

How many organizations in this country exist because of these lies and yet, survive because the people do not take the time to pull the mask off these subversives?

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/who-gave-congress-delegated-authority-to-these-subversive-organizations-to-operate-in-america-the-people-didnt/

A war within is drawing nigh unto our front doors (Amos 6:3) if we refuse to deal with them.

“The wicked shall be turned into hell, and all the nations that forget God.” -Psalm 9:17

Who is pushing for war which brings about change more than the corrupt media and the corrupt politicians? No one.

Article posted with permission from Sons Of Liberty Media

© 2019 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Small Efforts Can’t Stop Congressional Gridlock Or The Deep State

Ron Ewart

DAVID vs. GOLIATH

“What the Israelites saw, from high on the ridge, was an intimidating giant.  In reality, the very thing that gave the giant his size was also the source of his greatest weakness.  There is an important lesson in that for battles with all kinds of giants.  The powerful and the strong are not always what they seem.” ― Malcolm Gladwell, David and Goliath: Underdogs, Misfits, and the Art of Battling Giants  

Yes, as the biblical story is told, David dispatched Goliath the giant with just a slingshot, a stone and a staff.  In reality, the event is an anomaly.  In the art of war, any general will tell you that only an overwhelming force will vanquish an inferior force.  Guerilla warfare, hit-and-run tactics and adequate supply lines can play a part in the outcome but in the end the army with the most money, the most powerful weapons, the best-trained soldiers, well-tested leadership and the best strategy will secure a victory.  That is exactly how America and its allies won World War 2.

One of the best strategies for winning is exploiting the enemy’s weaknesses.  It cannot be stressed enough that “big government” has many weaknesses. They are cumbersome, indecisive, inefficient and slow to move.   Government is also a big target. Wherever you aim you are going to draw blood. Remember, the ancient Plains Indians brought down huge Mastodons with just arrows and spears. A Mastodon is many times larger than a single Indian, but there were many Indians for every Mastodon. Later, the Indians would bring down the giant Buffalo in the same fashion.

Approaching a battle without sufficient quantities of men, materials and money is a fool’s errand.  That is the dilemma Americans face today when confronting institutional government corruption, Congressional gridlock and the unseen power of the Deep State.

There are thousands of freedom advocate organizations all throughout America, along with conservative radio and TV.  God bless them.  Their motives are pure and their mission is usually well defined.  They hold meetings and conferences that produce nothing but making the leadership and the members feel good.  Sadly, the best they can do is to nip at the heels of the “enemy”, which only draws attention from the enemy and brings extra scrutiny on the organization.  Or, as in the case of the many conservative organizations that rose up during the Obama Administration, heavy resistance, abuse and harassment from and by the Internal Revenue Service.

We are well aware of this scrutiny as our NARLO website is monitored regularly by the “United States”, the “U. S. Government” and the “U. S. Military.”  If we write a controversial article, (and most of them are) the hits and visits from these three entities rise dramatically.

Unfortunately, all these well-meaning freedom advocate groups are too small, fractured, uncoordinated and disconnected from all the other freedom advocate groups.  They are in effect, trying to stop a supertanker with a rowboat.  Just think what they could do if they were well funded, organized under one leadership and one mission, with thousands of rowboats all lined up to stop the supertanker (government).

The national “Tea Party” movement was the beginning of a step in the right direction.  But alas, the movement has fallen off the radar, become fractured and embroiled in petty squabbles.  Their effectiveness as a roadblock against growing government corruption, Congressional gridlock and the power of the deep state has been severely diminished, if it exists at all.

You might think that all of the conservative think tanks in America might be able to slow down the rise of government power, but you would be wrong.  Out of the 50 or so conservative think tanks, the Heritage Foundation, the Cato Institute and the Heartland Institute stand out as influential organizations that should be able to provide conservative counsel and policy papers to the Congress or the president and put significant pressure to steer America away from growing socialism and towards the foundations of our liberty, as envisioned by the Founding Fathers.  Once again, you would be wrong.  These organizations are well funded and pay millions of dollars to learned professors who give speeches, write scholarly papers and give expert testimony to Congress.  Nevertheless, even they have been unable to stop the socialism avalanche and the growing concentration of federal power.

When a government grows more powerful, as the American government has, its power feeds upon itself and it becomes arrogant and secretive.  The more secretive it becomes the more it will silence those who want to expose the secrecy.  It becomes a power unto itself and eventually, it will refuse to recognize any restraints or limits.  We are dangerously close to this condition, if in fact we aren’t there already.   The final condition is absolute power.

This political “power” over the people is being controlled by one president, 435 Representatives in the U. S. House, 100 Senators in the U. S. Senate, 9 justices on the U. S. Supreme Court, half a hundred federal bureaucracies that apparently answer to no one and lobby groups that spend millions of dollars every year to get Congress to yield to their demands.  545 politicians and the un-elected directors of the federal bureaucracies are controlling 330,000,000 Americans.  Since the adults of that 330,000,000 people get to vote, you would think that it wouldn’t be that difficult to control 545 politicians and the un-elected directors of the federal bureaucracies.  Once again, you would be wrong.

But tragically, the American people are hopelessly divided, divided between those (the producers) that are self-reliant, productive, independent and responsible and those (the takers) who are surviving off of the productivity of the producers, producers that are forced to do so by an all-too powerful government that recognizes very few restraints or limits on its power.   Unfortunately, the takers can vote themselves a share of the producer’s productivity and the producers don’t have enough votes to counter the takers’ plurality, with the politicians exploiting the takers’ vote to increase their power.  In effect, the producers become indentured servants to the takers by force of law.  This condition becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy and the number of takers grows and grows until it overwhelms the ability of the producers to “feed” the growing number of takers.  As a result, the national debt rises.

But this issue has been hashed and re-hashed so many times by so many different authors it has become boring.  What’s the solution?   What can the producers do so that they don’t end up slaves to the takers?  How do the producers break up the cabal between the government, the lobbyists and the takers?  How do they sever the entangled ties between big government, big business, big labor and the one-world-order crowd that want to dissolve American sovereignty, steal our wealth and resources, cut off our energy, repeal parental rights, abort babies after they are born and confiscate our land, with our own government’s assistance?

Remember the town hall meetings in August of 2009, where the people displayed their anger over the impending Obama care legislation?  That was about the time the grass roots Tea Party erupted on the national stage.   Although these events led to a resounding defeat for House Democrats in the 2010 election, we still got Obama care, an abysmal government failure.  Apparently, the 2009 town hall anger and the defeat of a few House Democrats wasn’t enough to make a needed course correction to avoid a national path towards socialism that will surely lead to economic collapse, chaos and anarchy, just like Argentina and Venezuela.

The government and the takers seem hell bent on propelling us into socialism and there is no current political will with enough political power to change our suicidal direction.  So how do we trigger a course correction that will truly be effective in restoring our freedom, our national pride and prevent the dissolution of American sovereignty?  We haven’t been able to do it at the voting booth.   The takers have an apparent plurality, aided and abetted by the news media, academia and most Democrats.  And even if all 545 politicians were replaced with new blood, would that in itself be enough to slow down the run-away train we are on?   Not if the politicians pander to the takers in order to keep being re-elected because the takers have the most votes.

So the solution becomes changing the national mindset of the people on a large enough scale, such that the politicians will end up doing the right thing in the interest of saving America from murdering itself ….. OR, the solution could be a dedicated minority that will “Declare Open Resistance” against growing government tyranny and will have the commitment and courage to stir the pot so vigorously, at every level of government, that the national mindset will have to shift towards survival rather than self-induced suicide.  That’s a tall order.

In the 12-step AA program, the first step is to recognize and acknowledge that there is a problem.  The next 11 steps provide a blue print on how to “fix” the problem.  If an afflicted person won’t acknowledge the first step, the next 11 are moot.  And so it is with our national dilemma.  If we won’t acknowledge we have a problem, any steps to fix a problem we won’t even recognize, are dead on arrival.

To not recognize that America is in a state of decay and decline and headed for national bankruptcy, is putting one’s head in the sand.  However, if you are a taker, you don’t care, just so long as the government checks arrive at your mailbox, or appears as a direct deposit to your checking account and you get to vote to keep the checks coming.  This does not apply to Social Security or Medicare recipients because they were forced by government to pay into the account that now pays them.

However, as a producer, with your income steadily declining to pay for the takers and free loaders, the problem is paramount.  You know that even if government took all of your income, it would never be enough.  This run-away insanity has to stop and stop soon if national collapse is to be avoided.

There is only one peaceful solution to the dilemma facing freedom-loving Americans.  The 63,000,000 Americans that voted for Donald Trump, or a very large fraction thereof, must coalesce under one leadership and one mission statement.  They must speak with one large voice on all contentious issues and they must provide a list of demands to government from which they will not waiver.  Anything less is a waste to time and money.

We grow weary of TV pundits and politicians saying, “We have to do something” when that “something” is in the hands of the “president, 435 Representatives in the U. S. House, 100 Senators in the U. S. Senate, 9 justices on the U. S. Supreme Court, half a hundred federal bureaucracies that apparently answer to no one and lobby groups that spend millions of dollars every year to get Congress to yield to their demands.”  But this racketeering cabal of politicians, judges, bureaucrats and lobbyists no longer work for and on behalf of the interests of all Americans, or America as a sovereign nation.  Trump is trying but he is up against significant odds.

So once again, the solution is in the hands of the people …. if they are courageous, committed, dedicated and willing to sacrifice.  Unfortunately, the people have yet to realize that they are the real DAVID and they can’t be stopped by a “cumbersome, indecisive, inefficient and slow to move GOLIATH.”

NOTE: In last week’s column we made a statement that could have been construed as racist.   Our intent was to state a fact, not impugn one or more races.  Had we thought a little deeper about the statement, we would not have included it.  Our apologies if you took it as racist, or you were offended.

Read more powerful conservative articles like this one HERE.

© 2019 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org




Presidential Candidates Playing Make-Believe

Jake MacAulay

If your home is like my home, you have a kitchen where you, among other things, prepare and maybe also eat your meals.

Again, if you are like me, you, of course, stand and walk around on the floor of the kitchen and you don’t try to walk on the ceiling or on any of the walls.  And you don’t try to place, say, a bowl of soup on the wall because it would immediately spill to the floor.

The very idea of trying to operate your kitchen or any room in this way, seems silly and stupid.  Imagine trying to sleep in a bed that was placed vertically on the wall or bolted to the ceiling.

The reason this is such a futile thing to contemplate is that when you try to walk on the wall or the ceiling you are clearly and obviously trying to operate as if one of the physical laws of nature did not apply to you.  We call it the law of gravity.

Ignoring the law of gravity or trying to live as if it doesn’t apply to you will only result in injury, chaos and unhappiness.

But suppose we don’t believe in gravity.  Suppose there are a lot of us that reject the traditional idea of gravity.  Suppose we all join together and pass a law that says we can walk on the ceiling and live upside down if we choose.

Same result.   We fall to the floor.  We get hurt.

Despite man’s attempt to defy gravity, it is immutable.

This is because gravity is part of God’s creation.  It is the way He made the world.  It is real.  To ignore it is to play “Make-Believe”.

What about the moral laws of the universe?  Do they come from the same lawgiver?  Are they also immutable?

The Founders of America thought they were, and the American legal system is based on the belief that they are.

In the American View, governments are supposed to recognize and to defend God-given rights to life and to liberty and to property.  But when governments try to invent rights, like the “right” to kill your own child, or the “right” to gender mutilation, or the “right” to marry someone of your own sex, isn’t it trying to ignore or repeal the immutable moral law?  Isn’t it trying to walk on the ceiling?

As I watch the unfolding of un-American Political parties where we are actually considering Atheist, anti-Christian, sexually perverted, Muslim, and even Socialist candidates in America, I can’t help but think that this is the result of man’s sinful desire to make up his own rights. We no longer hear about God-given rights, instead it is now Civil Rights. This of course is a right given by Government that you are entitled to. Things like free healthcare, free citizenship, college education, the ability for a person to choose their own gender and other such madness.

Having jettisoned this fixed, objective standard, government tramples God-given rights and now pretends to issue what it calls “civil rights”.

But “civil rights” are make-believe.  Real rights come from the Creator.

In the Book of Romans, Paul describes a culture that has rejected God’s authority.  He says that they “became vain in their imaginations”.

Summarizing their condition Paul says, “Professing themselves to be wise, they became fools”.

Is it any wonder that we experience chaos and tyranny when we play this foolish and dangerous make-believe?

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2019 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com




Anti-American Congresswoman Rashida Tlaib Says America Needs a ‘Revolution’

Greg Holt

Recently it was reported that Rashida said that America needs a revolution, that:

“We have to make the tough, courageous changes that completely transform a political and economic system that is now built for corporations (and profits), not people.

Choosing the status quo means doing nothing and giving up.”

While I agree the “system” could use some changes, it does not need to be changed in the way Tlaib says it does.  Tlaib’s changes would be self-serving and dangerous.  Tlaib herself is a danger to America and We the People.  Responses on Twitter to Rashida’s idiotic ideas was about what one would expect:

“The only political revolution America needs is to get rid of you and many other traitors in the halls of our government.”

Exactly…

“Completely? No, not the way you’re wanting change. To overhaul the entire system would be devastating. Pretty obvious you want to destroy this nation.”

Yes, destroy it so that socialism can be the savior of America, and then the One World government can be ushered in.

“Without profit, Americans would be reduced to slave labor. Workers must be compensated for their work.

Socialism is not answer, Capitalism is.

Political revolutions lead to civil war and death, which is something we don’t need.”

Well said.

“No, we need America to stay America”

To that I can only say – Amen!

I recently said that, America is for Americans – either love it, or leave it, and this writer is here to tell you – Rashida Tlaib and her sisters in “The Squad” – are not Americans!  They are traitors to this great country and they need to be removed from office.

According to Breitbart, Tlaib once again rolled out the race card and the Muslim card while attacking Trump.  Anyone who dares to disagree with Rashida or the other clowns in “The Squad” is automatically treated to this kind of nonsense.

“Tlaib wrote the tweet in reference to a June interview she gave to Next Left. The Michigan lawmaker talked about how she and her fellow ‘Squad’ members are ‘pretty new’ to the political arena as women of color and argued that they are ‘easy targets because people easily will fear us if they just tell people, Be scared.’

‘She’s Palestinian, you should be scared. She’s also Muslim. Be scared,’ but it’s because you know the, the GOP, the individual one in the White House, is feeding into hate because that’s all they have right now,’ she said, placing the blame squarely on President Trump.”

Tlaib also claims that Trump is afraid of women of color, and is afraid of “The Squad,” because they have answers, “real agenda for the American people,” she said.

Here are some of Rashida Tlaib’s so-called answers:

Here is what I do not understand: how can anyone, regardless of Party, think these policies are capable of being effective, and/or good for America?  How is that possible, how can anyone be this stupid?  And these people are running our country?  Now that is something we all should be scared of.

An $18 to $20 dollar an hour minimum wage – who is going to pay for that?  You the American consumer are.  Are we to believe that (no disrespect intended, I worked in this industry for 11 years) fast food workers should be paid $18.00 dollars an hour?  What do you suppose a hamburger would then cost?  $10.00 bucks instead of $5.00?  How many jobs would be lost?  Did you think about any of this Rashida???

Medicare for all – how is this going to be paid for?  Answer, on the backs of you the American taxpayer.

The final cost estimates for Obamacare, which passed in 2010, came in around $940 billion over a decade.”  Now consider this: Bernie Sanders (who also supports Medicare for all), stated that this particular government freebie could cost up to $40 trillion over a ten-year period.  Let me state that again: Obamacare, 940 million over a ten-year period.  Medicare for all, 40 trillion over a ten-year period.  There is no way even the huge economy of America can or could support that kind of economic layout.  Keep in mind, the entire U.S. national debt is currently around $20 trillion, Medicare for all would cost double that for only ten years!  What fool thinks that is a viable solution?  Answer – Rashida Tlaib and the other members of “The Squad.”

Yes, by all means, lets abolish ICE (U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement) so that rapists, drug dealers, killers and other criminals have an easier time of running free inside the U.S.  Lets also abolish the U.S. border patrol, heck, why bother with attempting to keep We the People safe – to hell with the people.  That is the sentiment of Tlaib and her anti-American Democrat buddies who want there to be no more walls built.  After all, anyone who desires to come here should be allowed to right?  Wrong.  Again – who is going to pay for that (them)?

Socialism – I and many others have harped on this repeatedly, and for good reason.

Socialism – Does.  Not.  Work.

There has never been even one instance where socialism worked, not one!  Even if you set aside all the inner workings of socialism, there is yet one thing that will always guarantee its failure:

After socialism rears its ugly head, and its many unreasonable and idiotic tenets are faithfully applied – one tenet will doom it to fail, and that is wealth redistribution.  Tlaib hinted at this tenant in her tweet – “We have to make the tough, courageous changes that completely transform a political and economic system that is now built for corporations (and profits), not people.

In other words, all the wealth needs to be taken, and redistributed amongst all “the people.”  Here is the problem with this thinking:

Once you take away everyone’s wealth, by force if necessary – and it is redistributed – then where does the “system” gain additional wealth to distribute to all?  There is no longer any motive to work hard, because hard work will never get you anywhere.  There is no longer any incentive to be exceptional, no incentive to be inventive and creative, or to problem solve, and no reason to work hard – because the state then not only takes everything, but the almighty state also takes all the credit for anything anyone does.  Individuality is strongly discouraged, it’s all about communal sharing and living.  Except that this is also a lie – because those on top are living high on the hog while a great majority of the people are still suffering, often in deep poverty and having to deal with violence, roving gangs, and even killing.  Just look at Maduro in Venezuela, Maduro sits in the lap of luxury with his millions, while his people cannot find enough to eat.

Rashida Tlaib and her fellow sisters of “The Squad” support Islam, and those who are enemies of America, such as CAIR.  Ironically enough – if Islam were to be the rule of law (Sharia Law) throughout America, Tlaib and Omar would be in deep trouble, and would be soundly punished if not killed for their actions. Women running around loose in Islam is not allowed.

In Islam:

  • Women are basically property
  • Men are allowed to beat their wives for “infractions”
  • Men are allowed to kill their wives and daughters for dishonoring Islam
  • Women are not allowed to go anywhere without a male
  • Female genital mutilation (so women cannot enjoy sex) is widely practiced
  • Islam commands the murder of Jews and Christians
  • Leaving Islam is cause for death

Read my article on Islam as compared to Christianity, it’s an eye opener.  Please keep in mind the things I have stated here concerning Islam, come right out of their own holy books!

As for Rashida Tlaib and her Squad cohorts, they need to focus on what is good for America, not for themselves.  President Trump has done more good for this nation than these fools have even thought of doing.

Rashida Tlaib and the other Democrats like to say Trump and the GOP have done nothing, well if nothing includes:

  • Building sections of the wall
  • Improving the economy
  • Rolling back Obama regulations that were unfairly strangling business
  • Increasing oil production and using coal (which is not dirty with today’s tech.)
  • Standing up for America
  • Making other NATO nations pay their fair share
  • Instigating dialogue with North Korea
  • Making trade more fair
  • Lowering taxes thereby increasing economic investments and jobs
  • Returning American manufacturing jobs to America
  • Putting #AmericaFirst

So yes, if the above is “doing nothing,” or simply minding the “status quo,” then yes, Trump and the GOP have done nothing.  What precisely has Rashida Tlaib, Omar, AOC, and the other Democrats accomplished that benefits the U.S.?  NOTHING – unless you count running your mouth off, inciting violence, blocking useful legislation, vote tampering, criminally interfering in a presidential election, and causing strife and division with their caustic and lying commentary – then yes, the Dems have accomplished much.

Wake up America, and vote these Democratic anti-American fascist socialists out of power – before they vote you out of your very God-given rights!

H/T Joe Newby – Conservative Firing Line

About the author: Greg is a strong believer in Jesus Christ and is also a political analyst and author. By day he is a self-employed non-emergency medical transport driver, as well as being an author and blogger. His articles are first published on True Conservative Pundit and Inspirational Christian Blogs, and from there the articles are widely published on many well-known conservative websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so leaving all links intact and crediting the author and the website that the article appeared on.

Greg is the author of the newly released book: Spiritual Darkness is Destroying America and the Church

Follow TCP on FacebookGabUSA LifeTwitterPinterest, and Social Cross

© 2019 Greg Holt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Greg Holt: admin@trueconservativepundit.com




William Pelham Barr, Patriot Or Traitor

Kelleigh Nelson

John Brennan writes: “But if democracy is a process rather than a state, the democratic process may involve, at some point, the violation of personal liberties and procedural justice.”

This is the chilling apologia for the anti-Trump conspiracy.  In order to keep the regime moving “forward,” the violation of personal liberties and procedural justice” is justified, whether it is an unpaid campaign adviser being violated (Carter Page) or the National Security Advisor (General Mike Flynn); whether it entails launching a disinformation campaign (Trump/Russia), or reversing an election (the Mueller probe).  The ends – their ends – justify any means.  —Diana West in her book, The Red Thread

William Pelham Barr has a history of coverups, and the more I look at the facts, the more convinced I’ve become that he will protect the Deep State.  Resistance to the onslaught of evil is almost non-existent.  Socialists control the mass media, they have all the money in the world, they control higher and now even lower education, and they have edged their way into the pulpits of America.  Add all of that up along with our ignorant electorate who blindly vote without any knowledge of the candidates and how the hell are we ever to win?  These freedom hating socialists belong in the center of Dante’s hell.

It is a sobering fact that American presidents (many of whom have been corrupt) have gone out of their way to hire fixers to be their attorney generals.  Recent history alone gives us a good look at several of them…Loretta Lynch (2015-2017), Eric Holder (2009-2015), Michael Mukasey (2007-2009), Alberto Gonzales (2005-2007), John Ashcroft (2001-2005), Janet Reno (1993-2001), Dick Thornburgh (1988-1991), Ed Meese (1985-1988), etc.

Barr, however, seems to be a particularly spectacular and sordid case. As George H. W. Bush’s most notorious CIA insider from 1973 to 1977, and as the AG from 1991 to 1993, Barr wreaked havoc, flaunted the rule of law, and proved himself to be one of the CIA/Deep State’s greatest and most ruthless champions and protectors.  In fact, his modus operandi is a great deal like that of his close friend, Robert Mueller. Before becoming Attorney General in 1991, Barr held numerous other posts within the Department of Justice (DOJ), including serving as Deputy Attorney General.

The CIA, Congress and Covert Operations

The issue of notification of Congress about imminent clandestine activities was at the heart of the Iran-Contra scandal when President Ronald Reagan and CIA Director William Casey specifically ordered that lawmakers be kept in the dark about the infamous, covert arms-for-hostages deals with Iran.

Barr was by no means alone in pushing these views, the documents show. Other notable proponents during the Iran-Contra aftermath included then-Congressman Dick Cheney and John R. Bolton, who was also at the Justice Department.  After Cheney became defense secretary, he continued to press for extraordinarily broad Executive Branch authority, advising then-President George H. W. Bush to veto the Senate’s intelligence appropriations bill on the grounds it “attacked” presidential prerogatives – resulting in the only known such veto since the CIA’s creation.  Link

Spook Air Moves to Ohio

Previously documented was Mr. Barr’s involvement with the CIA, the Iran-Contra scandal, the covert arms-for-hostages deals with Iran and Arkansas Governor Bill Clinton’s sellout to the CIA.

Arkansas was great for Iran Contra, but it was a wealthy Ohio businessman and his close associate that helped attract the CIA to the Buckeye State. Those men were billionaire philanthropist Leslie Wexner and Jeffrey Epstein.  Wexner owns The Limited and Victoria’s Secret, and during this period, he had entrusted all of his money to his longtime friend, Jeffrey Epstein, a secretive financier.

Wexner and his company had a relationship with the CIA and Southern Air Transport (SAT) which was directly owned and used by the CIA for covert operations from 1960-1973.  SAT was intimately involved in the Iran-Contra affair, having been used to funnel weapons and drugs to and from the Nicaraguan Contras under the guise of delivering “humanitarian aid.”

Ohio gave lucrative tax incentives to SAT for a promised 300 new jobs they’d bring to Columbus that never transpired.  Columbus Free Press editor, Bob Fitrakis noted that in addition to Wexner the other main figures who were key in securing SAT’s relocation to Ohio were Alan D. Fiers Jr., a former chief of the CIA Central American Task Force, and retired Air Force Major General Richard Secord, head of air logistics for SAT’s covert action in Laos between 1966 and 1968, while the company was still known as Air America. Secord was also the air logistics coordinator in the illegal Contra resupply network for Oliver North during Iran-Contra.

Fiers was later pardoned by George H. W. Bush with help from then AG Bill Barr.

William Safire on AG Barr

Back in 1992, the first time Bill Barr was U.S. attorney general, New York Times writer William Safire referred to him as “Coverup-General Barr” because of his role in burying evidence of then-President George H. W. Bush’s involvement in “Iraq-gate” and “Iran-Contra.”  Iraq-gate was essentially the Bush administration using the agriculture department and banking to illegally divert funds to build up Saddam Hussein’s military after the Iraq-Iran war, including selling him weapons of mass destruction.  This was a huge scandal that Safire was involved in covering.

Barr has been the go-to guy for protecting a president, covering up scandals, and obstructing investigations. In August 1992, Safire wrote about Barr’s refusal to appoint an independent counsel to investigate what he called Iraq-gate.  Safire lasered in on what he thought was “the Bush Administration’s fraudulent use of public funds, its sustained deception of Congress and its obstruction of justice.”

Another independent counsel, Lawrence Walsh, had been named to investigate the Iran-contra affair in 1986 and would infuriate Republicans when he issued high profile indictments on the eve of the 1992 election.

AG Barr was already covering up for Bush, Weinberger, Elliott Abrams, former assistant secretary of state; Robert C. McFarlane, former national security adviser, and former CIA officials Clair E. George, Alan D. Fiers and Duane Clarridge and others from the Reagan administration.

Elliott Abrams; George H. W. Bush; Caspar Weinberger; William Barr (AP/Getty/Salon)

On October 19, 1992, Safire wrote of Barr’s unwillingness to appoint an independent counsel to look into Iraq-gate, “Why does the Coverup-General resist independent investigation? Because he knows where it may lead: to Dick Thornburgh, James Baker, Clayton Yeutter, Brent Scowcroft and himself (the people who organized the sale of WMDs to Saddam). He vainly hopes to be able to head it off, or at least be able to use the threat of firing to negotiate a deal.”

Three months later, Safire revisited the issue after Barr “handpicked a whitewasher” who would successfully filibuster the probe until after the election.  Barr pushed hard for last minute pardons for six individuals caught up in the investigation, including former defense Secretary Caspar Weinberger.

Lawrence Walsh had been appointed to investigate the Iran-Contra activities of the Reagan administration and determine if crimes had been committed.  But the pardons by Barr aborted Weinberger’s trial and virtually eliminated what was left of Walsh’s investigation.  Walsh denounced the pardons and stated that doing so “undermines the principle that no man is above the law.”

Walsh’s tenure effectively discredited the independent counsel law in the eyes of both parties.

In Safire’s article, Justice Corrupts Justice, he accused Barr of not only rigging the cover-up, but of being one of the criminals who could be prosecuted.

John Bolton

John Bolton has always been a war hawk, one who promoted funding for the military industrial complex.  As such, I am thrilled that our President fired him.

Bolton has made a career out of defying Congress. During the Iran-Contra investigations, he refused to comply with Congressional demands for records. Bolton also believed that the Independent Counsel law was unconstitutional and did everything he could do preempt Congress’s efforts to investigate Iran-Contra. Bolton has no record of building up and reforming institutions. He defies laws, believes in might makes right, and has worked to undermine the system of checks and balances that is key to America’s representative republic.

The Inslaw/Promis Octopus

Inslaw Inc. is an information technology firm which developed the famous Promis software. A bankruptcy court determined Inslaw was defrauded of its intellectual property rights. Hillary Clinton  was the intellectual property lawyer for Systematics. Part of this “intellectual property” involved a banking transaction software system based on the Promis software.  Mary Jacoby, wife of Fusion GPS founder Glenn Simpson, is the daughter of a major investor in the company Hillary Clinton represented that marketed the stolen software.

The Promis software is a National Crime Information Center (NCIC)-type tracking technology incorporating numerous databases such as court records, financial

institutions, and utility companies. Inslaw was forced into bankruptcy in 1985 because the US Justice Department which contracted to purchase it, reneged on its obligations. Pirated versions of the software were sold by the US intelligence community worldwide to 88 foreign intelligence agencies, and other organizations such as banks. The program included a “backdoor” for US intelligence to hack into.

Once the original version of Promis was delivered, the DOJ handed off a copy to the CIA which subcontracted Wackenhut Corp. to develop the “backdoor.” Wackenhut hired a technical and electronics whiz-kid, Michael Riconosciuto as its Research Director. A child prodigy who built an argon laser at 16, invented the electrostatic bomb, and published his Riconosciuto Italian to English dictionary still in use by most online translators among his many other inventions, Riconosciuto was put to work designing the covert “backdoor” for the co-opted Promis program. The work was done at a facility on the Cabazon Indian Reservation in Indio California. Another modification would take place in Little Rock, Arkansas, to tailor the Promis software for use by banks.

In October 1991, Barr appointed then retired Democratic Chicago judge Nicholas Bua as special counsel in the Inslaw scandal. Few people understand the full ramifications of Promis software, and the undetectable spying apparatus placed in foreign computers. In 1989, House Judiciary Committee Chairman Jack Brooks, D-TX, launched a three-year investigation into the Inslaw affair. In the resulting report, the Committee suggested that among others, Edwin Meese, while presidential counselor and later as attorney general, and Democrat D. Lowell Jensen a former assistant and deputy attorney general and former US district judge in San Francisco, conspired to steal Promis software from Bill Hamilton’s company, Inslaw.

Bua’s 1993 report found the DOJ of no wrong doing in the matter, despite a 12-year lawsuit by Inslaw, regarding the government theft of their software.  One journalist, Danny Casolaro, died as he attempted to tell the story and boxes of documents relating to the case were destroyed, stolen, or conveniently “lost” by the DOJ. Software piracy, conspiracy, cover-up, stonewalling, covert action…just another decade at the corrupt DOJ.

Barr’s Blanket Immunity for Federal Agents

Barr told the New York Times in 1993 that he was not directly involved in the Ruby Ridge operation. Two years later, the Washington Post revealed that “top officials of the Bush Justice Department had at least 20 phone contacts concerning Ruby Ridge in the 24 hours before Vicki Weaver was shot,” including two calls involving Barr.

Barr spent plenty of time organizing former Attorneys General and others to support “an FBI sniper in defending against criminal charges in connection with the Ruby Ridge incident.” Barr also “assisted in framing legal arguments advanced in the district court and the subsequent appeal to the Ninth Circuit.”  He called this, “serving the disadvantaged” pro-bono charitable work, (for FBI sniper, Lon Horiuchi, who already had a federally-paid law firm defending him) that helped tamp down one of the biggest scandals during Barr’s time as Attorney General from 1991 to early 1993.

Barr was responsible for both the U.S. Marshals Service and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, two federal agencies whose misconduct at Ruby Ridge “helped to weaken the bond of trust that must exist between ordinary Americans and our law enforcement agencies,” according to a 1995 Senate Judiciary Committee report.

When Boundary County, Idaho filed criminal charges against Horiuchi, Barr sprang to action seeking immunity for FBI snipers. He spearheaded efforts to sway the court to dismiss all charges because holding a sniper liable would “severely undermine, if not cripple, the ability of future attorneys general to rely on such specialized units in moments of crisis such as hostage taking and terrorist acts.”

Federal Judge Alex Kozinski warned in his dissent of a new James Bond “007 standard for the use of deadly force” against American citizens, stating, “A group of FBI agents formulated rules of engagement that permitted their colleagues to hide in the bushes and gun down men who posed no immediate threat.  Such wartime rules are patently unconstitutional for a police action.”  Link

BCCI Banking Scandal

The Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI) was a shadowy but very real institution with connections to governments and intelligence services all over the world. BCCI’s owners specialized in evading regulators so that they could speculate and bribe with the depositors’ money. As the fraud mounted and spread, law enforcement officials and bank regulators the world over discovered what the CIA had been trying to hide.

Tampa’s federal prosecutors launched an investigation of money laundering in 1991.  The District Attorney of Manhattan investigated a broad array of bank activities and received zero cooperation from Justice Department and CIA.  And Barr sat on the influential deputies committee of the National Security Council, which controlled the paperwork.

“We couldn’t get records. We couldn’t get witnesses. We could barely get a meeting,” said John Moscow, the lead BCCI prosecutor in Manhattan.

Barr was up for confirmation as attorney general. Moscow said he heard that Democrats on the Judiciary Committee made Barr promise to let the BCCI investigation go ahead.  Trouble was, the big shots were indicted, but got away and Barr did not press Pakistan for their extradition, nor did his successors in the Clinton administration.

Conclusion

AG Barr appears to be someone who would protect the Deep State, not the law, and the Barr family history of Marxism is more than troubling. The move from extreme leftism to rightwing conservatism resembles the liberal establishment takeover of the old right Republican Constitutionalists by Trotskyite Irving Kristol (father of Bill) and William F. Buckley, CIA Agent, Council on Foreign Relations member, and Yale Skull and Bones member.

That takeover neutralized the strong Republican support for our Constitutional God given freedoms and squelched the desire to fight the enemies of our Republic.  The ultimate question is…will the DOJ enemies of freedom ever truly meet justice?!

Rule of Law or Coverup General?  You decide.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




The 9-11 Event, The President, And The Militia

Edwin Vieira

One need not have earned an advanced degree in the natural sciences, in engineering, in law, or in any of the disciplines related to the art of politics to be able to recognize that, first, with regard to what this study denotes as “the 9-11 Event”, it is not just some proverbial rotten Danish cheese which smells to high heaven in this country—and that, second, no matter what difficulties may need to be overcome, something drastic must be done to correct this stinking state of affairs, immediately if not sooner. In the present author’s estimation, the one and only sure way to unearth the definitive truth of the 9-11 Event is to enlist a patriotic President of the United States along with “the Militia of the several States” in the inquiry.

1- The 9-11 Event abounds with anomalies which cast serious doubt upon, if they do not disprove altogether, the conspiracy theory public officials have put forward to explain what happened.

Anomalies—that is, matters of proven fact which are abnormal, incongruous, deviant, or extremely peculiar—often provide the best circumstantial evidence that a purported explication of an event is faulty, fictitious, fantastic, or even fraudulent. This is especially the case when interested parties attempt to dispose of those anomalies with conspiracy theories which contradict fundamental principles of scientific, legal, and political analysis. The 9-11 Event and its aftermath are replete with just such anomalies, which render the official conspiracy theory of that horrendous crime not simply problematic and implausible, but even gravely suspicious; and which leave open to doubt whether that theory can be adequately tested through employment of the normal legal and political means available to the American people.[1] To wit—

  • Anomalous disregard of, and even disdain for, proper application of the scientific method and protocols in such disciplines as physics, engineering, and forensics to investigation of the 9-11 Event on the part of public officials in multiple instances. These anomalies insult the laws of nature.
  • Anomalous acts of omission and commission by public officials and private parties concerting with them in connection with various governmental investigations, or with failures or refusals to conduct such inquiries, related to the 9-11 Event. These anomalies violate the laws of the United States.
  • Anomalous failures or refusals to demote or dismiss from their positions, let alone to punish, any of the civilian or military officials who proved woefully derelict in the fulfillment of their duties to expose the plot hatched, or to prevent the attacks launched, by “the terrorists” whom the official conspiracy theory identified as the perpetrators of the 9-11 Event. These anomalies set at naught the principles of sound administration, not just of the government of the United States, but of any organization, public or private, charged with a responsibility to protect Americans’ lives.
  • Anomalous nonfeasance and misfeasance by the big “mainstream media” with respect to the absence of true investigative journalism, including a general disinclination to go behind or beyond the obviously flawed official explanation of the 9-11 Event, as well as a general disregard for, and even orchestrated disparagement, denunciation, and demonization of, the so-called “9-11 truthers” who do convincingly challenge that explanation. These anomalies run contrary to both the moral responsibility and the institutional self-interest which should direct the course of a truly free press in relation to the elucidation of a matter of grave National importance.[2]

And, perhaps worst of all,

  • Anomalous disinterest on the part of a sizable portion of the general public as to whether the cartoonish conspiracy theory of the 9-11 Event put forward by public officials and echoed by the big media is a bona fide explanation at all, or is (in the jargon of intelligence operatives) merely “an old grey mare”—as well as anomalous disregard for whether even the possibility of some more plausible explanation should be entertained. Whatever their source—be it the rank ignorance and insouciance of a “dumbed down” population, the naïve credence all too many citizens carelessly tend to afford to governmental pronouncements, cognitive dissonance, or some combination of such causes—these anomalies offend the first principle of “a Republican Form of Government”.[3] For such a “Government is * * * one constructed on th[e] principle, that the Supreme Power resides in the body of the people”.[4] And where the people themselves are sovereign, they must recognize, accept, and tirelessly labor under the ultimate—indeed, the absolute—responsibility to ensure the enforcement of the laws which derive from their delegation of “just powers” to their government.[5]

These peculiarities are simply too numerous, too notorious, too improbable, too much the products of demonstrable human actions, and too consequential to be explained by recourse to “chaos theory” rather than to a “conspiracy theory”. Obviously, something is grievously wrong here, and not just accidentally and inexplicably so. The question remains, though: “What can be done to rectify this situation?”

2- Numerous difficulties will beset any investigation of the 9-11 Event which might be capable of bringing the salient facts to light and the principal perpetrators to justice.

Every politically perceptive American suspects with moral certainty that the individuals whom the official narrative of the 9-11 Event has fingered as its perpetrators were no more a mere “handful of terrorists” who by themselves brought it about than Lee Harvey Oswald was “the lone gunman” who shot President John F. Kennedy. Plainly, the particular individuals identified as the guilty parties in the official history of the 9-11 Event were not the only, and certainly not the central and directing, figures either in the fantastic conspiracy theory of the commission of the crime to which officialdom subscribes; or in the real conspiracy the existence of which officialdom denies, which consists of the evasions, cover-ups, lies, and floods of disinformation that followed the 9-11 Event and continue to this very day.

The problem, however, is that Americans’ moral certitude by itself cannot translate directly into exposure, arrests, indictments, and criminal convictions of the actual guilty parties. No matter how much evidence may be marshaled in the court of public opinion to prove that the official explanations of various aspects of the 9-11 Event are false (and on the part of some participants in official investigations knowingly so), nothing can be done to conduct a thoroughgoing and conclusive inquiry, let alone to bring to justice in a court of law the individuals culpable for the complex of crimes encompassed within that Event, unless some public officials—possessed not only of sufficient authority but also of the necessary personal independence, integrity, and courage—take up this matter.

Moreover, those Americans in private station who are intent upon getting to the bottom of the 9-11 Event, letting the chips fall where they may, are not now in possession of all of the requisite evidence, do not now have access to most of that evidence, do not now know the even the nature let alone the extent of much of the evidence being withheld from them, and can never hope to obtain such knowledge, access, and possession without more substantial assistance from public officials than has been made available to date. Consider, for example, the following alternatives:

  • The Constitution provides that “Congress shall make no law * * * abridging * * * the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances”.[6] Nonetheless, freedom of petition is useful only if the public officials to whom “the people” direct their petitions exercise the authority—and, more important, exhibit the willingness—to respond in a timely and effective manner. These days, however, apparently so few (if any) such officials exist with respect to citizens’ demands for governmental inquiries into the 9-11 Event that the lament in the Declaration of Independence is applicable: “In every stage of these Oppressions We have Petitioned for Redress in the most humble terms: Our repeated Petitions have been answered only by repeated injury”—including officials’ dissemination of rank disinformation, when disregard of and disdain for the petitioners are not their only responses.
  • Civil lawsuits—such as could be initiated by survivors of the 9-11 Event or the relatives of its victims—depend, not only upon the willingness of suitable plaintiffs to come forward, but also upon their possession of evidence sufficient to charge named defendants with violations of law which will withstand the defendants’ inevitable motions to dismiss or for summary judgment. Such lawsuits are notoriously complex, expensive, and time-consuming. And they can provide the plaintiffs with only a limited ability to discover further relevant evidence in the face of orchestrated and skillful obstruction, not only by the defendants’ counsel, but especially by hostile judges who can intentionally frustrate the necessary inquiries with supposed absolute immunity from civil liability for their misbehavior.
  • No less problematic are quasi-public lawsuits which seek to enforce the Freedom of Information Act of the United States and similar statutes in those States in which parts of the 9-11 Event occurred. Anyone familiar with the process is aware that FOIA applicants do not necessarily know in the first instance which specific documents to request, or within which of the numerous rabbit-warrens of governmental bureaucracies to search for them. Moreover, sophisticated applicants must presume that the custodians of the records held by these agencies may falsely deny the existence of sensitive documents. And even if the custodians admit the documents’ existence, they may invoke privileges (whether statutory or spurious) which supposedly preclude disclosure, and be upheld by the courts in that regard. Thus, parties invoking the FOIA can never be certain that disclosure of actual public records has been, or can be made, complete. In addition, even the most experienced practitioners in FOIA litigation can never be confident that the bureaucrats have finally disclosed true copies of original documents, rather than artfully concocted forgeries, plants, “old grey mares”, and so on. For private parties do not have the advantage of being able to invoke 18 U.S.C. § 1001 against public officials who lie to FOIA applicants, or to invoke 18 U.S.C. § 2071 against public officials who secrete, destroy, or falsify the records which are the subjects of such applications.
  • Finally, private parties cannot by themselves perform criminal investigations (at least not in any official capacity) let alone conduct actual criminal prosecutions. For those purposes, they must depend upon honest and competent criminal investigators, prosecutors, and grand juries, along with the executive officials and judges who control and preside over such proceedings. They must also depend upon the availability of credible witnesses to the crime—which in the case of a conspiracy usually means one or more of the conspirators.[7] In the present political climate in general, and especially with respect to the 9-11 Event in particular, the likelihood that this dependence will be rewarded with success is akin to the chance of coming off unscathed when playing Russian roulette with a semi-automatic pistol.[8]

Thus, hardly surprising is that, so far, none of these approaches has succeeded, or even has shown much promise of doing so, to anything approaching the necessary and sufficient degree.

The search for truth with respect to the 9-11 Event absolutely requires someone in a high public office, vested with the requisite plenitude of responsibility and authority, to take charge of the investigation, to compel custodians of public records to disgorge those materials from their hiding places, to direct investigators to investigate, and to command prosecutors to prosecute.[9] The obvious fly in the ointment is that all too many of the custodians, investigators, and prosecutors now in office are political appointees or professional bureaucrats whose loyalties (if not their competencies in their particular fields) are subject to question. So the practical question is: “Which public official is capable of conducting on his own initiative a thoroughgoing investigation of the 9-11 Event with the aid of sufficient numbers of competent personnel whom he can trust not to be compromised or subject to being compromised?”

3- The difficulties surrounding full exposure of the 9-11 Event are not insuperable, because the Constitution and laws of the United States provide an effective solution to the problem.

A. The only practical—indeed, perhaps even the only conceivable—answer to the foregoing question is: “the next President of the United States, with the assistance of ‘the Militia of the several States’”.[10] For the President has both: (i) a general responsibility to act, perforce of his “Oath or Affirmation * * * that [he] will faithfully execute the Office of President of the United States, and will to the best of [his] Ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States”;[11] and (ii) a specific constitutional duty that “he shall take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed”.[12] The Constitution invests him with the unique status of “Commander in Chief * * * of the Militia of the several States, when called into the actual Service of the United States”.[13] And the Constitution assigns to “the Militia of the several States” the authority and responsibility “to execute the Laws of the Union” when “call[ed] forth” for that purpose [14] which perfectly complements the President’s duty to “take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed”, by providing him with the necessary and sufficient instruments for the enforcement of those “Laws”.

Anyone actually capable of fulfilling the duties of “the Office of President” fully understands the political lay of the land today, both within and outside of the government of the United States. Within that government, during the first two years of his Administration a new President who makes clear his intent “to take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed” cannot expect to control, or even to influence in his favor, a hostile Congress to the end of enacting the sort of legislation which the 9-11 Event should immediately have called into being, but which no Congress since then has ever even considered. Similarly, a new President cannot hope to appeal to a largely intractable Judiciary, and certainly to change its composition to any marked degree through the tedious process by which “he shall nominate, and by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, shall appoint” new judges to the courts of the United States when vacancies adventitiously occur on the Bench.[15]

Outside of the government, although such a President may enjoy “the bully pulpit” of his office from which to address the American people directly, and may expect support from much of “the alternative media” operating through the Internet, he must surely expect to be vilified by the big “mainstream media” in direct proportion to the emphasis he places on exposure of the true genesis, nature, and consequences of the 9-11 Event. Moreover, he must steel himself to contend with the clandestine machinations of “the shadow government” (or “deep state”). For exposure of the reality of the 9-11 Event as a “state crime against democracy” will provide him, along with all other all patriotic Americans, with sufficient reason and the necessary means to bring to light and then to put down “the shadow government” once and for all.[16]

In this analysis, the vast bureaucracy in the Executive Branch has been left to last, because that apparatus is, in theory at least, subject in no small measure to the President’s direct control. In principle, by employing the threat (or, perhaps better put, the guarantee) of criminal prosecution, he can compel the bureaucrats to disclose whatever information the public archives contain with respect to the 9-11 Event.[17] And with his own Attorney General in charge of the Department of Justice, and trustworthy United States Attorneys assigned to key States, he can investigate, expose, arrest, indict, prosecute, convict, and punish the principal offenders behind the 9-11 Event whom death has yet to carry beyond the reach of human justice.

Yet, in actual practice, a single Attorney General and a smattering of United States Attorneys will surely prove insufficient if the bureaucracy to any significant degree remains opposed to, refuses to coöperate with, and even endeavors to sabotage the President’s program at its every turn. To overcome such a veritable army of obstructionists, the President must deploy an host of faithful and competent individuals outside of and with no loyalty to the bureaucracy and the secret factions and special interests it serves. To find such individuals in the requisite number he must look to the federal system—in particular, to employ “the Militia of the several States” in order “to execute the Laws of the Union”.

Getting to the bottom of the 9-11 Event will require extensive, exhaustive, and relentless execution of those “Laws”. The Constitution imposes on the President the duty to “take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed”.[18] The Constitution delegates to the Militia the authority and responsibility “to execute the Laws of the Union” when Congress “provide[s] for calling [them] forth” for that reason.[19] And perforce of his status as “Commander in Chief”, the President exercises direct authority over “the Militia of the several States, when [they are] called into the actual Service of the United States”.[20] So the President may employ “the Militia to execute the Laws of the Union” with respect to the 9-11 Event by “calling [them] forth” in whatever manner Congress has authorized pursuant to whatever statutes it has enacted for that crucial constitutional purpose.

Not only may the President employ “the Militia of the several States” to this end, but also he should and must do so, for two reasons:

  • First, the Constitution declares that “[a] well regulated Militia” is “necessary to the security of a free State”[21] not Congress, not the Judiciary, not the regular Armed Forces, not even the President himself, but only “[a] well regulated Militia”. The 9-11 Event and its aftermath provide compelling evidence that “a free State” is in jeopardy, here and now, at every level of the federal system. So employment of the Militia is not just uniquely but even desperately “necessary” to deal with the situation.[22]
  • Second, the 9-11 Event poured the foundation for the erection in the Department of Homeland Security of a National para-militarized police-state apparatus supposedly intended to aid in the prosecution of the so-called “global war on terrorism”. “Homeland security” within the United States, however, is the constitutional responsibility primarily of the Militia. After all, “to execute the Laws of the Union, suppress Insurrections and repel Invasions” constitute the central, critical tasks of National “homeland security”. Yet the Constitution explicitly assigns the authority and responsibility to perform these functions exclusively to the Militia.[23] The Constitution may implicitly empower Congress to impose duties of this sort on other institutions it specifically names.[24] Even if so, the constitutional priority must always favor the Militia.[25]

By employing the Militia “to execute the Laws of the Union” with regard to the 9-11 Event, the President can begin to demolish the foundations of the National police-state apparatus which that Event spawned, and can do so with the assistance of the very institutions which the Constitution describes as “necessary to the security of a free State”. This is not only highly appropriate but also arguably mandatory—for, inasmuch as a “police state” is the very contradiction of “a free State”, the specific constitutional means for disestablishing a “police state” in this country must be the only institutions which the Constitution itself declares to be “necessary to the security of a free State”: namely, “well regulated Militia”.[26]

Finally, the President can trust “the Militia of the several States” faithfully “to execute the Laws of the Union” for two reasons:

  • First, because the Militia are actual governmental institutions of and within their own respective States,[27] they are subject to control neither by possibly disloyal bureaucrats,[28] nor by errant judges,[29] ensconced in seats of power within the government of the United States.
  • Second, because within every Local community throughout this country the Militia consist of essentially every able-bodied adult who is not specifically exempted by statute for some constitutionally sufficient reason,[30] their being controlled or even substantially influenced by the “shadow government” (or “deep state”) lies beyond the realm of reasonable possibility.
  • B- The specific legal justification for employing “the Militia of the several States” with respect to the 9-11 Event is found in the power of Congress “[t]o provide for calling forth the Militia to execute the Laws of the Union”,[31] where “the Militia” are “the Militia of the several States”, as to which the President of the United States is the “Commander in Chief * * * when [they are] called into the actual Service of the United States”.[32] The Constitution neither itself recognizes, nor licenses Congress or the States to create, any other “militia”.
  • 1. This being the constitutional predicate, some statutory history is in order. Congress first exercised its power “to provide for calling forth the Militia to execute the Laws of the Union” as early as 1792, when it mandated that,

whenever the laws of the United States shall be opposed, or the execution thereof obstructed, in any state, by combinations too powerful to be suppressed by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings, or by the powers vested in [United States] marshals * * * , it shall be lawful for the President of the United States to call forth the militia of such state to suppress such combinations, and to cause the laws to be duly executed. And if the militia of a state, where such combinations may happen, shall refuse, or be insufficient to suppress the same, it shall be lawful for the President, if the legislature of the United States be not in session, to call forth and employ such numbers of the militia of any other state or states most convenient thereto, as may be necessary, and the use of militia, so to be called forth, may be continued, if necessary, until the expiration of thirty days after the commencement of the ensuing session.[33]

Shortly thereafter, Congress enacted a superseding statute which mandated that,

whenever the laws of the United States shall be opposed, or the execution thereof obstructed, in any state, by combinations too powerful to be suppressed by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings, or by the powers vested in the [United States] marshals * * * , it shall be lawful for the President of the United States, to call forth the militia of such state, or of any other state or states, as may be necessary to suppress such combinations, and to cause the laws to be duly executed; and the use of militia so called forth may be continued, if necessary, until the expiration of thirty days after the commencement of the then next session of Congress.[34]

These statutes recognized the explicit constitutional authority of the Militia, and only the Militia, “to execute the Laws of the Union”.

Some twelve years later, Congress employed its implied powers to license the use of the regular Armed Forces, in addition to the Militia, for that purpose:

That in all cases of insurrection, or obstruction of the laws, either of the United States, or of any individual state or territory, where it is lawful for the President of the United States to call forth the militia for the purpose of suppressing such insurrection, or of causing the laws to be duly executed, it shall be lawful for him to employ, for the same purposes, such part of the land or naval force of the United States, as shall be judged necessary, having first observed all the pre-requisites of the law in that respect.[35]

During the Civil War, Congress enacted a new statute which provided (in pertinent part)

[t]hat whenever, by reason of unlawful obstructions, combinations, or assemblages of persons, or rebellion against the authority of the Government of the United States, it shall become impracticable, in the judgment of the President of the United States, to enforce, by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings, the laws of the United States within any State or Territory of the United States, it shall be lawful for the President * * * to call forth the militia of any or all the States of the Union, and to employ such parts of the land and naval forces of the United States as he may deem necessary to enforce the faithful execution of the laws of the United States, or to suppress such rebellion in whatever State or Territory thereof the laws of the United States may be forcibly opposed, or the execution thereof forcibly obstructed.[36]

And the statute now in force for this purpose specifies (in pertinent part) that

[w]henever the President considers that unlawful obstructions, combinations, or assemblages, or rebellion against the authority of the United States, make it impracticable to enforce the laws of the United States in any State by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings, he may call into * * * [the] service [of the United States] such of the militia of any State, and use such of the armed forces, as he considers necessary to enforce those laws or to suppress the rebellion.[37]

Observe in particular that the statutory standard is merely “that unlawful obstructions, combinations, or assemblages, or rebellion against the authority of the United States, make it impracticable to enforce the laws of the United States in any State by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings”. Impracticality does not require impossibility; and “the ordinary course” does not exclude the possibility that an “extraordinary course” need not be invoked, even though it might also be effective.

After the Civil War, two provisions of the Fourteenth Amendment—to wit, (i) that “[n]o State shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law”, or “deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws”; and (ii) that “[t]he Congress shall have power to enforce, by appropriate legislation, the provisions of this article”[38] expanded Congress’s power to authorize the President to call forth the Militia. The relevant statute now in force provides (in pertinent part) that

[t]he President, by using the militia or the armed forces, or both, or by any other means, shall take such measures as he considers necessary to suppress, in a State, any insurrection, domestic violence, unlawful combination, or conspiracy, if it—

(1) so hinders the execution of the laws of that State, and of the United States within the State, that any part or class of its people is deprived of a right, privilege, immunity, or protection named in the Constitution and secured by law, and the constituted authorities of that State are unable, fail, or refuse to protect that right, privilege, or immunity, or to give that protection; or

(2) opposes or obstructs the execution of the laws of the United States or impedes the course of justice under those laws.

In any situation covered by clause (1), the State shall be considered to have denied the equal protection of the laws secured by the Constitution.[39]

  1. Those two contemporary statutes plainly can, should, and indeed must be applied to the 9-11 Event. For before, during, and after its perpetration down to the present day, the 9-11 Event has involved “unlawful obstructions, combinations, or assemblages * * * against the authority of the United States, [which have] ma[d]e it impracticable to enforce the laws of the United States in [m]any State[s] by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings”—as proven by the success of these “unlawful obstructions, combinations, or assemblages” in avoiding “enforce[ment of] the laws of the United States * * * by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings” everywhere within the United States. In addition, these “unlawful combination[s], or conspirac[ies]” have “so hinder[ed] the execution of the laws of [many] State[s], and of the United States within th[os]e State[s], that * * * part[s] or class[es] of [the] people [of those States have been and are being] deprived of * * * right[s], privilege[s], immunit[ies], or protection[s] named in the Constitution and secured by law, and the constituted authorities of th[ose] State[s] are unable, fail, or refuse to protect th[ose] right[s], privilege[s], or immunit[ies], or to give that protection”. Moreover, those “unlawful obstructions”, “combination[s], or conspirac[ies]” have systematically “oppose[d] or obstruct[ed] the execution of the laws of the United States or impede[d] the course of justice under those laws”—and unless exposed and suppressed will continue to do so indefinitely. After some fifteen years, it should be undeniable by anyone that the public officials (whether investigators, prosecutors, or judges) who have conducted “the ordinary course of judicial proceedings” in this country in the past or who direct it in the present have not dealt honestly, effectively, or even competently with these “unlawful obstructions”, “combination[s], or conspirac[ies]”—doubtlessly because many of the latter cabals have sunk their roots too deeply within the governmental apparatus of both the United States and all too many of the several States to be dug out by the run-of-the-mill politicians, appointees, and careerist bureaucrats now in charge.

Everyone is aware that these “unlawful obstructions”, “combination[s], or conspirac[ies]” deprived thousands of Americans of life itself in the course of the 9-11 Event or as a direct consequence thereof; and that many thousands more suffered the loss of other valuable “right[s], privilege[s], or immunit[ies]”. Those who were killed or injured when the 9-11 Event occurred were denied physical, as well as legal, “protection”; and both they and other victims have yet to receive full, or in numerous cases any significant, legal redress. These people have been divested, not only of the full measure of justice due to them, but also of even the mere “course of justice” promised, under the laws of the United States and the several States.

In stark contrast, no one in any high official position in the government of the United States or of any State has been publically punished, demoted, censured, reprimanded, or otherwise called on the carpet for incompetence, let alone charged with possible criminal complicity, in relation to the 9-11 Event. And the main perpetrators (other than those patsies alleged to have been the hijackers of the airliners), let alone the true masterminds, of that crime have yet to be identified officially.[40] Self-evidently, unless all of the major investigatory agencies of the United States and the several States have been and remain staffed with veritable nincompoops, some (and doubtlessly not just a few) individuals in high-level positions of public authority have been and remain willing and able to prevent, frustrate, or subvert the necessary inquiries, or to conceal from ordinary Americans what information has been obtained—and thereby have successfully “oppose[d] or obstruct[ed] the execution of the laws of the United States or impede[d] the course of justice under those laws”, and will continue to do so unless and until exposed. These individuals have constituted “unlawful obstructions, combinations, or assemblages * * * against the authority of the United States, [which have] ma[d]e it impracticable to enforce the laws of the United States in [m]any State[s] by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings”, and will continue to do so unless and until brought to heel.

Then, too, as a consequence of the 9-11 Event, America has been subjected to propaganda and agitation orchestrated by public officials intent on instilling an hysterical fear of “terrorism” in average citizens; to pervasive surveillance of the population by numerous “intelligence” and “law-enforcement” agencies; to rampant para-militarization of State and Local police forces; and to other manifestations of what can accurately be described only as apparent preparations for systematic oppression of ordinary Americans through a domestic police-state apparatus modeled on the Reichssicherheitshauptamt of Nazi Germany, or the Stasi of Communist East Germany.[41] This has resulted in large “part[s] or class[es]” within the population of this country being “deprived of [numerous] right[s], privilege[s], immunit[ies], or protection[s] named in the Constitution and secured by law”, under circumstances in which “the constituted authorities of th[e] State[s] are unable, fail, or refuse to protect th[ose] right[s], privilege[s], or immunit[ies], or to give that protection”.

  1. Although it is obvious that, pursuant to the authority vested in him by the contemporary statutes described above, the President can, and under present circumstances should, deploy “the militia” to deal with these “unlawful obstructions, combinations, * * * assemblages”, and “conspirac[ies]”, the question remains: “Whom can the President call forth as ‘the militia’ under the aegis of those statutes?”

Once again, statutory history provides the answer. In 1792, Congress provided

[t]hat each and every free able-bodied white male citizen of the respective states, resident therein, who is or shall be of the age of eighteen years, and under the age of forty-five years [with certain exceptions] * * * shall severally and respectively be enrolled in the militia by the captain or commanding officer of the company, within whose bounds such citizen shall reside, and that within twelve months after the passing of this act.[42]

If this did not embrace every last American who was physically capable of (and therefore constitutionally liable for) service in the Militia, it did include the large majority of the qualified adult population.[43] Then, in 1873 Congress reiterated the mandate that “[e]very able-bodied male citizen of the respective States, resident therein, who is of the age of eighteen years, and under the age of forty-five years, shall be enrolled in the militia”.[44] Finally, as the result of the series of statutes from 1903 through 1916 which created the modern National Guard and Naval Militia,[45] under the present law Congress has purported to divide “[t]he militia of the United States” into two categories:

(a) The militia of the United States consists of all able-bodied males at least 17 years of age and * * * under 45 years of age who are, or who have made a declaration of intention to become, citizens of the United States and of female citizens of the United States who are members of the National Guard.

(b) The classes of the militia are—

(1) the organized militia, which consists of the National Guard and the Naval Militia; and

(2) the unorganized militia, which consists of the members of the militia who are not members of the National Guard or the Naval Militia.[46]

Now, this statute is gravely problematic, for several reasons. First, on its face the Constitution provides for no such thing as an unitary “militia of the United States”, only for the plural “Militia of the several States” which “may be employed in the Service of the United States” for certain specific and therefore limited purposes.[47] Second, in contrast to “Armies” and “a Navy”, which are establishments “of the United States”,[48] the Constitution delegates to Congress no power to create a “militia of the United States”. Even the Constitution did not create “the Militia of the several States”, but instead incorporated these establishments, as they existed at the time (and had existed for generations theretofore), into its federal system. Third, the National Guard and the Naval Militia are not “militia” at all, but instead are the “Troops, or Ships of War” which the States may “keep * * * in time of Peace” “with[ ] the Consent of Congress”.[49] And fourth, the “well regulated Militia” which the Constitution declares to be “necessary to the security of a free State” can never be “unorganized”[50] as is manifested most obviously in the Constitution’s delegation to Congress of the power “[t]o provide for organizing * * * the Militia” (not for “unorganizing” or “disorganizing” them).[51] Nonetheless, assuming arguendo that there exists some valid interpretation of the statute just quoted,[52] “the unorganized militia” as defined therein today plainly corresponds to a significant degree to “the militia” as originally understood in the statutes in force from 1792 to 1903. And, as the old saying has it, “close enough suffices for government work”.

So, if the National Guard and the Naval Militia can be taken arguendo to be parts of “the militia” embraced by the statutes which now authorize the President to call forth “the militia”, simply because Congress has described them as “the organized militia”, then so too must “the unorganized militia” be considered no less equally part of “the militia” as a whole for the purposes of those statutes, again simply because Congress has so described it. Moreover, because the statutes which provide for calling forth “the militia” do not limit the President’s authority to any particular part of “the militia”, whether “organized” or “unorganized”, he may choose to call forth promiscuously from, call forth selectively from, and indeed call forth exclusively from “the unorganized militia” such personnel as he may deem necessary, and in any manner and to any degree which he may see fit.[53]

Of course, both of those statutes also provide that the President may employ for their purposes the regular Armed Forces; and one allows for even “any other means”, which today might arguably include the Department of Homeland Security and other civilian bureaucracies under the President’s authority.[54] The President should use “the unorganized militia”, and only “the unorganized militia”, in preference to the regular Armed Forces, however, because: First, the Constitution does not expressly delegate to the Armed Forces the authority and responsibility “to execute the Laws of the Union”.[55] Second, if at all possible, a “standing army” should never be deployed to enforce domestic laws.[56] And third, as observed above, the National Guard and the Naval Militia are not any sort of “militia” at all, but instead are the “Troops, or Ships of War” which the States may “keep * * * in time of Peace” “with[ ] the Consent of Congress”, and thus are components of a “standing army”. Furthermore, the President should use “the unorganized militia”, and only “the unorganized militia”, in preference to some civilian bureaucracy with investigatory and law-enforcement powers, simply because, during the last fifteen years, not a single one of the latter agencies has provided the least evidence that it is willing, trustworthy, diligent, or even competent enough to do the job—for otherwise the job would already have been done, or would be well on its way to being completed.

C- Because “the unorganized militia” consists of the bulk of this country’s adult population,[57] no particularly taxing effort would be required to find within “such of the militia of any State * * * as [t]he [President] consider[ed] necessary to enforce th[ ]e laws [of the United States]”[58] a superfluity of individuals who had the appropriate types of education, skills, experiences, and temperaments with regard to criminal investigations, prosecutions, and related matters to perform or oversee proper and thoroughgoing inquiries into the 9-11 Event. In each State, “the unorganized militia”, more than any other group within society because it consists of individuals drawn from all groups, should be keenly interested in seeing to the suppression of every “unlawful combination, or conspiracy” connected with that crime which “hinders the execution of the laws of that State, and of the United States within th[at] State” or “opposes or obstructs the execution of the laws of the United States or impedes the course of justice under those laws”.[59] And because “the unorganized militia” would supply such an extensive pool from which the President could draw the necessary and sufficient personnel, those “unlawful combination[s], or conspirac[ies]” intent upon preventing exposure of the dark facts which lie at the base of the 9-11 Event would find it utterly impossible to coöpt, corrupt, or coerce enough of those personnel to divert from their course, let alone to subvert altogether, the investigations “the unorganized militia” would conduct or supervise under the President’s direction.

In practice, the President could call forth annually from each of the several States an average (say) of 1,000 individuals who were then members of “the unorganized militia”. (Some States might provide more, some States less, in proportion to their populations, as convenience dictated.) This would make available to the President a total yearly force of 50,000 militiamen. These individuals would be selected by the Governors of the several States (the commanders in chief of the States’ “unorganized militia”),[60] according to criteria promulgated by the President as “Commander in Chief * * * of the Militia of the several States, when called into the actual Service of the United States”,[61] and therefore the “Commander in Chief” of the Governors as well. The criteria for selection would relate to the militiamen’s qualifications relevant to the technical, legal, and other tasks that would be involved in investigating the 9-11 Event. Because so few members of “the unorganized militia” would be called forth, and in light of the seriousness of the matter, the Governors would likely be able to rely on large numbers of volunteers, as well as to draft without difficulty sufficient qualified individuals to fulfill the States’ quotas.[62] In any event, there could be no question of the Governors’ authority, and enforceable duty, to implement the President’s directive to call forth “the unorganized militia”,[63] or of each eligible citizen’s equally enforceable duty to report for active service when so summoned.[64]

Financial support for members of “the unorganized militia” “call[ed] forth * * * to execute the Laws of the Union” with respect to the 9-11 Event could be drawn from such moneys in general tax revenues as have been, or would be, allocated by the governments of the United States and of the several States to “the Militia of the several States” when they were “employed in the Service of the United States”.[65] But, in keeping with constitutional principles of “well regulated Militia”, the necessary funds could also—and should preferably—be drawn from those members of “the unorganized militia” who, although not called forth for active service, could be required to subsidize their fellow militiamen’s activities, these fees being the quid pro quo for their exemptions from the active service otherwise incumbent upon them.[66]

A simple example demonstrates the practicality of the latter approach: As of this writing, in Virginia the total number of males and females of ages 18 through 45 in households, who would qualify in principle for “the unorganized militia”, is approximately 2,816,000. Subtracting (say) ten percent of these who would be ineligible for any service in practice due to some serious disability leaves 2,534,400. Subtracting the 1,000 called forth for active duty leaves 2,533,400. Were each of these remaining individuals required to pay a fee of merely $20 for an annual exemption from active duty under the President’s call, “the unorganized militia” in Virginia would have available a yearly renewable fund of $50,668,000. Allocated amongst the 1,000 citizens who were drafted into, or who volunteered for, active duty, this would provide $50,668 per capita per annum—certainly an amount sufficient to support each such individual for that length of time.[67] (Of course, it could also be expected that not a few members of “the unorganized militia” especially qualified and eager to participate in an investigation of the 9-11 Event would be willing and able to provide their services without an expectation of full compensation, given the importance of the task at hand.)

4- Both exposure of the 9-11 Event and revitalization of “the Militia of the several States” would be well served by cultivating a symbiotic relationship between the two.

As just explained, “the Militia of the several States” could materially assist in the final solution of the 9-11 Event—indeed, they are arguably the only institutions capable of doing so to the requisite degree under present conditions. And that particular employment of the Militia could materially assist the Militia to reassert their rightful position of authority throughout America’s federal system.

Today, “the Militia of the several States” are “the orphan children” in that system—primarily because the very last thing “the shadow government” wants is for the American people even to recognize their constitutional authority “to execute the Laws of the Union” (and the laws of the States, as well), let alone to exercise that authority under circumstances in which the members of “the shadow government” would become the ultimate targets. Fear of the great mass of ordinary Americans caused “the shadow government” at the turn of the Twentieth Century to invent the oxymoronic and anti-constitutional fantasy of “the unorganized militia” in the first place, just as it causes “the shadow government” today not only to perpetuate that fiction but also viciously to denounce, defame, and politically marginalize anyone and everyone who dares to advocate the revitalization of the properly organized—and thus fully empowered—Militia which the Constitution requires. For an “unorganized militia” could hardly “execute the Laws” unless and until in one way or another it became “organized”, which (in the absence of an immediately pre-revolutionary state of affairs[68]) would necessitate the action of some high public official (such as a patriotic President or State’s Governor) not beholden to or cowed by “the shadow government”. In addition, even a patriotic and independent President would need to put forward some urgent and notable reason to call forth “the unorganized militia” from amongst a population largely unfamiliar with the constitutional place, purpose, and practical rôle of “the Militia of the several States” as America’s ultimate law-enforcement agencies.

Although many justifications now exist for calling forth “the Militia of the several States”,[69] the need for a thoroughgoing and transparent inquiry into the 9-11 Event may be the single issue which is being sufficiently developed and publicized to catch the public’s attention and inspire large numbers of ordinary Americans to take action. Once enough people realize the necessity for such an investigation, they can be convinced that the success of that undertaking demands the participation of the Militia.

None of this can ever take place, however, unless and until those who advocate complete examination and exposure of the 9-11 Event realize that they can never succeed in their endeavor without the assistance of the Militia. To be sure, along with millions of other Americans who have been subjected to relentless brainwashing by “the mainstream media” over the last several decades, they may be leery of advocating anything even tangentially connected with the noun “militia”, lest they be rhetorically brutalized as dangerous “extremists” who advocate measures beyond the pale marked out by the surveyors of “political correctness”. Yet how could those who reject the official conspiracy theory of the 9-11 Event and call for an honest and competent investigation be derided as any more “extreme” than they already are by the media, simply because they proposed the involvement in such an inquiry of the Militia, the only governmental establishments to which the Constitution explicitly delegates the authority and responsibility “to execute the Laws of the Union”? Are those laws never to be enforced at all (as they have not been enforced to date) with respect to the 9-11 Event? Or are they not to be enforced specifically by the Militia, even though enforcement by the Militia is likely the only efficacious means for their enforcement? And which, after all, requires more courage: to point out the glaring falsity of the official conspiracy theory of the 9-11 Event, with all that implies as to the criminal character of the originators of and subsequent apologists for that concoction; or, in the search for the truth of the matter, to demand the employment of the statutes described above, which have been on the books in one form or another for over a hundred or even two hundred years, and which obviously apply in spades to the complex of issues surrounding the 9-11 Event as if they had been enacted just yesterday?

5- Enlisting “the Militia of the several States” in the investigation of the 9-11 Event will begin the process of restoring “the security of a free State” throughout America.

The official conspiracy theory of the 9-11 Event has rationalized numerous actions by public officials which have systematically undermined “the security of a free State” everywhere within this country—and not as a matter of unintended consequences, either.[70] The Constitution identifies as “necessary to the security of a free State” only a single institution: namely, “[a] well regulated Militia”.[71] Therefore, if examination of and exposure of the truth about the 9-11 Event are, in their own way, fully to serve the purpose of restoring “the security of a free State” in the full constitutional sense of that phrase, they should—indeed, they must—employ the Militia.

Calling forth the Militia “to execute the Laws of the Union” with respect to the 9-11 Event will constitute a precedent for their employment too conspicuous for “the mainstream media” to disregard and too efficacious for them to gainsay. Once the Militia have proven themselves invaluable in that endeavor, they will be recognized by every patriotic American as no less useful with respect to other issues as well. Thus, the final solution of the mystery cloaking the 9-11 Event through the intervention of the Militia will promote the step- by-step restoration of “the security of a free State” across the board. For the Militia are supremely powerful tools which can be employed for scouring out each and every one of the dark, dank, and dirty holes in which rogue public officials have hidden the evidence of every sort of their wrongdoing. Even if in the final analysis only the Shadow knows “what evil lurks in the hearts of men”, the Militia will bring to light whatever evils the minds of such impious men have concocted and their hands have wrought. Only such a veritable lustration of this country through the systematic, thoroughgoing, and uncompromising “execut[ion of] the Laws of the Union” by the Militia can finally ensure fulfillment of the Constitution’s purpose to “establish Justice”[72] with respect, not only to the 9-11 Event, but also to every other complex of criminal iniquity in high places which now plagues America.

© 2019 Edwin Vieira – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Edwin Vieira: edwinvieira@gmail.com

Footnotes:

   1 This situation, of course, is not unique to the 9-11 Event. The same could be, and by many credible investigators has been, maintained with respect to the assassinations of John F. Kennedy, Robert F. Kennedy, and Martin Luther King; to the Oklahoma City Bombing; and to other shocking crimes of national import which have left Americans capable of critical thought in disbelief, disarray, and dismay.

   2 It could even be charged that these anomalies represent outright malfeasance: namely, a cynically calculated refusal on the part of most of the press to perform the duty inherent in the Constitution’s guarantee of “freedom * * * of the press” to investigate and expose wrongdoing by public officials. See U.S. Const. amend. I. After all, it would be absurd to construe the Constitution as protecting “freedom * * * of the press” so that the press could collude with rogue officials in order to deceive and delude the public in aid of those officials’ misbehavior. Indeed, these anomalies could very well evidence the complicity of segments of the press in the real conspiracy underlying the 9-11 Event—as perhaps exemplified by the BCC’s televised on-the-scene report of the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7 long before it occurred or any innocent party could have known that it would occur.

   3 See U.S. Const. art. IV, § 4.

   4 Chisholm v. Georgia, 2 U.S. (2 Dallas) 419, 457 (1793) (opinion of Wilson, J.).

   5 As the Declaration of Independence asserts, under “the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God” “Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed”. The people cannot consent to public officials’ refusals to exercise the “just powers” delegated to them, let alone acquiesce in rogue officials’ claims to exercise “unjust powers” which the people are incapable of delegating in the first place. And, under the Constitution, no public official can assert a personal license either to disregard the “just powers” delegated to him or to arrogate “unjust powers” to himself, because no public official is the source of any real or imaginary governmental power, “just” or “unjust”. Rather, “We the People of the United States * * * do ordain and establish th[e] Constitution”—not just once upon a time in the distant past, but, as the present tense of the verb “do” indicates, even today and every day hereafter as well. U.S. Const. preamble.

   6 U.S. Const. amend. I.

   7 The real conspiracy which brought about the destruction at the World Trade Center did not end when the clouds of toxic debris that spewed forth from the demolished buildings finally settled. It has continued and will continue, to this very day and into the indefinite future, in the form of a cover-up both extensive and intensive, designed to throw the dust of disinformation into Americans’ eyes in order to prevent them from ever discovering what really happened and who was to blame. For such a cover-up to have been effective for so long, though, untold numbers of rogue public officials must have participated in one way, to one degree, and for one reason or another—whether knowingly and willfully, through willful blindness, or as the result of reckless disregard of the facts. Skeptics may ask how all of these people could have been expected to hold their tongues for so long? The answer is plain enough. Even if not planned from the very beginning, the cover-up immediately became an integral part of the original conspiracy, and transformed the conspiracy which might have ended with the actual 9-11 attack into a continuing conspiracy for which no statute of limitations will ever toll as long as the cover-up goes on. Through their participation in the cover-up these rogue officials allied with the original conspirators and thus rendered themselves answerable for each and every one of the crimes committed by those villains in the course of both the cover-up and the underlying conspiracy, including the murders of several thousand Americans. Self-evidently, these murders deprived the victims of their fundamental constitutional rights to life itself. So all of the malefactors, whether in public office or private station, or whether complicitous in the original conspiracy or only in the cover-up, are liable to prosecution under (for example) 18 U.S.C. § 241, which provides (in pertinent part) that “[i]f two or more persons conspire to injure * * * any person in any State * * * in the free exercise or enjoyment of any right * * * secured to him by the Constitution or laws of the United States, * * * if death results from the acts committed * * * they shall be fined * * * or imprisoned for any term of years or for life, or both, or may be sentenced to death”. Therefore, unless he could secure immunity by agreeing to testify as a witness for the prosecution, no participant in the cover-up would ever be likely to speak up (even were he not afraid of being assassinated by some arm of the conspiracy as soon as he attempted to make such a deal).

   8 The FBI’s recent scandalous refusal to recommend criminal prosecution of Mrs. Hillary Clinton for her alleged mishandling of classified information during her tenure as Secretary of State provides an example of the problem of having to depend upon the investigators to investigate themselves almost trivial in comparison to the 9-11 Event.

   9 Ideally, this official should also be a person imbued with courage, integrity, determination, and no little intelligence. But none of those characteristics will be of much moment if the one who exhibits them does not occupy an official position possessed of sufficient legal and political power to compel obedience to his directives.

   10 To some extent, the tasks proposed here for the President could be undertaken by the Governors in those States which were directly affected by the 9-11 Event. That, however, would provide at best only a partial and disjointed solution.

In addition, this study refers specifically to “the next President of the United States” (rather than indefinitely to “some future President”), because time is rapidly running out—not only for exposure of the miscreants responsible for the 9-11 Event, but also for restoration of constitutional government in this country, the foundations of which the 9-11 Event and its sequelae have undermined to near the point of collapse.

   11 U.S. Const. art. II, § 1, cl. 7.

   12 U.S. Const. art. II, § 3.

   13 U.S. Const. art. II, § 2, cl. 1.

   14 U.S. Const. art. I, § 8, cl. 15.

   15 See U.S. Const. art. II, § 2, cl. 2.

   16 For a general introduction to the concept of “state crimes against democracy”, see the articles collected in American Behavioral Scientist, Volume 53, Number 6 (February 2010).

   17 See, e.g., 18 U.S.C. §§ 1001, 1505, 1512, 1513, 1515, and 2071.

   18 U.S. Const. art. II, § 3.

   19 U.S. Const. art. I, § 8, cl. 15.

   20 U.S. Const. art. II, § 2, cl. 1.

   21 U.S. Const. amend. II.

   22 History has made this “necess[ity]” manifest. For both the regular Armed Forces and the national-security bureaucracy erected since World War II proved themselves incompetent to prevent the 9-11 Event. And neither Congress, nor the Judiciary, nor any President to date has demonstrated either the willingness or the ability to investigate the matter to the degree its seriousness warrants.

   23 U.S. Const. art. I, § 8, cl. 15.

   24 Compare U.S. Const. art. I, § 8, cls. 12 through 14 (“Armies”, “a Navy”, and “the land and naval Forces”) with cl. 18. This rationale would perhaps not be controversial as applied to armed “Insurrections” and actual “Invasions”. But it would incur justifiable disagreement with respect to general “execut[ion of] the Laws of the Union”. For one of the charges the Declaration of Independence lodged against King George III was that “[h]e has affected to render the Military independent of and superior to the Civil power”. Being in the final analysis a product of the Declaration, the Constitution surely does not license Congress to permit America’s Armed Forces to exercise anything akin to the same abusive authority which this country’s Founders put forward as a justification for the War of Independence.

   25 See generally Edwin Vieira, Jr., Constitutional “Homeland Security”, Volume Three, By Tyranny Out of Necessity: The Bastardy of “Martial Law” (Ashland, Ohio: Bookmasters, Inc., Revised & Expanded Second Edition, 2014, 2016).

   26 U.S. Const. amend. II.

   27 See Edwin Vieira, Jr., Constitutional “Homeland Security”, Volume Two, The Sword and Sovereignty: The Constitutional Principles of “the Militia of the Several States” (Front Royal, Virginia: CD-ROM Edition, 2012), Chapters Four, Fifteen, and Thirty-one.

   28 See U.S. Const. art. I, § 8, cl. 16 (the Constitution “reserv[es] to the States respectively, the Appointment of the Officers [in the Militia]”) and amend. X (“[t]he powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively * * * ”). What the Constitution explicitly “reserve[s] to the States” cannot conceivably be “delegated to the United States”.

   29 See Gilligan v. Morgan, 413 U.S. 1, 5-12 (1973).

   30 See E. Vieira, Jr., The Sword and Sovereignty, ante note 27, Chapters Five, Sixteen, and Thirty-five.

   31 U.S. Const. art. I, § 8, cl. 15.

   32 U.S. Const. art. II, § 2, cl. 1.

   33 An Act to provide for calling forth the Militia to execute the laws of the Union, suppress insurrections and repel invasions, Act of 2 May 1792, Chap. XXVIII, § 2, 1 Stat. 264, 264.

   34 An Act to provide for calling forth the Militia to execute the laws of the Union, suppress insurrections, and repel invasions; and to repeal the Act now in force for those purposes, Act of 28 February 1795, Chap. XXXVI, § 2, 1 Stat. 424, 424. Note that this statute, in contradistinction to its predecessor, imposed no time-limits on the President’s deployment of the Militia. This set the pattern for all future legislation on the subject.

   35 An Act authorizing the employment of the land and naval forces of the United States, in cases of insurrections, Act of 3 March 1807, Chap. XXXIX, 2 Stat. 443, 443.

   36 An Act to provide for the Suppression of Rebellion against and Resistance to the Laws of the United States, and to amend the Act entitled “An Act to provide for calling forth the Militia to execute the Laws of the Union,” &c., passed February twenty-eight, seventeen hundred and ninety-five, Act of 29 July 1861, Chap. XXV, 12 Stat. 281, 281; later substantially incorporated in Revised Statutes of the United States (1873-1874), TITLE LXIX, insurrection, § 5298, 18 Stat. 1029, 1029.

   37 10 U.S.C. § 252. As to “the armed forces”, this statute is an exception to the so-called “posse comitatus act”. 18 U.S.C. § 1385, originally An act making appropriations for the support of the Army for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-nine, and for other purposes, Act of 18 June 1878, chap. 263, § 15, 120 Stat. 145, 142.

   38 U.S. Const. amend. XIV, §§ 1 and 5.

   39 10 U.S.C. § 253. This is also an exception to “the posse comitatus act”. See 18 U.S.C. § 1385.

   40 Various lists of plausible suspects, of course, have been compiled in unofficial studies. See, e.g., Kevin Robert Ryan, Another Nineteen: Investigating Legitimate 9/11 Suspects (Microbloom, 2013).

   41 See generally Edwin Vieira, Jr., Constitutional “Homeland Security”, Volume Three, By Tyranny Out of Necessity: The Bastardy of “Martial Law” (Ashland, Ohio: Bookmasters, Inc., Revised & Expanded Second Edition, 2014, 2016).

   42 An Act more effectually to provide for the National Defence by establishing an Uniform Militia throughout the United States, Act of 8 May 1792, Chap. XXXIII, § 1, 1 Stat. 271, 271.

   43 Congress put forth this definition, of course, for the sole purpose of identifying whom it had decided the United States was entitled and needed to “call forth[ ]” to perform one or more of the three functions the Constitution stipulates for the Militia “when called into the actual Service of the United States”. See U.S. Const. art. I, § 8, cls. 15 and 16, and art. II, § 2, cl. 1. This was a sufficient statutory definition for Congress’s purpose at the time; but it did not, because it could not, purport to define constitutionally the total possible enrollment of the Militia for that or any other time. See Eisner v. Macomber, 252 U.S. 189, 206 (1920). In that or some other statute, Congress could have “provide[d] for calling forth” younger as well as older Americans. Moreover, the several States were then and are today not bound by this or any other Congressional definition with respect to the individuals whom they might call forth in their own Militia for their own purposes not connected with “the actual Service of the United States”.

   44 Revised Statutes of the United States (1873-1874), TITLE XVI, the Militia, § 1625, 18 Stat. 285, 285.

   45 An Act To promote the efficiency of the militia, and for other purposes, Act of 21 January 1903, chap. 196, 32 Stat. 775; An Act To further amend the Act entitled “An Act to promote the efficiency of the Militia, and for other purposes,” approved January twenty-first, nineteen hundred and three, Act of 27 May 1908, chap. 204, 35 Stat. 399; An Act To provide for raising the volunteer forces of the United States in time of actual or threatened war, Act of 25 April 1914, chap. 71, 38 Stat. 347; and An Act For making further and more effectual provision for the national defense, and for other purposes, Act of 3 June 1916, chap. 134, 39 Stat. 166.

   46 10 U.S.C. § 246.

   47 See U.S. Const. art. II, § 2, cl. 1, and art. I, § 8, cls. 16 and 15, respectively (emphases supplied). In the statutory phrase “the militia of the United States”, “militia” is a singular noun, as the singular verb “consists” attests; whereas, in the constitutional phrase “the Militia of the several States”, “Militia” is a plural noun. Compare U.S. Const. art. II, § 2, cl. 1 with art. I, § 8, cls. 15 and 16, especially cl. 16 (“such Part of them”). Furthermore, a true “militia of the United States” would always be subject to the control of the United States, in the same manner as are “the Army and Navy of the United States”; whereas “the Militia of the several States” must be “called into the actual Service of the United States” from their own States before they become subject to the expressly limited power of Congress “[t]o provide * * * for governing such Part of them as may be employed in the Service of the United States”. Compare U.S. Const. art. II, § 2, cl. 1 with art. I, § 8, cl. 16.

   48 See U.S. Const. art. I § 8, cls. 12 and 13, and art. II, § 2, cl. 1..

   49 U.S. Const. art. I, § 10, cl. 3. Although this has largely been forgotten today, it was recognized at the time creation of the National Guard began. See, e.g., Elihu Root, “addresses at the fifth annual convention of the interstate national guard association of the united states, columbus, ohio, may 4, 1903, in THE MILITARY AND COLONIAL POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES, addresses and reports (Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1916), 137, especially at 149. Of course, the true constitutional character of the National Guard is also evident upon the faces of the statutes which created it. See An Act To promote the efficiency of the militia, and for other purposes, Act of 21 January 1903, chap. 196, 32 Stat. 775; An Act To further amend the Act entitled “An Act to promote the efficiency of the Militia, and for other purposes,” approved January twenty-first, nineteen hundred and three, Act of 27 May 1908, chap. 204, 35 Stat. 399; An Act To provide for raising the volunteer forces of the United States in time of actual or threatened war, Act of 25 April 1914, chap. 71, 38 Stat. 347; and An Act For making further and more effectual provision for the national defense, and for other purposes, Act of 3 June 1916,  chap. 134, 39 Stat. 166.

   50 Compare U.S. Const. amend. II with E. Vieira, Jr., ante note 27, Chapters Five, Ten, Sixteen, Twenty-one, Thirty-four, and Thirty-seven.

   51 U.S. Const. art. I, § 8, cl. 16. Self-evidently, the selfsame constitutional provision cannot empower Congress to provide both for the fulfillment of some purpose and for its negation. “The rule of construction of the Constitution being, that affirmative words in the Constitution * * * must be construed negatively as to all other cases.” Ex parte Vallandigham, 68 U.S. (1 Wallace) 243, 252 (1864) (emphasis in the original) (footnote omitted). Accord, Marbury v. Madison, 5 U.S. (1 Cranch) 137, 174 (1803); and Cohens v. Virginia, 19 U.S. (6 Wheaton) 264, 394-395 (1821).

   52 See Edwin Vieira, Jr., Constitutional “Homeland Security”, Volume One, The Nation in Arms (Ashland, Ohio: Bookmasters, Inc., 2007), at 50-54.

   53 See U.S. Const. art. I, § 8, cl. 16 (emphasis supplied): The Constitution delegates to Congress the power “[t]o provide * * * for governing such Part of them [i.e., the Militia] as may be employed in the Service of the United States”. And the statutes leave to the President the discretion to employ such “Part of them” as he deems necessary and proper under the circumstances then extant.

   54 This assumes, of course, that these “any other means” may themselves be constitutionally and statutorily employed for that purpose.

   55 Contrast U.S. Const. art. I, § 8, cl. 15 with cls. 12 and 13.

   56 See generally Edwin Vieira, Jr., Constitutional “Homeland Security”, Volume Three, By Tyranny Out of Necessity: The Bastardy of “Martial Law” (Ashland, Ohio: Bookmasters, Inc., Revised & Expanded Second Edition, 2014, 2016).

   57 See 10 U.S.C. § 246(b)(2). See, e.g., Code of Virginia §§ 44-1 and 44-4. Virginia is cited as an example only because the present author happens to live in that Commonwealth. A search of other States’ codes can discover equivalent provisions which equally support the analysis provided here.

   58 See 10 U.S.C. § 252.

   59 See 10 U.S.C. § 253.

   60 See, e.g., Code of Virginia § 44-8.

   61 U.S. Const. art. II, § 2, cl. 1.

   62 See, e.g., Code of Virginia §§ 44-87 and 44-89.

   63 See, e.g., Code of Virginia §§ 44-9; 44-75.1(A)(2) and (7); 44-80; 44-81; 44-86; and 44-87.

   64 See, e.g., Code of Virginia § 44-90. To be sure, the crazy-quilt nature of ostensible “militia” laws extant today in various States’ codes would not preclude the possibility of peculiar situations arising under those laws. For example, Code of Virginia § 44-54.4 establishes “[t]he Virginia Defense Force with a targeted membership of at least 1,200”. It further provides that, “[w]hen called to active duty, the mission of the Virginia Defense Force shall be to * * * provide a military force to respond to the call of the Governor in those circumstances described in [Code of Virginia] § 44-75.1”. The latter section of the Code would authorize the Governor to call forth “the unorganized militia” in response to a directive from the President under 10 U.S.C. §§ 252 or 253 or both. Nonetheless, Code of Virginia § 44-54.4 also mandates that “[n]othing in this article shall be construed as authorizing the Virginia Defense Force or any part thereof to be called, ordered, or in any manner drafted by federal authorities into the military service of the United States”. And Code of Virginia § 44-88 directs that, “[w]henever the Governor orders out the unorganized militia or any part thereof, it shall be incorporated into the Virginia Defense Force until relieved from service”. So, were the President to order the Governor to call forth “the unorganized militia”, the latter two statutes would supposedly prevent the individuals called forth from being employed in the service of the United States for which they were called forth! Obviously, though, the apparent conflict between 10 U.S.C. §§ 252 and 253, on the one hand, and Code of Virginia §§ 44-54.4 and 44-88, on the other hand, must be resolved in favor of the former statutes. See U.S. Const. art. VI, cls. 2 and 3.

   65 See, e.g., Code of Virginia §§ 44-11.1(A)(1), 44-14, and 44-76. See generally U.S. Const. art. I, § 8, cl. 1 (“[t]he Congress shall have Power to lay and collect Taxes, Duties, Imposts and Excises, to * * * provide for the common defence * * * of the United States”).

   66 See E. Vieira, Jr., The Sword and Sovereignty, ante note 27, Chapters Eleven, Twenty-two, and Thirty-six. For example, Code of Virginia § 44-5(11) “exempt[s] from military duty under a state call * * * [s]uch * * * persons as may be designated by the Governor in the best interests of the public and of the Commonwealth”. In coöperation with the President, the Governor could determine that it would be “in the best interests of the public and of the Commonwealth” to exempt all persons eligible for “duty under a state call”, other than the 1,000 who volunteered or were specially selected, if those to be exempted paid a fixed fee for that privilege.

   67 Alternatively, it might be considered equitable to pay each Militiaman an amount approximating the regular income from the private employment he would have to forego as the consequence of his service. In that event, some Militiamen might be paid more, some less, than the average amount calculated in the text. Moreover, if an exemption fee of $20 per capita proved insufficient, the toll could easily be raised to $40 or $60. What patriot could complain that an exaction of $60 per annum was “too much” to pay to bring the perpetrators of the 9-11 Event to justice, howsoever belatedly?

   68 See E. Vieira, Jr., The Sword and Sovereignty, ante note 27, Chapter Twenty-one, Part J.

   69 See, e.g., id., Chapter Forty-two, Part E.

   70 See, e.g., id., Chapter Forty-eight, and Edwin Vieira, Jr., Constitutional “Homeland Security”, Volume Three, By Tyranny Out of Necessity: The Bastardy of “Martial Law” (Ashland, Ohio: Bookmasters, Inc., Revised & Expanded Second Edition, 2014, 2016).

   71 U.S. Const. amend. II.

   72 U.S. Const. preamble.




All Aboard Trump Train 2020

Lloyd Marcus

Hello America. The recording session for my Trump Train 2020 song could not have gone better. If you remember, my music producer is based in Baltimore. I asked him to gather singers to form a choir for the recording of the song. He reported back to me that all the singers he knows do not support Trump or are passionately against him. This prompted me to launch a clarion call for pro-America/pro-Trump singers. The response was tremendous.

Saturday, September 7, 2019, singers from Pennsylvania, Maryland, Delaware, West Virginia and Florida trekked to Blue House Productions recording studio in Silver Spring Maryland to record the Trump Train 2020 song by Lloyd Marcus.

The singers were an enthusiastic racially diverse choir ranging from age 14 to mid 70s. It was thrilling to have teenagers who have not drunk fake news medias’ anti-Trump Kool-Aid performing on the recording. Everyone was happy, upbeat and excited about contributing to the reelection of our president; keeping America great!

Despite the singers being strangers meeting for the first time, the recording session felt like a family reunion. Everyone was on one accord.

My brother Jerry Marcus arrived for the recording session wearing his Rush Limbaugh “Stand Up for Betsy Ross” t-shirt. Before we began recording, I asked everyone to join hands as Jerry lead us in a prayer for the recording session, our country and our president. Jerry’s prayer set the perfect tone.

The recording session was fantastic! I shared the finished mix of the song with a promoter. She said you can feel the joy and unity in the singer’s voices. I cannot hardly wait for y’all to hear it. You will hear the Trump Train 2020 song in the soon to be released music video.

Conservative radio talk show host Rush Limbaugh said he is seeing signs of some on our side becoming weary of fake news medias’ relentless negative reporting about Trump. They foolishly believe Trump should be less confrontational in hope that the media will be fair to him.

Some on our side still do not understand that progressives are repulsed by Trump’s mission to make America great again. Thank God Trump is in the ring punching it out with Democrats, fake news media, Hollywood and RINOs to achieve what is best for America.

After our awesome recording session, my wife Mary and I arrived back to our hotel room extremely grateful and exhausted. I turned on the TV and flipped through the channels. MSNBC and CNN were engaged in their 24/7 hateful lie-filled reporting about Trump. Unbelievable.

This confirmed the importance of my Trump Train 2020 song, spreading the truth about our courageous president. God turned the negative circumstance of not being able to find local singers supportive of Trump into an opportunity for true patriots to lend their voices for the good of our country.

I wish to publicly thank all my Trump Train 2020 singers who came from far and wide. I love you guys!

© 2019 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Lloyd Marcus The Unhyphenated American
http://LloydMarcus.com




Assimilation or Disintegration of America: A Sobering Look at Our Country’s Uncertain Future

Frosty Wooldridge

Part 1: Overloading America with immigrants from an ever-growing line from around the world.

As I traveled throughout 40 states of America this summer, and over 20 of her major cities, the American people lack any clue as to the rapid transformation of this country into a polyglot of cultures, languages and conflicting religions—-brought about by endless immigration of over 1.7 million legal and illegal immigrants, annually.

This summer, as reported by Dr. Wayne Lutton, “Hundreds of protesters gathered at the Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) detention facility in Aurora, Colorado (suburb of Denver). They tore down the U.S. flag flying at this federal agency where illegal aliens are being held, and replaced it with the Mexican flag. “Abolish ICE” was spray painted by other demonstrators.

“As Gloria Precht, one of the many critical commentators posted at Denver CBS Channel 4, wrote, “This is why you need to leave…replacing the U.S. flag with the Mexican flag shows that you are not willing to assimilate into our country and follow our laws.”

Vincent Ardizzone also commented, “So, let me get this straight. They wave the flag of the country they’re seeking asylum from?”

Colorado’s Democratic Governor Jared Polis loudly protested against plans by the Trump Administration to deport illegals facing deportation orders that had been planned for Denver and nine other cities, starting on July 14, 2019. Governor Jared Polis charged that these efforts to finally enforce the law represented “another failure of leadership”…and was “creating uncertainty and fear.”

One might suggest that criminals should be made to feel “uncertainty and fear” and encouraged to stop their illegal activity. In the case of illegal aliens, this would include leaving this country and going home to their native lands.

Lutton said, “In our Nation’s Capital, a Sanctuary City, the Washington, D.C. Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) issued statements and a video, in eight languages (Arabic, Amharic, Japanese, Korean, Mandarin, Vietnamese, French, and Spanish), reiterating that D.C. Metropolitan Police officers “are prohibited from asking about residency/immigration status. Our immigrant community is a vital part of the fabric of our city…MPD has a long-standing policy that prohibits police officers from asking about citizenship or residency status to determine whether an individual is undocumented.”

In reality, illegal aliens formed the largest drug distribution network in America. They birth children that American taxpayers must pay K-12, breakfasts and lunches, and medical care. Also, illegals displace our poorest workers from housing and jobs. Illegals don’t pay taxes, but do forge ID’s and drive without licenses or insurance. They also send $120 billion in cash transfers back to their own countries annually, thus bleeding America of needed monetary funds.

“Diversity within a nation destroys unity and leads to civil wars,” said social scientist Garret Hardin. “Immigration, a benefit during the youth of a nation, can act as a disease in its mature state. Too much internal diversity in large nations has led to violence and disintegration. We are now in the process of destabilizing our own country. The magic words of destabilizers are ‘diversity’ and ‘multiculturalism’.”

Writer James Kirkpatrick said, “Yet the real question is whether America is going to be a country at all. If America is to be a country, there need to be incentives in place for people to identify as Americans. These include making English the official language, establishing equal treatment under the law, and imposing an immigration moratorium to facilitate assimilation.”

Without assimilation, America cannot and will not continue as an intact culture or viable society.

“Any culture that will not defend itself against displacement through mass immigration faces extinction. That includes both time-tested and successful cultures. Embracing diversity results in cultural suicide. America’s multicultural path guarantees its destruction via cultural clashes and conflict with Islam, Mexican and African cultures that diametrically oppose American culture. The more diverse a country, the more destructive and broken-down its future. The more people, the more it destroys its quality of life and standard of living. The more it adds immigrants, the more destruction to its environment. The more it imports refugees, the faster America, Canada, Europe and Australia lose their own ability to function and worse, their identities. Exponential growth of any civilization leads to ultimate collapse. You see it in Africa, India and China today. You will see it in Europe, Canada, Australia and America in the coming years, “IF” Western countries don’t stop all forms of immigration.”

Anyone with the least bit of curiosity who elected Omar need only watch this video taken at the Mall of America in Bloomington, Minnesota. —-> It’s a total Muslim take-over:

As an American, how does that statement feel? I talked to one of my neighbors last week, and described how Muslims dominate Minneapolis and Detroit with overwhelming immigrant numbers. Jerry said, “I had no idea.” That’s correct. My neighbor mirrors most Americans in their total cluelessness of what’s happening in our country.

“Immigrants devoted to their own cultures and religions are not influenced by the secular politically correct façade that dominates academia, news-media, entertainment, education, religious and political thinking today,” said James Walsh, former Associate General Counsel of the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service. “They claim the right not to assimilate, and the day is coming when the question will be how can the United States regulate the defiantly unassimilated cultures, religions and mores of foreign lands? Such immigrants say their traditions trump the U.S. legal system. Balkanization of the United States has begun.”

Do you understand that our U.S. Congress continues to import 1.7 million immigrants annually, and those immigrants and their birthrates will add 140 million more people by 2050—a scant 31 years from now?

What do we need to do as American citizens?

1- We need to push our representatives to rescind the 1965 Immigration Reform Act.
2- We need to stop all immigration for 20 years and longer. We don’t need any more immigrants.
3- We need to stop all “anchor baby” birthright citizenship for 300,000 pregnant mothers who violate our borders to birth a baby on our soil, and we pay for it.
4- We need to stop all “diversity visas” for 50,000 third world people annually, who arrive without education, skills, English or cultural compatibility.

These two videos show you what we face, not “if” but “when.”

If you look at these two videos, you will see exactly what I am speaking about:

“Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!” www.NumbersUSA.org

[YouTube Video]

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Is There Anything The Democrats Won’t Ban?, Part 1

Roger Anghis

The Democrat Party has always been the party of control.  They demanded control over the lives of slaves.  When slavery was abolished after the Civil War, they still tried to control blacks with the establishing of the Klu Klux Klan which, through intimidation, threats of death and many other tactics, they were able to control what the black community did.  The ultimate purpose was to ban blacks the right to the freedoms we all have the right to.

Democrats/liberal/socialist look at life different that real people do.  They believe that their ideology is superior to all others.  Willian F Buckley Jr. once said that democrats don’t mind other opinions but are shocked when one is brought forth.  If they don’t like guns then they believe that they should be banned.  If a conservative doesn’t like guns, he doesn’t buy one.  If a democrat believes in abortion, they demand the government pay for it.  If a conservative doesn’t believe in abortion, they don’t get one.  Democrats believe their ideas are so good there should be laws in place to enforce them.

We hear all the time that ‘Democrats don’t want to ban guns.’, which is a lie straight out of hell.  Hillary stated in the 2016 presidential campaign that she wants to “abolish the Second Amendment.”[1] Think about that.  If the 2nd Amendment is abolished there is no protection for the gun owners.  But what is seen in the Democrat party as a whole is even more disturbing. When pro-gun control advocates tell you they don’t want to take your guns, they actually want to take your guns.

At least, that’s the key takeaway from a YouGov survey released this week, which shows a significant number of self-identified Democratic respondents support the idea of total gun confiscation.

The poll, which was conducted between Feb. 25 and 27 and has a margin of error for registered voters of plus or minus 2.9 percentage points, surveyed 1,500 adults.

Of that number, YouGov found that 73 percent of self-identified Democrats “strongly” favor banning semi-automatic firearms. The survey found that an additional nine percent “somewhat” favor a ban of that sort.

Translation: 82 percent of surveyed Democrats say they favor a ban on semi-automatics, which would include not just rifles like the one used in the Feb. 14 Parkland massacre, which claimed the lives of 17 people, but also most handguns.[2]  Always remember that ALL nations that have confiscated the guns of the populous always came against the people with force and the citizens had no means of defense.  Here’s a history of what happens after governments have disarmed their citizens:

1911 – Turkey disarmed its citizens, and between 1915 – 1917 they murdered 1.5 million Armenians.

1929 – Russia disarmed its citizens, and between 1929 – 1953 they murdered 20 million Russians.

1935 – China disarmed its citizens, and between 1948 – 1952 they murdered 20 million Chinese.

1938 – Germany disarmed its citizens, and between 1939 – 1945 they murdered 16 million Jews.

1956 – Cambodia disarmed its citizens, and between 1975 – 1977 they murdered 1 million Educated people.

1964 – Guatemala disarmed its citizens, and between 1964 – 1981 they murdered 100,000 Mayan Indians.

1970 – Uganda disarmed its citizens, and between 1971 – 1979 they murdered 300,000 Christians.

[Editor: You can argue about the numbers, but the point here is that disarmed citizens are vulnerable and that there are many historical examples of disarmed citizens being killed and oppressed by their own government. The excuse given by authorities that they need to take guns away from citizens in order to lower crime rates is not supported by facts. Even if a government does not turn on its own citizens after disarming them, people are less safe – because unarmed citizens are easy targets to criminals. Over and over again, it has been clearly shown that taking guns away from citizens does not lead to a decrease in crime but rather a dramatic increase.]

Australia has disarmed its citizens, and a year later the homicide rate in the largest province is up 300%. The burglaries of seniors are “dramatically” up.

I guess the criminals did not turn their weapons in. Only the innocent law-abiding citizens turned in weapons.

In US cities with the highest crime rates, taking guns away from the citizens has not lowered the homicide rate. All it has done is to make it easier for criminals to operate.[3]

If you think the Democrats will be any different, you’re a fool’s fool.

We all know the idiocy of banning plastic straws.  In California, you can get your Starbucks iced coffee in a big plastic cup and a paper straw.  Sometimes you have to wonder just how far up their butts’ democrats have stuck their heads. Remember in 2012 New York City’s Mayor Bloomberg banned the sale of more than 16 ounces of pop.[4] Drinking a lot of pop is not good for you but just when was the government given the right to control that? I never saw that on the ballot.  Here’s a thought, make the pop healthier.  Just sayin’.

They also want to ban the plastic sack. I think they have this thing against plastic.  Just curious though as to why, if the plastic is so bad, was nothing said about all the plastic bottles of water that were bought in preparation for hurricane Dorian?  Just trying to understand their logic here.

Democrat/socialists even want toy guns banned!  It is now politically incorrect to play cowboys and Indians, er, Indigenous American Natives.  In the Ohio House, Democratic State Rep. Bill Patmon of Cleveland introduced House Bill 119, making it illegal to manufacture, sell or display toy guns. The ban would apply to any toy gun that a “reasonable person” could confuse with a real one and comes with a possible $1,000 fine and up to 180 days in jail. An earlier bill was introduced in Ohio requiring some fake guns to be brightly colored. That bill hasn’t moved forward and Rep. Patmon has said it doesn’t go far enough.[5]  I find it hard to understand just when the Democrats adopted the concept of the book 1984.  They are so adamant about demanding that their ideals and theirs only be not just accepted by all but theirs should be the only ideals allowed to be talked about.  We see this on college campuses that violently protest any conservative speaker that comes in.  Remember the protests at Berkley in the 1960s? They demanded ‘every voice be heard’.  Now they protest that only their voice be heard.

The policies that the democrat/socialists tout have always failed and when implemented they have destroyed the nation in the process.  That is our future with democrat/socialist ‘leadership’.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. Hillary gun rights she wants abolish second amendment
  2. Survey: majority of democrats want to ban semi automatics half want to ban all guns
  3. What happens when governments disarm their citizens
  4. 13-things-liberals-want-to-ban/?page=2
  5. 13-things-liberals-want-to-ban/?page=4



Keep The City

Michael Heath

Except the Lord build the house, they labour in vain that build it: except the Lord keep the city, the watchman waketh but in vain. — Psalm 127:1

I thought displaying a copy of the Ten Commandments would be a good idea.  That idea occurred to me when I was a lobbyist for the Christian Civic League of Maine.  It was probably Roy Moore’s laudable efforts in Alabama that inspired the thought.

Another source for the inspiration was a plaque in the Maine State House.  It is not large.  Bronze.  It is affixed to the wall in the Hall of Flags.  The Governor’s office is nearby.  It stands guard over the landing of the grand stair case to the floor where laws are created by elected representatives.

I can’t remember the occasion for the creation of the plaque.  If memory serves it was placed there in 1923.

Engraved at the bottom of the plaque are the words of the Psalm quoted above.

Imagine.

A demoncrat observed recently that the Bill of Rights couldn’t be approved today.  I think he thought that was a good thing.  There’s no doubt in my mind that pastors would be the first to object to that scripture verse being engraved on a Bronze plaque in the State House of any capitol building in America.  The Supreme Court would probably have the pastor’s backs if a lawsuit ever made it to them.

My how things have changed in just a short century in the good ole USA.  It’s funny to me that we still have a religious national motto, “In God We Trust.”  Right.

The essential idea in that motto now is not being allowed to even discuss in polite company who that God might be.  Liberals seem to want him to be Allah.  Conservatives don’t really care as long as He can be bought and paid for with dollar bills.

I’m not cynical.  This is truth.  And you know it.  Stop pretending that there is any part of Christianity influencing the powers that be.

On my LIVE show this morning we’ll be discussing the Catholic Bishop of Buffalo New York.  He is under fire because of open and rampant homosexuality in his priesthood.  I know the man.  I sat in his office over a decade ago in Maine.  He is personable.  I only spent thirty or so minutes with him.

His name is Richard Malone.  My friend Paul Madore will be on the LIVEstream with me.  He is Roman Catholic.  He believes Malone is sincere, and that he is doing the best job he can under impossible circumstances.

I’m not Roman Catholic.  I was forced out of my ministry in Maine.  Part of the reason was the political and public relations driven path of the Roman Catholic Diocese there.  Evangelicals did all they could … and then some … to stop the sodomy juggernaut.  The hierarchy of the Roman Catholic Church did nothing.  They left their flock, and the people of Maine, to the post modernist, God-hating wolves.

And now those wolves are inside Christianity in Maine and the West ripping and tearing — especially when it comes to sexual morality.  Confusion and chaos reign supreme.  Blood is everywhere.

I’m going to show a clip of Malone being grilled by a reporter.  I felt compassion for the leader as I watched the clip.  I’ve been in his shoes as a leader in the fight against sodomy.  I was sand bagged by a television “investigative” reporter just after stopping the sodomites in Maine in 1998.  She made my life, and the management of my ministry, practically impossible for a couple years.  Her name was Christine Young.  She won a prestigious  national investigative journalism award for her “courageous work” uncovering all the dastardly corruption I supervised at the Christian Civic League of Maine.

Everybody knows that homosexuality is a serious problem among priests.  Nobody knows it better than men like Malone.  I’ve never heard or seen evidence that he is himself homosexual.  The failure of the institutions of the West to maintain reasonable legal prohibitions against sex outside of marriage makes it necessary to think such thoughts about leaders like Malone.  The corruption is epidemic.  And no institution is immune.

The forces working overtime for the destruction of western civilization are full of glee. Their master, old Beelzebub himself, is laughing all the way to the bank. Not the bank that is full of worthless dollar bills.  The eternal bank that is measured by the souls of men.

So what do we do about this lack of faith.  Easy.  We take up our cross everyday and we live out the gospel.  If your marriage is broken stop wallowing.  Repent and move on.  Stop making excuses for your failures as a parent or whatever.  You know what is right.  DO IT!

Honestly, this isn’t rocket science.  And this isn’t the first time in the history of the world that Satan has gained the upper hand.  He is always pushed back by the same force in the world — God’s Holy Spirit.  If you don’t know who He is then go to Church.  Read your Bible.  Do your Bible!

It’s long … long past time for Christians to decide to live like Christians in the United States of America.

© 2019 Michael Heath – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Heath: mike@michaelheath.org




The Corporation: A Peculiar Institution

Servando Gonzales

Big mega corporations are a new form of slavery.

People who see corporations as something normal have exactly the same mindset as the people in the 19th Century who saw slavery as a normal, legitimate and just “peculiar” institution, far different from the very harsh slave systems existing in other countries, and that southern slavery had no impact on those living in northern states.

Nevertheless, even perfunctory analyses of the way corporations operate and how they affect society show that corporations should be banned for the same reason slavery was banned. Actually, corporations have become nothing but a modern, more efficient form of slavery.

Though, as the result of some legal chicanery, for some purposes they are considered people, corporations have no soul. Moreover, they have no ethics, principles or morals. Despite claims on the contrary they usually make in their institutional advertising, the only purpose of a corporation is to maximize the profits of its shareholders — at any cost.[1]

A film based on Joel Bakan’s book The Corporation: The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power, [2] shows that most corporations exhibit many of the traits of psychopathic behavior, such as:

  • – Callous unconcern for the feelings of others;
  • – Incapacity to maintain enduring relationships;
  • – Reckless disregard for the safety of others; [3]
  • – Deceitfulness: repeated lying and conning of others for profit;
  • – Incapacity to experience guilt;
  • – Failure to conform to social norms with respect to lawful behavior.

Corporations have created a particular sort of mirage. You look around and are tricked to believe that you see hospitals, colleges, department stores, hardware stores, drug factories, airlines, etc., but that is part of the illusion. Ultimately, corporations do not care about the products they make — be it cars, drugs, electronic gadgets, food, books, gas, or airplanes —, much less about their workers or the customers who buy their products. Their only goal is to persuade you to buy their products, disregarding whether or not their products are safe, negatively affect your health or create an addiction. To reach their goals they resort to any type of mind manipulation through advertising that includes falsehood, fabrications, deception, and outright lies, in order to maximize their profits.

Proof that corporations do not care less about their customers is the fact that, to maximize profits, they have outsourced most of the manufacture of their products. But, having solved a short-term problem, they have created a long-term one: they have destroyed the way of living of their own consumers. The direct result of moving production overseas to Mexico, China, and other countries to profit from quasi-slave labor, is that they have deprived most of their working-class customers of their source of income. Currently, 9 out of every 10 products sold by the Walmart corporation are made in China, and 9 out of every 10 Walmart customers is a worker who lost his well-paid job because, to maximize its profits, Walmart does not buy American-made products.

But that is not the only problem corporations pose. Once they become economically powerful they aim for political power as well. Their ultimate goal is to take control of the state, a political system Benito Mussolini called “lo stato corporativo” — the corporate state— another name for Fascism.

Like most things wrong on this planet, the modern corporation is a Rockefeller baby — initially they called it a trust. No wonder critics called the Rockefellers one of the families that have done more damage to the people of the world.

Moreover, contrary to the commonly accepted myth, corporations are anticapitalist. They hate competition — probably the best characteristic of capitalism —, and their goal is to completely eliminate it. It was John D. Rockefeller — not Marx, Lenin or Mao — who said, “Competition is a sin.”

I don’t have any doubts that the owners and executives of some successful companies initially had good intentions. But, once they became powerful corporations, all sense of social conscience vanished. In modern times, transnational corporations have become the most useful cover to commit crimes against humanity. Corporations such as I.G. Farben, Monsanto and BP are not the exception, but the rule. The worst part of it is that they are committing these crimes with total impunity, and they know it.

While some activities (research, development, marketing, advertising) are still kept at home, 75% of manufacturing activities of most of high tech “American” products have been moved overseas.[4] This has effectively reduced the production costs and enormously raised the profit margin of these corporations.

Some politicians keep repeating the mantra that we need to create conditions to entice corporations to bring back manufacturing jobs to America. In the Washington parlance politicians talk, this means lowering even more the taxes paid by the corporations. But, as General Electric, Amazon and Apple have shown in recent years, big corporations use all the loopholes they have paid the politicians to create in order not to pay taxes. So, there is no way you can lower their taxes even more.

There is, however, a simple, time-tested way to persuade corporations to manufacture their products here: it is called tariffs. That is, imposing import tariffs on products manufactured abroad by American corporations that could have been manufactured here because traditionally they were manufactured in America. This is called economic protectionism and the globalist conspirators at the Council on Foreign Relations hate it.

But, one may argue that here in America we have an economic policy called “Free Trade.” Yes, we do. But the problem with the so-called Free Trade (a good example of semantic deception) policy is that it is not free trade at all.

For example, in 1994 the U.S. signed a Free Trade agreement with Mexico and Canada. It was called the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). According to this agreement, Mexican, Canadian and U.S. merchants can freely trade goods across the borders.

Well, I discovered some years ago that exactly the same prescription drugs that sell for $80 – $90 dollars in the U.S. you could get in Mexico for less than ten bucks. However, if you buy some in Mexico and try to sell then in the U.S. for profit, U.S. Customs officers will confiscate them and may toss you in jail. Obviously, the free trade agreement does not apply equally for everybody. As in Orwell’s Animal Farm, all animals were equal, but some were more equal than others. So, instead of NAFTA, the agreement should have been called NAFTAFCO: North American Free Trade Agreement For Corporations Only.

Outsourcing manufacturing jobs overseas has only slightly lowered the price of some products. It has, though, enormously increased the profit margin for the outsourcing corporations.[5]

If one is to believe U.S. history textbooks, the main cause for the Civil War was slavery: the good, honest, kind, Northerners fighting the evil, dishonest, unkind slave masters in the South. It is difficult to understand, however, how the descendants of the anti-slavery crowd are now passionately helping to maintain slavery around the world. It is even more difficult to understand why so many descendants of slaves now happily have become slaves of the government, the largest U.S. corporation of them all.

Do we need a second Civil War to force the nice, kind, politically-correct American corporations such as Apple to stop using slave workers abroad? Actually we don’t. The solution is peaceful, and is very simple: just stop giving our business to big, monopolistic American-based corporations[6] that manufacture abroad products that traditionally have been made in the U.S.

Boycotting big corporations is not only moral, but also economically advantageous.[7]. For example, if we stop buying Chinese products at Walmart, COSTCO, Kmart and Home Depot, as well as Apple iPhones made by slave workers in China or Nike sneakers made in Vietnam, just to mention the most notorious offenders, either they will be forced to offer products Made in U.S.A. or go out of business.

This option is the best, not only because it doesn’t require any violent revolt, but also because these 800-pound gorillas have made local stores to go out of business. Small stores are owned by local people who spend their money locally, quite contrary to the big stores owned by absentee stockholders of corporations who spend their money in he French Riviera.

The bottom line is that currently America’s worst enemy is not terrorists abroad, much less Russia, but its own mega corporations.

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

  1. Corporation bylaws impose a legal duty on corporate executives to make the largest profits possible for shareholders. If you doubt it, just read about the true causes of Boeing’s ongoing problem with its 737 Max.
  2. Joel Balkan, writer, The Corporation: The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power, Canada,
  3. If you doubt this, just read about Boeing’s ongoing problem with its 737 Max.
  4. The in-flight safety instructions brochure of Boeings 737-700 and 800 informs that the planes had been “assembled in the United States.”
  5. Most of them keep most their operations abroad, don’t pay U.S. taxes, and are American only in name. Moreover, corporations don’t care about the governments they del with. Proof of it is that many American corporations that cover themselves behind a façade of progressivism and liberalism happily deal with China, whose government is one of the most repressive, anti-liberal regime in the world.
  6. A widespread myth used as a pretext for cities to give tax incentives to big corporations is that they create jobs, but that is simply a lie. Less than a year after Ikea opened its huge store in Emeryville, California, most furniture stores in the East Bay went out of business.



Not A Near Death Experience But A Death Experience

Rev. Austin Miles

A favorite preacher, Robert Jeffress, is seen on TBN (Trinity Broadcasting Network) each week.This supporter watches him regularly. However, last Sunday he totally missed the pulpit with his sermon on,So-called NEAR death experiences. In this, with all due respect, Rev. Jeffress is dead wrong…not NEAR death wrong, but DEAD wrong. And this writer can give testimony to prove it. First of all, it happened to me. This will be told later. But first let’s take a look at my first encounter with this phenomenon.

When I was a little boy my family and Kate and John Sheffield were best friends. One weekend the two families decided to go to Kentucky Lake, rent a cabin-cruiser, and spend a happy day on the water. Kate could not swim but felt she would be safe on the boat. While out on the lake, in a totally freak accident, Kate tripped over a barrel and plunged overboard, disappearing into the water.

Knowing she could not swim, we all dove into the water, clothes and all, to find her and bring her up. The water was murky making it difficult to find anything. About 20 minutes went by when one of the divers frantically pointed down to the bottom of the lake where Kate was.lying motionless. We all dove further to be able to reach her and bring her up, which was done with great difficulty. Pulling ourselves onto the boat we put her over a barrel and began pumping her ribs. We did it with all our might….nothing….tried again, again and again…still nothing. Finally one of the family said sadly, “it’s no use…it’s over…she’s gone.”

I do not know why I did this but I said, “No please, it is not over…please push one more time.” Seeing my sincere plea, they pushed one more time….she coughed, and came out of it. When she did, the first thing she said was, “Why did you bring me back, it was so beautiful!:” She told about seeing Jesus who had His hands stretched out toward hers. “And everytime I started to go closer to him,” she said in frustration, “something pulled me back.” That was us trying to bring her back. Kate went on to say, “I wish you would have left things as they were.” She would say that frequently to us. Indeed, she stayed ticked at us for the rest of her life. She really did experience death and glory.

A man in New York suddenly collapsed of a heart attack in New York not far from where I was walking. He was dead. I quickly knelt down and prayed earnestly for him as people gathered around.. He came back and the first thing he did was to cuss us out. When he got to his eternal destination, his little dog was there to greet him with a wagging tail. That little dog, that was so loved by the man, had died a few months earlier. Now the man was happy to spend the rest of eternity with that little dog but we interrupted that idea. My book, God and Animals–What the Bible says about Animals and Heaven, can be found on Amazon, and shows that your pets DO go to heaven with Scriptural proofs.

Then it happened to me. On July 6, 2003 I had a stroke which took place in church near the end of the service. My wife and I drove in seperate cars since I taught an adult Sunday School class in the mornings before service. I told her I needed to get back home, left, went out to the parking lot and foolishly started my car and drove home. When I got there I collapsed. My wife and the Deacon of the church was there shortly. I knew I was dying. However I was breathing the fullest satisfying breaths anyone could take. (My wife saw me ‘gasping for breath’) So what one sees is not necessarily what the loved one is experiencing.

They had rushed into the house. I knew I was dying, but I was not concerned in the least. There was no fear. Indeed I felt more natural than I do writing this account. When I took the last breath I rose up above my body. It did not feel strange in the slightest. I had no desire or need for another breath. Indeed it all felt perfectly natural. I found myself in the very presence of the Heavenly hosts. God revealed everything to me that had puzzled me all my life, things that only He would know. So I knew I was with God.

I could not understand how I was preparing for a movie career in musicals, then went into the army where I was exposed to Mustard Gas which disabled me, meaning I could no longer ride the horse or dance. My movie career was over before it started. Why had this happened? God answered that question. He said that yes, I would have been a movie star, and would earn an Academy Award. “However”, He said, “you would have died at an early age….in disgrace.” What? Only God could have known this would take place.

My wife and the Deacon brought me back to reality and I went to the hospital. The stroke left me with a few problems but I was able to carry on.

So it was a DEATH experience, not a NEAR death experience. And by the way, I have been an excellent chaplain to those who are dying and are afraid of death. After talking with me, all fear vanishes.. And when they all died later on, it was peaceful, and if I may add, a beautiful death. And when family was with us, they all used those very words.

Let’s reach out to God like we never have before, be dedicated to Him, and there will be nothing to worry about.

© 2019 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved
E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com



The Cure For Confused Male/Female Relationships

Lloyd Marcus

At our annual Labor Day family reunion, I surprisingly found myself in conversations in which male/female relations was a reoccurring theme.

A happily married female relative told me about five of her middle-aged girlfriends who are looking for husbands. She said they probably will not be successful because they are domineering women who refuse to respect a man.

A gentleman said he asked his wife to prepare him a plate of food from the buffet which she did happily. A radical feminist scolded his wife, “Why did you do that? There is nothing wrong with his feet and hands!” The gentleman told the bitter woman to stay out of their relationship.

A young female relative cornered me at the dessert table. She ranted about how her dating pool is filled with boys rather than real men like her dad. “I am so tired of wearing the pants in every relationship. I would gladly take off the pants and hand them over to a real man. I’ll even cut the pants off, turning them into shorts if it will make him feel better. I just want a responsible adult male that I can respect and depend on”.

At poolside watching the kids have a ball in the pool, a frustrated young father told me his vindictive ex-wife selfishly uses their 12 year old son as a pawn. Over the years, he has spent thousands in attorney fees for visitation rights. I praised him for fighting to stay a part of his son’s life whom he brought to the reunion.

Male/female relations are a mess folks. America is suffering the dire consequences of allowing radical feminists and progressives’ anti-biblical ideology to dominate our culture.

Progressive schools, radical feminists and Hollywood have absurdly taught young women that gender equality means they must reject their femininity and physically compete with men. Several ridiculous movies feature 100 pound women beating the crap out of 300 pound men. The absurd message is men and women are the same.

Consequently, far too many young women are clueless regarding the tremendous power of their God given femininity. Remember that song in the musical, “Flower Drum Song” titled, “I Enjoy Being a Girl”? Celebrating femininity is deemed offensive and oppressive today.

As a child, our choir was on a bus trip. The bus was ready to leave and some of the kids had not returned to the bus. Our choir director, Miss Robena said, “Lloyd you can run fast. Run back and tell the kids to hurry.” I ran as fast as I could because I wanted to please Miss Robena. That’s the power of femininity.

Progressives claim to be our superiors regarding advocating for people of color. And yet, progressives promote anti-biblical and irresponsible behaviors which produce problems that plague urban blacks. For example: The Oxygen channel produced a reality TV show titled, “All My Babies’ Mammas”. The show irresponsibly celebrated a black rapper who has 11 kids by 10 black women.

Fatherless households negatively impact urban blacks, causing a cycle of generational poverty, addiction to government dependency, black on black crime, gang membership, high incarceration and epidemic school dropout rates. The dirty little secret is Democrats’ insidiously evil game-plan is to keep their constituents on the government dependency plantation.

This is why every 2020 Democrat presidential candidate is promising free everything, including a monthly check to able-bodied Americans who simply refuse to work. Trump’s economy has created more jobs than there are people to fill them. Trump has reduced black unemployment to a historic low.

Black Entertainment Television (BET) is extremely hypocritical. While claiming to be super advocates for blacks, BET has partnered with progressives promoting debauchery which contributes greatly to the moral and cultural decay of urban blacks.

Due to politically correct mixed messaging, men and women are confused about how to relate to each other; rejecting their biological instincts. Feminist women magazines say it is insulting for the man to automatically pick up the check at dinner. They say the woman should have an opportunity to pay for the meal. However, if he allows her to pay, the woman should run from him.

Dad taught my three younger brothers and me that when we took a girl on a date, as men, it was our responsibility to return her home safely. Even at our peril.

Adding to the confusion about how males and females should relate to each other is the implementation of the LGBTQ curriculum in schools which teach kids to reject nature’s definition of male and female. Thank God hundreds of parents in California pulled their kids out of school in protest of the LGBTQ curriculum.

In progressives’ relentless war against nature, we are bombarded 24/7 with the glorification of same sex attraction. The TV cooking show “Chopped” would have us believe a third of America’s chefs are involved in same sex relationships which is an absurd lie. Only 2-3% of the population is homosexual.

Progressives’ latest attack on normal male/female relationships is a NBC News report, “Heterosexuality is just not working.” The report claims that men are so horrible that women are opting out of heterosexuality and choosing to become lesbians. Wait a minute. Haven’t LGBTQ activists insisted that people are born homosexual and it is not a choice?

While claiming they only want tolerance, the real agenda of LGBTQ activists is to demonize heterosexuality and throw people in jail who publicly disapprove of the LGBTQ lifestyle.

Our Creator has provided the perfect instructional manual to achieve happy and fulfilling male/female relationships. The Bible. Progressives despise God’s instructions and seek to implement their hideously evil and destructive perversion.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Website: http://lloydMarcus.com/.

Lloyd Marcus The Unhyphenated American.

 



Rep. Nunes to Comey: Our Referral Puts You In Danger of FISA Conspiracy Prosecution

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

After over two years of constant investigations, indictments and prosecutions by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), the U.S. Justice Department (DOJ), Special Counsel Robert Mueller, panels in both Houses of Congress, and much of the nation’s news outlets, it appears that the so-called investigators will now get a taste of their own medicine.

There appears to be one difference between the Trump-Russia Conspiracy investigations and the investigations by the anti-Trump Impeachment brigade: the Trump-Russia Conspiracy is based on the flimsiest of evidence or no existing evidence, while any actions taken by the justice system against a growing number of Barack Obama-appointed officials.

For example, the House of Representatives’ Intelligence Committee’s former chairman — now ranking member – during an interview this week was very cautious not “naming names” of those directly or indirectly involved in the real “Spygate” scandal. However, the Republican lawmaker did seem to be alleging that former FBI Director James Comey might be a target of the de facto special prosecutor

In his interviews with One America News (OAN), NewsmaxTV, Fox News Channel and other news outlets,  Rep. Devin Nunes R-California,  who has had access to most of the evidence pertaining to the securing Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) court warrants in order to spy on members of President Donald Trump’s 2016 presidential campaign, said he didn’t want to discuss anything about Comey’s alleged role in Spygate.

But, Nunes did intimate that if federal prosecutors and investigators assigned by Attorney General William Barr to thoroughly probe Spygate gave the investigation a serious unbiased criminal process, there’s an abundance of proof available to place Comey in the center of the plot to oust a duly elected U.S. President through impeachment.

“So this is a guy who is definitely not telling the truth, and the good thing about the [Justice Department Inspector General’s] report is he’s now made himself, the IG has now made him eligible for a larger conspiracy charge—a criminal conspiracy charge—which is what we really hope the attorney general [U.S. attorney] out of Connecticut is able to do,” Nunes said in an interview with Breitbart News.

“That’s the big thing that we need. We need real charges brought. And I think a lot of people are frustrated because they feel like Comey leaked classified information. But the question is would a panel of jurors in Washington, D.C., [convict]?” he asked rhetorically.

Meanwhile, Justice Department Inspector General Michael Horowitz released the first of several reports that slam Comey for breaking rules, regulations and FBI policies in leaking the contents of several memos he allegedly wrote after meetings with the President-elect during the transition, and then meetings with President Trump in the White House. U.S. government officials and lawyers have stated the information contained in those memos were classified and Comey knew it.

In his interview with NewsmaxTV, Nunes stated:

“There would be so much ambiguity because he claims—I forget the exact numbers, but like [memos] 1, 4, and 7 contained classified information but those weren’t the memos that he gave to his professor friend that went to the media.

“It would be almost impossible to prove and he would probably skate. And probably the worst thing to happen would be for him to skate.

“So I think that in the end, the Attorney General made the right decision as long as they continue to press on the larger issue which is: How did this whole investigation begin in the first place with zero evidence, zero evidence that Trump had any involvement with Russia?”

“I’ve been very careful. It shouldn’t be this way, but I like to give people the benefit of the doubt and I like to not name names until there’s been a fair process and we’ve given the U.S. Attorney time to do his work.

“However, with that said, the one thing that is clear is if the U.S. Attorney decides to take our complaint—I’m not saying he’s going to do exactly what we’ve asked him to do but he’s clearly looking at all this..

“If he looks at conspiracy, on the FISA courts and the manipulation of intelligence for political purposes, it is now impossible—there is so much evidence that puts Comey right in the middle of this—so that’s my point. If they’re going to go down that road, Comey has got to be involved in it. The evidence is there.”

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com




The Leftist Mission Of Destruction Must Fail

Ron Edwards

At one time, San Francisco was one of the seven most beautiful cities on earth.  Visiting that onetime shining city on a hill as a young lad with my family was a most treasured affair.  Although it was during the month of August, the weather was perfectly comfortable and pleasant.  Everywhere was just beautiful and clean.  It was a pleasure walking in the parks, on the streets, in the neighborhoods, or in the downtown district.  The thing that stood out to me was the city’s cleanliness and the pride the people had in their lovely city by the bay.  I truly left my young heart in San Francisco.  That is why the planned destruction of San Francisco, Los Angeles, Seattle, Portland, Oregon and my favorite city New York is especially disheartening.  The political, immoral/religious, and economic leftists have for decades devised and acted upon ways to bring about a multifaceted destruction of our beloved republic.

Their destructive mission of cities is not limited to the major coastal metropolises.  Great cities referred to by the leftist elites as flyover country such as Cleveland, Pittsburgh and Detroit were dethroned by American leftist policies from their position as the world’s greatest concentration of manufacturing prowess.  Rather than pursue or expand on the good economic free market policies that made Cleveland, Pittsburgh and Detroit the manufacturing floor of the world, both the local and federal governments literally trashed those cities.  Then unsavory leftist city politicians literally fooled gullible voters to accept economy crippling regulations and record high taxes as a way to further improve their quality of life.

In addition, leftists were then joined by foolish republican conservatives and together they put the United States at a huge disadvantage by signing on to international trade agreements like NAFTA and GATT.  Both gave international trading competitor nations complete advantage over the United States as places to manufacture goods ranging from steel, televisions, watches, clothing, computers, shoes, etc., etc.  At the same time, the leftists seized complete control of our education system, where many Americans, particularly blacks were indoctrinated into believing they were nothing but victims. Thus, blacks were convinced they had no chance to make a good go of it in the United States, particularly if you were a young black male.  This was part of the overall strategy of dividing Americans one against the other.

Of course, the leftists were not satisfied with destroying our American manufacturing prowess and making certain people believe they are victims with very little hope.  Leftists today understand, just like the Founding Fathers long knew, that in order for “We the People” to remain free, we must maintain a high level of good morality.  Without the blessing of a high moral standard based upon self governance, respecting others and their property and appreciation of God family and country, our way of life will be doomed.  The mission of the leftists is, as they have been known to say “by any means necessary” is to literally destroy our beloved republic.  This is without a doubt one hundred percent true.  It is most unfortunate to witness the legions of indoctrinated younger Americans who literally want see the united States adopt socialism and ditch Free Market Economics.  This despite the overwhelming reems of information regarding the fall of Venezuela into the clutches of a nanny goat cradle to grave dictatorship.

This is what the leftist long ago were talking about when they used to say they would “take over the United States without firing a shot.”  One of the main factors that can literally destroy the leftist mission of destruction is plain and simple truth.  Take the United States southern border issue for example.  For years, even before the Donald was elected president, when the need for southern border protection was brought forth, certain folks, mainly leftists would howl about the high cost of building a wall.  “That is a waste of too many tax dollars taking resources away from needed programs or the military.”  The sudden concern about taking any amount of money from the military budget is hysterically laughable.  The president was granted the go ahead to take $3.7 Billion from the record military budget totaling well over $700 Billion, a mere drop in the bucket.

The president correctly described the border situation as a national security threat as well.  Yet the leftists and a few slimy rinos howled from the rooftops about the nerve of the president to take all of that money to “build that wall.”   To add insult to injury, not once have the leftists or slimy rinos complained about $190 Billion tax dollars being spent so far this year alone to coddle illegal border crossers.  The thankless illegals are rewarded with free housing and everything else they want at taxpayer expense.  The leftists want America to waste all of her financial resources on causes that waste our tax payer dollars, but financially fuel practices that literally help those hell bent on destroying our republic.  I am convinced that ultimately the leftists will lose.  But victory will only be achieved through the wise application of opposition to the leftist onslaught.  May God grant us the will, the wisdom and the way to rebuild our great republic.  God bless you, God bless America and may America bless god.  Join me via the Ron Edwards Experience talk show Fridays at 4:00 PM EDT, 1:00 PM PT on americamatters.us.  Check out my website theronedwards.talkspot.com.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

Website: http://theronedwards.talkspot.com/




Public/Private Partnerships: Redistributing Our Wealth By The Billions

Kathleen Marquardt

We have been railing against Public/Private Partnerships for many years. This is not a new issue. Many times in the past we’ve tried to inform the public of the dangers of PPPs, but they are complicated and most people today don’t want to take the time to delve deeply into anything that isn’t giving them pleasure. But now is the time to become educated on just one of the ways that we are being bled dry, that our money is being sucked off with huge vacuums and given to those conspiring to destroy America and the great American dream. They are winning because we are too busy, too lazy, too involved in other pursuits to stop them.

In a speech at the Freedom 21 National Conference in Dallas in 2007, Tom DeWeese, president of American Policy Center, noted:

During the first years of the Clinton Administration in the early 1990s, there was much fanfare about a new policy to “reinvent government.” It was sold as a way to make government more efficient and less costly. It would, said its proponents, “bring business technologies to public service.”

Pro-business, anti-big-government conservatives and libertarians were intrigued. The backbone of the plan was a call for “public/private partnerships.” Now that sounded like their kind of program.

Government, they said, would finally tap the tremendous power of the entrepreneurial process and the force of the free market into making government more effective and efficient. It sounded so revolutionary and so American.

Being open-minded and wanting to help us get back to what the framers of the Constitution had built for us, we wanted this to be true. But as Tom pointed out:

Today that “reinvention” has revealed itself to be the policy known as Sustainable Development, which is nothing more than a plan for a top-down managed society. Sustainable Development policy includes population control; development control; technology control; resource control; and in a great sense, thought control.

Sustainable Development is not freedom. Not one of the three principles apply. There is no individuality as it advocates group policies; there is no private property under Sustainable Development – period. And there is no free enterprise as markets and supplies are tightly controlled by the hand of government.

Yet, incredibly, much of the Sustainable policy has been embraced by the “free-trade” movement, which advocates open borders, free trade zones, and one-size fits all regulations, currencies, and the use of public/private partnerships. And many of the biggest proponents of the policy are conservative and libertarian think tanks.

But again, Tom nails it: Public/Private Partnerships = Government-Sanctioned Monopolies

It is little understood by the general public how public/private partnerships can be used, not as a way to diminish the size of government, but in fact, to increase government’s power.

That’s because no one ever comes forward and tells the general public the entire plan for something as vast as the Security and Prosperity Partnership. No one ever calls for a debate or a vote to implement the plan with public approval.

Instead, it’s done incrementally, a piece at a time, in an easy to disguise program here – a suggestion there. There are few debates or discussions. Even elected officials rarely know the true agenda they are helping to put in place.

Slowly, the whole comes together. By the time people realize the truth, it’s already in place. Policy is set.(Note Randy Salzman’s article below.)

And Public/Private Partnerships are becoming the fastest growing process to impose such policy. State legislatures across the nation are passing legislation, which calls for the implementation of PPPs.

Beware. These bonds between government and private international corporations are a double-edged sword. They come armed with government’s power to tax, the government’s power to enforce policy and the government’s power to enforce eminent domain.

At the same time, the private corporations use their wealth and extensive advertising budgets to entrench the policy into our national conscience. Cute little jingles or emotional commercials can be very useful tools to sell a government program.

It is one thing to spell this out. At least it gives you a foundation for what Public/Private Partnerships are. But until you are exposed to an actual project (or rather the ‘conceived’ project), you cannot fathom the intricacies of deceit, collusion, and theft of taxpayer money with which these entities are swindling us, the people.

In a must-read article from Thinking Highways, Randy Salzman’s “A ‘Model’ Scheme? is enlightening and frightening. As the lead-in says, “Salzman’s work is most comprehensive look at the dangers of P3s to date. It’s a must read for citizens and policymakers alike.” Please take the time to read it. I offer some key points from his article:

In the media, congress and across the political world, promoters pushing design-build public-private partnerships (P3s) are still claiming that private innovation is saving taxpayer money, creating good jobs and easing congestion.

In wanting to institute an “Infrastructure Bank” to address America’s “crumbling highway infrastructure,” even President Obama, using New York’s Tappan Zee Bridge as a backdrop, recently encouraged P3 construction with a US$302 billion plan. The president had apparently not read Congressional Budget Office research into P3s, nor heard the Tappan Zee contractor speak at a congressional hearing.

In March, Fluor’s senior vice president Richard Fierce bragged that his company was saving taxpayers US$1.7 billion on the new bridge across the Hudson until one congressman offhandedly remarked that he’d heard the Tappan Zee project would cost US$5 billion, not US$3.1 billion as the contractor had claimed.

Salzman points out that the ‘private’ entities “put up tiny bits of equity, though they impy more becaue they borrow dollars from Uncle Sam that they likey will not repay”; that the state and federal taxpayers are ponying up the 95+% of the bill, and we are also stuck with the cost of the bonds when “the P3 goes bankrupt – as they almost inevitably do – about 15 years down the road.”

Media coverage of P3s over the past decade, furthermore, has been overwhelmingly positive, consistently following the contractor line that private innovation is offsetting significant amounts of expense, improving projects and freeing public dollars for other activities. However, the Congressional Budget Office indicates P3s provide little, if any, financial benefit to taxpayers.

“The cost of financing a highway project privately is roughly equal to the cost of financing it publicly after factoring in the costs associated with the risk of losses from the project, which taxpayers ultimately bear, and the financial transfers made by the federal government to states and localities,” the CBO’s Microeconomic Studies director told congress in March. “Any remaining difference between the costs of public versus private financing for a project will stem from the effects of incentives and conditions established in the contracts that govern public-private partnerships.”

In that congressional hearing, Boston’s Michael Capuano reminded congressmen that “people stole money” in prior equivalents of design-build P3s, and that’s why the highway construction paradigm became “inefficiency intended to avoid malfeasance.”

Read the article – it is eye-opening even for those who understand the concept of PPPs. We the taxpayers are having our wealth redistributed in so many ways, but this is one of the most egregious.

Back to Tom’s speech on Public/Private Partnerships and our Republic:

Further, participating corporations can control the types of products offered on the market. Witness the drive for solar and wind power, even though the technology doesn’t exist for these alternative energies to actually make a difference.

Yet, the corporations, in partnership with government to impose these polices, have convinced the American public that this is the future of energy. Rest assured that if any one of these companies had to sell such products on the free market controlled by consumers, there would be very little talk about them.

But, today, an unworkable idea is making big bucks, not on the open market, but in a controlled economy for a select few like British Petroleum because of their partnerships with government.

Public/private partnerships can be used by international corporations to get a leg up on their competition by entering into contracts with government to obtain favors such as tax breaks and store locations not available to their competition, thereby creating an elite class of “connected” businesses.

A private developer, which has entered into a Public/Private Partnership with local government, for example, can now obtain the power of eminent domain to build on land not open to its competitors.

The fact is, current use of eminent domain by local communities in partnership with private developers simply considers all property to be the common domain of the State, to be used as it sees fit for some undefined common good.

The government gains the higher taxes created by the new development. The developer gets the revenue from the work. The immediate losers, of course, are the property owners. But other citizens are losers too. Communities lose control of their infrastructure. Voters lose control of their government.

Using PPPs, power companies can obtain rights of way over private land, as is currently happening in Virginia where Dominion Power plans massive power towers over private property – against the strong objections of the property owners.

Private companies are now systematically buying up water treatment plants in communities across the nation, in effect, gaining control of the water supply. And they are buying control of the nation’s highway systems through PPPs with state departments of transportation.

Because of a public/private partnership, one million Texans are about to lose their land for the Trans Texas Corridor, a highway that couldn’t be built without the power of eminent domain.

Of course, it’s not just American companies entering into PPPs with our government. Foreign companies are being met with open arms by local, state and federal officials who see a way to use private corporations and their massive bank accounts to fund projects.

As the Associated Press reported July 15, 2006, “On a single day in June (2006) an Australian-Spanish partnership paid $3.6 billion to lease the Indiana Toll Road. An Australian company bought a 99 year lease on Virginia’s Pocahontas Parkway, and Texas officials decided to let a Spanish-American partnership build and run a toll road for 50 years.”

In fact, that Spanish-American partnership in Texas and its lease with the Texas Department of Transportation to build and run the Trans Texas Corridor contains a “no-compete” clause which prohibits anyone, including the Texas government from building new highways or expanding exiting ones which might run in competition with the TCC. (note: the TCC is dead, but just recently I’ve heard it is going to be put forward again.)

So why do so many libertarians and conservatives support the concept of Public/Private Partnerships? By their words they profess to uphold the principles of freedom, limited government, individualism, private property and free enterprise. Yet they embrace a policy that eliminates competition, increases the size and power of government and stamps out the individual in the process.

A recent conference held in Virginia, just outside D.C. by such libertarians was titled “Restoring the Republic.” Yet, they called for open borders and “free trade.”

My question is this: What is the Republic? Is it just a notion floating on air? Something we can’t actually hold in our hand. Is the Republic just an idea? Or is it a thing? A place?

Only one nation was created by the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution: the United States. We were created as that Republic.” The Constitution defines a government that is supposed to have one purpose, the protection of rights we were born with.

It is true that every person on earth was born with those rights based on the principles of freedom. But only one nation was specifically designed to recognize and protect them: the United States.

If there are no borders, then what is the Republic they want to preserve? How can that be done? The Republic is the land of the United States. The laws of the United States. The judicial system of the United States. The sovereign states of the United States.

Our Constitution directs how we create laws by which we live, right down to the local level. It protects our ability to create a way of life we desire. Our resources, our economy, our wealth is all determined by the way of life we have chosen. And it’s all protected by the borders which define the nation – the Republic. And you can’t “harmonize” that with nations that reject those concepts! Canada is a commonwealth tied to the British Crown; Mexico is socialist.

So again, I ask, if you eliminate all of that by opening the borders and inviting nothing short of anarchy – then how do you preserve the Republic?

© 2019 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com




What Else Have They Lied About?

Coach Dave Daubenmire

“There is no honor amongst thieves.”

I’m not sure with whom this phrase originated with but it is on full display in America today.  Our government is a collection of thieves.  They have robbed every vestige of Truth from the American people and have smiled while doing it.

Take a good look at this picture below of Robert Mueller, John Brennan, and James Clapper.  It is enough to make a strong stomach vomit.  In case you wondered, this is a picture of three men who attempted to over-throw the American government.  One investigated the other two.  Can you tell from the picture who investigated whom?

I wonder if James Comey took the picture.

I am writing this on the 18th anniversary of 9-11.  All three of these “public servants” were intimately involved in the mock investigation of that America-changing event.

Bob Mueller was FBI Director during the investigation.  Yes, THAT Bob Mueller.  He was appointed by GW Bush and confirmed one week before the towers came tumbling down.   He was succeeded in 2013 by James Comey.  Yep. THAT James Comey.

Illegal President Barry Soetoro appointed John Brennan as head of the CIA in 2013.  Brennan has been hanging around the dark shadows of government for three decades.  James Clapper is also a deep swamp-rat who served as Obama’s Director of National Intelligence for nearly 7 years.

Larry, Curly, and Moe have been at the center of American “intelligence” for this entire century.  I’m not sure which one is Moe, but can you imagine any one of the stooges running an honest investigation on one of the others?

So they hire Bill Barr to investigate the three stooges and it is reported that Barr and his wife are all warm and fuzzy with the Muellers.  It seems their wives attend the same Bible study.  I wonder if the Bible they use has the 10 Commandments expunged from it.

Do you see a pattern here?  The investigators investigate the investigators.  It is a vicious cycle where the powerful protect the powerful.  As George Carlin said, “it is a big club and you ain’t in it.”

Just this week a report was released exposing the fraud of 9-11.  A four year scientific study concluded that Building 7, the 3rd building that collapsed on 9-11, was not brought down by fire but rather by a controlled demolition.  The physics of the government “theory” were impossible.  You probably won’t hear about it on the news.

Quoting from the report.  “The principal conclusion of our study is that fire did not cause the collapse of WTC 7 on 9/11, contrary to the conclusions of NIST and private engineering firms that studied the collapse. The secondary conclusion of our study is that the collapse of WTC 7 was a global failure involving the near-simultaneous failure of every column in the building.”

Most of you, because you have swallowed the cover-up done by the Deep Swamp and not your own eyes are not even aware that Building 7, which was never struck by a plane, collapsed in a controlled demolition.  You can find more truth at this website than you will be able to swallow.  www.ae911truth.org

Some claim 9-11 was an inside job…and are laughed at by those who get their information from the Fake News.  The report just released PROVES the official 9-11 narrative is as phony as a Robert Mueller Russian investigation.  I wonder how many in Congress know the whole 9-11 story is fake…

So, as we remember the event that ushered in the unpatriotic Patriot Act, we must face the fact that what they have told us about 9-11 and 18 Muslims with box-cutters appears to be a lie.  The surveillance state which permits the government to spy on private citizens in direct violation of the 4th and 5th Amendments was hatched that clear September morning.  All in the name of THE SWAMP protecting you.

Can you name one American government official held responsible for the events of 9-11?  Me neither, Moe.  Maybe we’ll find the evidence when they release the Warren Report on the Kennedy Assasination.

They are hoping you forget.  Most Americans under the age of 25 have very little firsthand memory of that day.  The events of 9-11 have been shoved down America’s memory hole.  That is the way they had planned it.  Nearly 1/3 of Americans are under 25.  They don’t even remember that day, let alone Building 7.

What else have they lied to us about?  The Warren Commission, Dr. King’s murder, Ruby Ridge, LaVoy Finicum, Oklahoma City, Vaccines, GMO’s, Las Vegas Shooting, Russian collusion…

Folks, these are not conspiracy THEORIES…these are EVIDENCES of the conspiracy.

Psalm 2 says Why do the heathen rage, and the people imagine a vain thing? The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together, against the Lord, and against his anointed…”  When rulers take council together isn’t that called CONSPIRING?

Wasn’t it Ronald Reagan who told us to “trust but verify?”     Trust who…and verify what?  Fifty-five years later they won’t even release the Truth about the JFK assassination.  Osama Bin Laden was the 9-11 version of Lee Oswald.  Where is Osama buried?

Evil men in high places have seized this nation.  How many have died because of the lies?  How many more will?  We are controlled by a government that deals with “conspiracies” by feeding us lies.  Larry, Curly, and Moe have made us all look like stooges.  Hillary lied and people died.

Who else and what else have they lied to us about?

I’m from the government and I’m here to deceive…

© 2019 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




Democrats’ Christian-Bashing

Lee Duigon

In next year’s national elections, millions of people will vote for Democrats. Their number will include a multitude of church-going Christians who apparently were dormant when the Democrats booed God at their 2012 national convention. They not only booed God and got away with it; they also won another term for *Batteries Not Included.

People just don’t pay attention.

Recently the space aliens who run the Democrat National Committee adopted a resolution blaming Christians for everything that’s bad about America, including the oppression of virtually everybody. The resolution, of course, avoided using the words “Christians” and “Christianity”—but who else do you think they meant? Parsees?

The resolution condemns Christians’ “use of misplaced claims of ‘religious liberty’ to justify public policy that has threatened the civil rights and liberties of many Americans, including but not limited to the LGBT community, women, and ethnic and religious/nonreligious minorities.” Note how they put quotation marks around “religious liberty”, as if it were some silly thing that Christians made up as an excuse to oppress Our Cherished Minorities—they even think it’s in the Constitution!

The publicly stated position of the Democrat Party is that Christians—meaning most of you—are the bad guys who’ve made America a racist, sexist hell-hole. They are against you, boys and girls. Most of them insist there’s no such thing as boys and girls. What do they have to do to convince you they don’t like you—walk up and punch you in the nose?

In Minnesota this month a federal appeals court revived a lawsuit against the state’s “Obey the gay” policy. The state was persecuting a husband-and-wife team of videographers who refused to film same-sex “weddings,” going so far as to threaten them with steep fines and prison (!) terms. Defending their religious freedom, as enshrined in the First Amendment to the Constitution—supposedly the law of the land—the couple sued the state. A lower court dismissed their suit, but the federal court has reinstated it, allowing it to go forward.

This is Democrat Christian-bashing in all its glory. They actually propose to put you in jail if you refuse to “affirm” or participate in an activity which outrages your religious beliefs. Hey! Maybe they could, like, set up these *camps* where the uncooperating hateful Christians would have to go until their minds are right. Minnesota could hire consultants from North Korea to show ‘em how it’s done.

“Religious liberty” deserves sarcastic quotation marks, if all it’s going to be is Democrats having the power to tell you when to speak and what to say, or else. What kind of freedom is that? “Liberal Christians” (an oxymoron) are already gung-ho for gay, so they don’t have a problem with it; but anyone who takes the Bible at all seriously… does.

Where is all this leftism taking us?

A Swedish “scientist” has the answer.

At a recent food conference in Stockholm, where they invented the Stockholm syndrome, this genius declared that humanity must turn to cannibalism… to fight Climate Change, don’t you know. He will achieve intellectual immortality with this glittering jewel of wisdom:

“First of all, it is that the person who is to be eaten is dead.”

Otherwise they try to run away.E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Stop in for a visit; a single click will take you there. My articles can also be seen at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Taxing America To Death:  545 Responsible For This Mess

“The income tax has destroyed the concept of financial privacy. It has demolished the idea that a man’s home is his castle. It has provided unlimited funding for politicians to wreck lives and property. It has forced one-earner families to become two-earner households — leading to decreased parental supervision of children; loss of family values; and increased crime, promiscuity and drug use. So long as the government has the power to invade our lives, rummage through our records, and take what it wants from our income, we will have only as much freedom and take-home pay as the politicians condescend to let us have.” –Harry Browne

First, I have to tell how the Word of God NEVER ceases to amaze me. It covers every facet of life known to mankind, from how we are to live before our Creator (John 14:21; 2 Corinthians 5:15; Ephesians 2:8, etc.) to how we are to treat each other (Luke 6:32), and how we are to address every given situation that pertains to our everyday life, and yes, even taxes (Mark 12:17).

Before I get started here, lest one attempts to pervert my words (Matthew 22:15), for the record, I am not a tax protester.  I am simply just tired of the lack of accountability and reallocation of my tax dollars being spent where I have not delegated my representatives to disperse them.

[YouTube Video]

Without further ado, let me address the issue.

Charlie Reese was a former writer for the Orlando Sentinel in Florida for over 40 years and when it came to his taking a last stand in confronting the established government (This column was originally published in the Orlando Sentinel on Feb. 3, 1984), he named his last column  “545 people are responsible for the mess, but they unite in a common con.”  He wrote,

“Politicians are the only people in the world who create problems and then campaign against them.

Have you ever wondered why, if both the Democrats and the Republicans (Unconstitutional) are against deficits, we have deficits?

Have you ever wondered why, if all the politicians are against inflation and high taxes, we have inflation and high taxes? (I’ll get to this in a moment)!

You and I don’t propose a federal budget. The president does. You and I don’t have the constitutional authority to vote n appropriations. The House of Representatives does. You and I don’t write the tax code (There isn’t one). The Congress does. You and I don’t set fiscal policy the Congress does. You and I don’t control monetary policy. The Federal Reserve Bank does.

One hundred senators, 435 congressmen, one president, and nine (Unelected) Supreme Court justices – 545 human beings out of 238 million (325.7 presently)- are directly, legally, morally and individually responsible for the domestic problems that plague this country. Don’t forget about the 325.7 million Americans today that tolerate this.

I excluded the members of the Federal Reserve Bank because that problem was created by the Congress. In 1913, Congress delegated its constitutional duty to provide a sound currency to a federally chartered but private central bank.

I exclude all of the special interest and lobbyists for a sound reason. They have no legal authority. They have no ability to coerce a senator, a congressman or a president to do one cotton-picking thing. I don’t care if they offer a politician $1 million in cash. The politician has the power to accept or reject it.

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/american-politician-yes-corrupt/

No matter what the lobbyist promises, it is the legislator’s responsibility to determine how he votes.

Don’t you see now the con game that is played on the people by the politicians? Those 545 human beings spend much of their energy convincing you that what they did is not their fault. They cooperate in this common con regardless of party (Article 4 section 4 US Constitution).

What separates a politician from a normal human being is an excessive amount of gall. No normal human being would have the gall of Tip O’Neill, who stood up and criticized Ronald Reagan for creating deficits.

The president can only propose a budget. He cannot force the Congress to accept it. The Constitution, which is the supreme law of the land (Article 6 section 2), gives sole responsibility to the House of Representatives for originating appropriations and taxes. O’Neill is speaker of the House. He is the leader of the majority party. He and his fellow Democrats, not the president, can approve any budget they want. If the president vetoes it, they can pass it over his veto.

Just 545 Americans have fouled up this great nation (With the approval of the 325.7 million Americans that have failed to hold them accountable).

It seems inconceivable to me that a nation of 235 million cannot replace 545 people who stand convicted – by present facts – of incompetence and irresponsibility.

I can’t think of a single domestic problem, from an unfair tax code to defense overruns, that is not traceable directly to those people.

When you fully grasp the plain truth that 545 people exercise complete power over the federal government, then it must follow that what exists is what they want to exist.

If the tax code is unfair, it’s because they want it unfair. If the budget is in the red, it’s because they want it in the red. If the Marines are in Lebanon, it’s because they want them in Lebanon.

There are no insoluble government problems. Do not let these 545 people shift the blame to bureaucrats, whom they hire and whose jobs they can abolish; to lobbyists, whose gifts and advice they can reject; to regulators, to whom they give the power to regulate and from whom they can take it.

Above all, do not let them con you into the belief that there exist disembodied mystical force like “the economy,” “inflation” or “politics” that prevent them from doing what they take an oath to do.

Those 545 people and they alone are responsible. They and they alone have the power. they and they alone should be held accountable by the people who are their bosses – provided they have the gumption to manage their own employees.”

[YouTube Video]

[YouTube Video]

I mean to highlight what Charlie had written concerning taxation. Here is a partial list of taxes that Americans pay. Did you approve of these tax appropriations?

Michael Snyder wrote:

#1 Air Transportation Taxes (just look at how much you were charged the last time you flew)

#2 Biodiesel Fuel Taxes

#3 Building Permit Taxes

#4 Business Registration Fees

#5 Capital Gains Taxes

#6 Cigarette Taxes

#7 Court Fines (indirect taxes)

#8 Disposal Fees

#9 Dog License Taxes

#10 Drivers License Fees (another form of taxation)

#11 Employer Health Insurance Mandate Tax

#12 Employer Medicare Taxes

#13 Employer Social Security Taxes

#14 Environmental Fees

#15 Estate Taxes

#16 Excise Taxes On Comprehensive Health Insurance Plans

#17 Federal Corporate Taxes

#18 Federal Income Taxes

#19 Federal Unemployment Taxes

#20 Fishing License Taxes

#21 Flush Taxes (yes, this actually exists in some areas)

#22 Food And Beverage License Fees

#23 Franchise Business Taxes

#24 Garbage Taxes

#25 Gasoline Taxes

#26 Gift Taxes

#27 Gun Ownership Permits

#28 Hazardous Material Disposal Fees

#29 Highway Access Fees

#30 Hotel Taxes (these are becoming quite large in some areas)

#31 Hunting License Taxes

#32 Import Taxes

#33 Individual Health Insurance Mandate Taxes

#34 Inheritance Taxes

#35 Insect Control Hazardous Materials Licenses

#36 Inspection Fees

#37 Insurance Premium Taxes

#38 Interstate User Diesel Fuel Taxes

#39 Inventory Taxes

#40 IRA Early Withdrawal Taxes

#41 IRS Interest Charges (tax on top of tax)

#42 IRS Penalties (tax on top of tax)

#43 Library Taxes

#44 License Plate Fees

#45 Liquor Taxes

#46 Local Corporate Taxes

#47 Local Income Taxes

#48 Local School Taxes

#49 Local Unemployment Taxes

#50 Luxury Taxes

#51 Marriage License Taxes

#52 Medicare Taxes

#53 Medicare Tax Surcharge On High Earning Americans Under Obamacare

#54 Obamacare Individual Mandate Excise Tax (if you don’t buy “qualifying” health insurance under Obamacare you will have to pay an additional tax)

#55 Obamacare Surtax On Investment Income (a new 3.8% surtax on investment income)

#56 Parking Meters

#57 Passport Fees

#58 Professional Licenses And Fees (another form of taxation)

#59 Property Taxes

#60 Real Estate Taxes

#61 Recreational Vehicle Taxes

#62 Registration Fees For New Businesses

#63 Toll Booth Taxes

#64 Sales Taxes

#65 Self-Employment Taxes

#66 Sewer & Water Taxes

#67 School Taxes

#68 Septic Permit Taxes

#69 Service Charge Taxes

#70 Social Security Taxes

#71 Special Assessments For Road Repairs Or Construction

#72 Sports Stadium Taxes

#73 State Corporate Taxes

#74 State Income Taxes

#75 State Park Entrance Fees

#76 State Unemployment Taxes (SUTA)

#77 Tanning Taxes (a new Obamacare tax on tanning services)

#78 Telephone 911 Service Taxes

#79 Telephone Federal Excise Taxes

#80 Telephone Federal Universal Service Fee Taxes

#81 Telephone Minimum Usage Surcharge Taxes

#82 Telephone State And Local Taxes

#83 Telephone Universal Access Taxes

#84 The Alternative Minimum Tax

#85 Tire Recycling Fees

#86 Tire Taxes

#87 Tolls (another form of taxation)

#88 Traffic Fines (indirect taxation)

#89 Use Taxes (Out of state purchases, etc.)

#90 Utility Taxes

#91 Vehicle Registration Taxes

#92 Waste Management Taxes

#93 Water Rights Fees

#94 Watercraft Registration & Licensing Fees

#95 Well Permit Fees

#96 Workers Compensation Taxes

#97 Zoning Permit Fees

Yet, despite all of this oppressive taxation, our local governments, our state governments and our federal government are all absolutely drowning in debt. To date 22.03 trillion dollars.

When the federal income tax was originally introduced a little more than 100 years ago, most Americans were taxed at a rate of only 1 percent. Many of today’s taxes were not incurred then.

But once they get their feet in the door, the social planners always want more.

Since that time, tax rates have gone much higher and the tax code has exploded in size.

1 – The U.S. tax code is now 3.8 million words long.  If you took all of William Shakespeare’s works and collected them together, the entire collection would only be about 900,000 words long.

2 – According to the National Taxpayers Union, U.S. taxpayers spend more than 7.6 billion hours complying with federal tax requirements.  Imagine what our society would look like if all that time was spent on more economically profitable activities.

3 – 75 years ago, the instructions for Form 1040 were two pages long.  Today, they are 189 pages long.

4 – There have been 4,428 changes to the tax code over the last decade.  It is incredibly costly to change tax software, tax manuals and tax instruction booklets for all of those changes.

5 – According to the National Taxpayers Union, the IRS currently has 1,999 different publications, forms, and instruction sheets that you can download from the IRS website.

6 – Our tax system has become so complicated that it is almost impossible to file your taxes correctly.  For example, back in 1998 Money Magazine had 46 different tax professionals complete a tax return for a hypothetical household.  All 46 of them came up with a different result.

7 – In 2009, PC World had five of the most popular tax preparation software websites prepare a tax return for a hypothetical household.  All five of them came up with a different result.

8 – The IRS spends $2.45 for every $100 that it collects in taxes.

9 – According to The Tax Foundation, the average American has to work until April 17th just to pay federal, state, and local taxes.  Back in 1900, “Tax Freedom Day” came on January 22nd. 

10 – When the U.S. government first implemented a personal income tax back in 1913, the vast majority of the population paid a rate of just 1 percent, and the highest marginal tax rate was just 7 percent.

If it was up to me, I would abolish the income tax and shut the IRS down.

But neither major political party in the United States is even willing to consider such a thing.

So the monstrous system that we have created will continue to get even bigger and even more complicated.

We are literally being taxed into oblivion, and most Americans don’t even seem to care.

Simply put, Americans are paying for their own demise (Numbers 32:23).

© 2019 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Democrats, Lay Off My Hamburger And My Guns

For seven long, agonizing hours on CNN, last Wednesday night, 10 of the 2020 Democrat presidential candidates went round and round on who could out do each other on how much taxpayer money they were going to spend to reduce the threat of the alleged crisis of man-caused global warming, euphemistically and deceitfully called “Climate Change.”  (Of course climate changes.)  Good OLD socialist, one-foot-in-the-grave Bernie Sanders topped the list with proposing to spend $16 trillion American taxpayer dollars to solve a climate variability that could very well and in all likelihood, either be a natural phenomenon, or defy a solution.

At no time during these seven hours was there a discussion on whether the crisis was so great and so imminent that government must act quickly and spend trillions of taxpayer dollars to “save the planet”, or whether the science behind climate change was hopelessly and purposely flawed and there was nothing that man could do about it anyway.   To all the Democrat/socialist participants in the CNN town hall meeting, the science is settled.  It makes no difference that there are volumes of credible scientific papers that debunk Democrat/socialist climate change.

According to these climate alarmists, the planet and its seven billion human, animal and plant inhabitants are doomed if we don’t act NOW! (Doomed to what?)

Most of this climate drivel is driven by a flawed theory called the “Precautionary Principle,” a theory that states “when human activities may lead to morally unacceptable harm that is scientifically plausible but uncertain, actions shall be taken to avoid or diminish that harm,”…..  and in the minds of the Democrat socialists, no matter how much it costs in individual rights, lives, property, or money.

What does “morally unacceptable” mean?   And yet this alleged “principle” is the rationale for spending trillions of dollars on any problem, or potential threat, that has no scientific certainty.  That’s inherently stupid at best and insane at worst.  And “Morally unacceptable” is subject to wide interpretation.

Pew research did a study on what “morally unacceptable” means in 40 different countries.  The study found that 78% of the respondents to the survey said that “morally unacceptable” means having an affair.  Climate change wasn’t mentioned in the study.

But this climate change folly is also driven by environmental and international forces that want world government and they want to transfer the wealth from Western countries and spread it around to the poor countries, all the while taking a piece (a large piece) of the action as the money flows out of Western civilization into the third world.  It’s mostly about the money and controlling the masses.  It very definitely IS NOT about an alleged drastic change in the climate.

The basic premise behind the Democrat/socialist climate change theory is, man is the cause, (as yet to be proven) especially those decadent and profligate Americans, and they must pay and pay through the nose.  Americans are guilty and they must prostrate themselves before the rest of the world and pay reparations to the people of those countries that haven’t been able to equal what Americans have done under freedom because third-world countries are corrupt and their people are ignorant and just plain stupid.  The other inescapable fact is that most of those third-world communist countries and dictatorships are populated by hopelessly poor, uneducated, black, brown, or yellow skinned people.  By some as yet unexplainable reason, Americans owe these people their “soul” because America has been successful as a nation and as a people and the third-world haven’t.  Therefore it follows that they want “what we got” and the world “Robin Hoods(Democrat/Socialists) are going to take it from us at the point of a gun and give it to the third world, or the poor, you know, just to make it “fair!”

Thus, to save the planet for the other 6.7 billion people from the alleged apocalyptic climate change, Americans must give up their beef, their hamburgers, their steaks, their ham and bacon and their lamb, or even their pets, (pets fart too) they must give up their cars and they must give up their airplanes and air conditioning.  Americans must conserve until it hurts, or until we finally replace the clean, in-home family bathroom with the cheap good ‘ole fashioned outhouse in the back yard, that doesn’t use water or electricity.

But most of all, we must give up our money.  The people of the other 192 countries can sit back and harvest an American whirlwind of trillions of American taxpayer dollars ….. while doing nothing to stop alleged man-caused global warming.  Are you getting this worldwide con game?

Meanwhile, it doesn’t matter that India and China are the worst carbon dioxide (CO2) polluters on the planet and get off scot-free from having to cut back and conserve.  They, along with Indonesia, are responsible for the lion’s share of the plastic flotsam polluting the earth’s oceans.  It isn’t American plastic straws that are finding their way into the Pacific, Indian and Atlantic oceans.  But Americans have to unilaterally give up their plastic straws, plastic knives, spoons and forks, plastic plates and plastic everything else, because Democrat socialists want to “save the planet” and to do it they are hell bent on taking control of the lives of every living American and relieving them of all of their money, their lifestyle and their freedom, not to mention their hamburgers and their guns.

But not so fast!  There are tens of millions of Americans who just want to be left alone by government.  They don’t want to be herded like cattle by the Democrats.  They don’t want their private health insurance taken away.  They don’t want their oil, natural gas and coal power sources being curtailed or eliminated all together.  They love their cars and aren’t about to be crammed into big cities and forced to take their bicycle or mass transit to work.

They don’t want to be told what to wear, where to work, what to drive, or what to eat and drink.  And most of all they don’t want their beef or their guns taken away by Democrats that have lost their minds and have forgotten what being an American means.  Those millions of free Americans want constitutional government, not a government run be a bunch of elite Democrat socialist oligarchs that tell us to do what they demand, not what they do, while flying around the planet in their private CO2-emitting Gulf Stream jets and living in 20,000 square-foot homes on the beach.

So with all that being said, we give Democrats fair warning and we speak on behalf of millions of Americans!  We’re here to tell all you idiot Democrat/socialists that we have no intention of giving up our burgers, or our guns, or our cars and airplanes, or our private health insurance, or our in-door bathrooms, or our very comfortable standard of living that is powered by crude oil, natural gas and coal and if you once again regain political power (God forbid) and start to implement your insane ideas of human control and human bondage, millions of Americans shall resist you with all of their might, even if it means taking you down in another civil war or revolution.

If the 63,000,000 Americans that voted for Donald Trump in 2016 would yell in unison, with one voice, “LAY OFF MY HAMBURGERS AND MY GUNS” and back it up with action, this schism between the two sides would end virtually overnight.

God knows how any clear-thinking American can accept or believe in this insane, anti-American “bilge” being spewed by the Democrat presidential candidates, or the Democrat party itself.  If that is what America has become, you might just as well condemn the U. S. Constitution to the nearest bathroom for toilet paper.

Remember, the two other super powers are salivating over the prospect of America tearing itself apart from the inside.  Once America is divided and teetering on the brink of civil war, we will lose our military superiority and our ability to keep those two other super powers at bay.  How does being a slave to the People’s Republic of China strike you?  Just envision millions of Chinese soldiers occupying every hamlet, village, town, big city, or the rural areas of America and they have the “tens of millions” to do it.  The Chinese government WILL take away your guns and if you don’t give them up willingly, they’ll just shoot you, or send you to a concentration camp where you will be tortured to death.

Today, any Democrat politician OR VOTER that believes in the current Democrat Party platform, as proffered by the current gaggle of Democrat presidential candidates, that consists of the insane ideas of trying to replace fossil fuels with alternative energy, Medicare-for-all, open borders and abortion up to and including birth, is synonymous with traitor, treason and murderer.  They mean to enslave you using climate change as the weapon and they are very close to getting it done, even if you can’t see it coming.  Because you see ladies and gentlemen, “There Is No Law But Democrat Deep State Law” unless you repeal it ….. by whatever means.

And if you are really serious about keeping government agents, law enforcement and other intruders from trespassing on your property, urban or rural, click HERE.

Read more powerful conservative articles like this one HERE.

© 2019 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org




Are Students Really Withholding Conservative Religious Views in College?

With few exceptions, if you were to ask the most far-right or left-leaning American which country is the best in the world, undoubtedly the answer would be America. That is because all sincere and honest Americans know that, despite all her imperfections, America offers the safety, prosperity, and opportunity to pursue our dreams.

With this commonality of understanding, it regularly shocks me that so many in my beloved country outwardly reject the wisdom and counsel of America’s founders and architects.

It would do all Americans well to study the thoughts and philosophies of those who established the moral foundation and system of civil government, which has benefited all American citizens tremendously. Founding father Samuel Adams identified these benefits:

“The liberties of our country, the freedoms of our civil Constitution are worth defending at all hazards; it is our duty to defend them against all attacks. We have received them as a fair inheritance from our worthy ancestors. They purchased them for us with toil and danger and expense of treasure and blood. It will bring a mark of everlasting infamy on the present generation — enlightened as it is — if we should suffer them to be wrested from us by violence without a struggle, or to be cheated out of them by the artifices of designing men.”

By the wisdom of Sam Adams, we understand that there will be contention and struggle to maintain those divine and sacred rights given us by our Creator.

Consider a recent survey of 1,000 Republican and Republican-leaning college students by College Pulse. When asked, “Have you ever withheld your political views in class for fear that your grades would suffer?” Seventy-three percent of students who identify as “strong Republican” reported that they had, while 71 percent of students who identify as “weak Republican” said yes. Even students who identify as Republican-leaning independents indicated they’ve kept quiet: 70 percent reported they have withheld their political views to protect their grades.

Young Americans for Freedom revealed recently that America’s college and high school students across the political spectrum have held back their real opinions out of fear they would offend a friend.

Based on these findings and other evidence, I do not see a conspiracy against these students, but rather an apprehensive trepidation to inspire classmates and faculty with their beliefs and values when challenged.

Perhaps our unrivaled American prosperity has produced an apathy that has led many students to believe the amazing benefits will remain with no effort on their part?

In the words of Daniel Webster, the reality is: “God grants liberty only to those who love it and are always ready to guard and defend it.”

As a statesman, abolitionist, and expert orator of first-century America, Webster exhorted Americans, “Hold on, my friends, to the Constitution and to the Republic for which it stands. Miracles do not cluster and what has happened once in 6,000 years may not happen again.”

I realize there is a tremendous amount of pressure on you 30% of students who will speak your values, but do not lose heart. Our Founders did it, and by God’s grace so will you.

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com




With Good Roots America Can Return To Greatness

Ron Edwards

From the beginning, it was quite evident that the United States was destined for greatness.  The many  unique ideas espoused and argued about by the Founding Fathers would then culminate in a shot for liberty heard around the world.  While many have both celebrated and benefited from the republic Benjamin Franklin suggested we keep, few can name the source of American exceptionalism.  Today it is even more dire because government schools have purposely not properly taught about our republic. in the fateful year of 1831, there was much curiosity throughout Europe about the young upstart republic known as the United States of America.  During that year a rather young French nobleman, spent nine adventurous months traversing the length and breadth of America. He ventured as far west as the pristine wilderness of Michigan.  Then he made his way south to New Orleans.  But most of his time was spent in Boston, New York, and Philadelphia.

Throughout his travels, Tocqueville interviewed people from every walk of life.  Soon after, he wrote about his amazing observations in Democracy in America which I was blessed to borrow from the American Patriots Bible. “Tocqueville states, Upon my arrival in the United States, the religious aspect of the country was the first thing that struck my attention; and the longer there the more did I perceive the great political consequences resulting from this state of things to which I am unaccustomed.  In France, I had almost always seen the spirit of religion and the spirit of freedom pursuing courses diametrically opposed to each other; but in America I found that they were intimately united, and that they reigned in common over the same country.

Tocqueville continued.  They brought with them into the New World a form of Christianity which I cannot better describe than by styling it a republic and democratic religion.  This sect contributed powerfully to the establishment of a republic, and from the earliest sentiment of the emigrants politics and religion contracted an alliance which has never been dissolved.   There is no country in the whole world in which the Christian religion retains a greater influence over the souls of men than in America; and there can be no greater proof of its utility, and of its conformity to human nature, than that its influence is most powerfully felt over the most enlightened and free nation on earth.  Religion in America takes no direct part in the government of society.  But it must nevertheless be regarded as the foremost of the political institutions of that country; for if it does not impart a taste for freedom, it facilitates the use of free institutions…. I am certain that they hold it to be indispensable to the maintenance of republican institutions.

Tocqueville continued. This opinion is not peculiar to a particular class of citizens or to a party, but it belongs to the whole nation, and to every rank of society.  The Americans combine the notions of Christianity and of Liberty so intimately in their minds, that it is impossible to make them conceive the one without the other. – Tocqueville certainly got it right in his interpretation of America’s linkage of Liberty and Christianity.”  For out of the word of God are the inspiration for both liberty and freedom. That is why George Washington and others warned that for the United States to remain free, “We the People” must maintain good morals and self governance.   Thus, there is technically no need for a dictatorial cradle to grave government controlling our every move.  My fellow Americans the time is now to get serious about teaching our young the truth about the root of our nation’s greatness.  We must instruct them about our unalienable rights which come from God, our liberties and way to preserve and build upon the wise principles enacted by the Founding Fathers.  If not now, when? If not now it may soon be to late.  God bless you, God bless America and may America bless God.  Please check out my website ronedward.talkspot.com.

© 2019 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

Website: http://theronedwards.talkspot.com/




AG William Barr, CIA Asset And Deep State Impresario

So long as the people do not care to exercise their freedom, those who wish to tyrannize will do so; for tyrants are active and ardent, and will devote themselves in the name of any number of gods, religious and otherwise, to put shackles upon sleeping men.  —Voltaire

There is no crueler tyranny than that which is perpetuated under the shield of law and in the name of justice. —Baron de Montesquieu

If the freedom of speech is taken away then dumb and silent, we may be led, like sheep to the slaughter. —George Washington

The Rule of Law, (no person or government is above the law) apparently doesn’t apply to members of the Deep State.  Attorneys Joe diGenova and Victoria Toensing repeatedly tell Fox News that AG William Barr is cleaning up the intelligence community. Barr has been at the job for seven months, and as of yet, no one has been charged.

While the many patriots who supported the election of Donald Trump have suffered immeasurably, those who colluded to destroy Trump’s chances of winning and then to frame him with the false Russia narrative, are still running free, writing books and being promoted on mainstream media.  And many of them are still in the AG’s office influencing his actions.

Diana West, author of American Betrayal and The Red Thread stated that when President Trump chose William Barr for his AG, her heart sank, and for good reason.

William Barr and Robert Mueller

Who suggested William Barr?  Why was Barr chosen, given his shocking and deeply criminal/cover-up kingpin background?  My guess would be the President’s closest advisors including the Vice President who was in charge of the Trump transition team.

The new head of the Justice Department has known and admired the president’s adversary, Robert Mueller, for 30 years, and President Trump seems fine with that.  Their relationship, which Barr described in public during his Senate confirmation hearing, is a reminder of the small size of Washington’s legal and law enforcement worlds.

Barr and Mueller first crossed paths at the Justice Department during the George H. W. Bush administration. When Barr served as attorney general under President George H. W. Bush in 1991 and 1992, Mueller was the assistant attorney general heading up the criminal division.  But the relationship goes further. Their wives are close friends who attend Bible study together, and Mueller attended the weddings of two of Barr’s daughters.

During his Senate confirmation hearing, Barr praised Mueller’s “distinguished record of public service” and said the special counsel’s probe is proper and should be allowed to proceed without interference. That’s a sharp contrast to the acting attorney general Barr replaced, Matthew Whitaker, who called Mueller’s appointment by his and Barr’s close friend, Rod Rosenstein, “ridiculous” and “a little fishy,” among other things.  Barr’s high praise for Mueller is the nucleus of my unease with the new AG.

Conservatives have long cited the bond between Mueller and Comey, whose firing by Trump prompted the special counsel’s appointment by Rod Rosenstein, as evidence that Mueller was hopelessly conflicted. And now Barr has failed to charge Comey who deliberately leaked government information to someone outside the Department of Justice (DOJ) in order to prompt a Special Counsel.

Robert Mueller’s modus operandi for the last 30 years hasn’t changed. Sidney Powell’s brilliant expose of the Deep State in her book, Licensed to Lie, exposed the core group of federal prosecutors who broke all the rules, made up crimes, hid evidence, and sent innocent people to prison.

Robert Mueller and his pit bull, Andrew Weissmann, a true villain, ran the cabal of narcissistic federal prosecutors who broke all the rules and rose to great power. This ilk of lying human debris was in charge of the efforts to destroy our duly elected President.  Both Congressman Louie Gohmert’s expose and Louisiana State Senator John Milkovich’s book, Robert Mueller Errand Boy for the New World Order, expose years of corruption and unconscionable conduct…conduct which should have resulted in their disbarment.

William Barr’s Father

William Barr’s father is Donald Barr, who was the headmaster at Dalton School in Manhattan which was founded by progressive educator, Helen Parkhurst who took her cues from developmental psychologist Jean Piaget and education reformers such as John Dewey and Horace Mann.  Jeffrey Epstein became a professor at the Dalton School.

Donald Barr also had a stint in the precursor to the CIA, the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) during WWII.  Prior to that, he described himself as having a Marxist upbringing in terms of his own memoirs and ruminations on education.  He had a footnote on the dialectic and stated that as a child he enjoyed being a Marxist and reading Marx and Engels.

Barr wrote a book entitled, Who Pushed Humpty Dumpty? wherein he claimed to have three very strange radical leftist mentors in his life who migrated toward establishment mainstream status basically infiltrating old right conservatism just as did William F. Buckley and Irving Kristol.  Gordon Myrick, Ralph Lynton and Carlton Hayes were the mentors and Diana West is researching all three.

William Barr, CIA Operative

A strong case can be made that William Barr was as powerful and important a figure in the George H. W. Bush apparatus as any other, including Poppy Bush.  As the Attorney General (AG) from 1991 to 1993, Barr wreaked havoc, flaunted the rule of law, and proved himself to be one of the CIA/Deep State’s greatest and most ruthless champions and protectors.  Like father, like son.

  • Barr stonewalled and destroyed the Church Committee that investigated abuses by the CIA, National Security Agency (NSA), Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).
  • Barr joined George H. W. Bush’s legal/intelligence team during Bush’s vice presidency (under President Ronald Reagan).  He rose from assistant attorney general to chief legal counsel to attorney general (1991) during the Bush 41 presidency.
  • Barr was a key player in the Iran-Contra operation, if not the most important member of the apparatus, simultaneously managing the operation while also “fixing” the legal end, ensuring that all of the operatives could do their jobs without fear of exposure or arrest.
  • In his attorney general confirmation, Barr vowed to “attack criminal organizations,” drug smugglers and money launderers. Sounds like hot air!  AG Barr would preserve, protect, cover up, and nurture the apparatus that he helped create, and use Justice Department power to escape punishment.
  • Barr stonewalled and stopped investigations into all Bush/Clinton and CIA crimes, including BCCI banks scandal and BNL CIA drug banking, the theft of Inslaw/PROMIS software, and all crimes of state committed by Bush.  More on this in the next article.
  • Barr left Washington, and went through the “rotating door” to the corporate world, where he took on numerous directorships and counsel positions for major companies. In 2007 and again from 2017, Barr was counsel for politically-connected international Chicago law firm Kirkland & Ellis. Among its other notable attorneys and alumni are Kenneth Starr, John Bolton, Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh, and numerous Trump administration attorneys.  Kirkland and Ellis’s clients including sex trafficker/pedophile Jeffrey Epstein, and Mitt Romney’s Bain Capital.
  • Barr successfully advocated the pardon of six former White House aides, including those convicted of lying to Congress or withholding information during the investigation. The six-year probe centered around allegations that the Reagan administration had secretly sold weapons to Iran despite an arms embargo, then clandestinely funneled the proceeds to anti-Communist rebels in Nicaragua.

Those pardoned were Defense Secretary Casper Weinberger; Elliott Abrams, former assistant secretary of state; Robert C. McFarlane, former national security adviser, and former CIA officials Clair E. George, Alan D. Fiers and Duane Clarridge. All were in President Ronald Reagan’s Administration.

Arkansas, Iran-Contra and Drugs

Compromised by Terry Reed is the true story of Bill Clinton’s sellout to the CIA.  The expose is Reed’s own eyewitness account.  He was a former CIA asset whose patriotism transformed him into a liability when he refused to turn a blind eye to the Agency’s drug trafficking. While helping the CIA set up its secret operations, he unwittingly compromised his family’s safety, ultimately forcing them to become fugitives.  Realizing that he witnessed the making of a counterfeit President and knew too much about its drug operations, the CIA set out to destroy Reed and his family.

Clinton’s political ambitions and his campaign pledge to create jobs for Arkansans led him to choose CIA support to help in his bid for the Presidency.  He permitted the CIA to use Arkansas factories to make untraceable weapons and he allowed CIA contract agents to train Contra pilots on rural airstrips in support of the war in Nicaragua, effectively evading the Congressional ban on military aid to the Contras.

Clinton split with many other state governments in sending a contingency of the Arkansas National Guard to Honduras to train the Nicaraguan Contras on how to overthrow their Sandinista government. Clinton would also discuss his first-hand knowledge of the operation with now-Trump administration Attorney General William Barr.  As a CIA operative, Barr became the Attorney General of the United States, not once, but twice.

In the 1980s, Terry Reed knew William Barr under a different alias as a CIA liaison to Reagan’s CIA Director William Casey in Arkansas. Barr was supposed to be running a CIA cutout called Southern Air Transport.  Reed later saw William Barr become AG under Bush 41, and connected him to the man he knew as Robert Johnson.

Clinton’s secret was shared by then Vice President Bush who was also compromised by his involvement.  The Justice Departments of Reagan, Bush and Clinton orchestrated an ongoing cover-up in the Iran-Contra scandal.

The issue of notification of Congress about imminent clandestine activities was at the heart of the Iran-Contra scandal when President Ronald Reagan and CIA Director William Casey specifically ordered that lawmakers be kept in the dark about the infamous, covert arms-for-hostages deals with Iran.

Barr chastised Clinton for his sloppy handling of the delicate operation and his half-brother, Roger Clinton’s, very public fall from grace for cocaine use and then his pardon by Bill. He would later tell Clinton, according to ReedBill, you are Mr. Casey’s fair-haired boy … You and your state have been our greatest asset. Mr. Casey wanted me to pass on to you that unless you f*** up and do something stupid, you’re No. 1 on the short list for a shot at the job that you’ve always wanted. You and guys like you are the fathers of the new government. We are the new covenant.

Clinton was ultimately rewarded with the Presidency.

Attempts to investigate Clinton’s role in the Mena operations and the Iran-Contra affair were allegedly axed by Clinton’s own confidantes, who consistently denied he played a role in the scandal. According to the Wall Street Journal, former IRS investigator William Duncan teamed with Arkansas State Police Investigator Russell Welch in what became a decade-long battle to bring the matter to light. All of the nine separate state and federal probes into the affair failed.

Duncan would later say of the investigations, “[They] were interfered with and covered up, and the justice system was subverted,” and a 1992 memo from Duncan to high-ranking members of the attorney general’s staff notes that Duncan was instructed “to remove all files concerning the Mena investigation from the attorney general’s office.” The attorney general, serving under George H. W. Bush, at that time was William Barr.

Conclusion

In a previous article I asked who vets the nominees for President Trump’s administration?  Apparently, no one vets the administration candidates thoroughly. They use social media to see what the candidate has said about Trump.  Of course, the FBI should investigate every candidate, but the FBI is not trustworthy.

Stay tuned, there’s much more to come on AG Barr.




Dan Rather – Still the Same Clueless Mudslinging Leftist He Always Was

By Greg Holt

Funny how Dan Rather-not is out doing interviews and engaging in his usual nonsensical mudslinging – and oh by the way, he has a new book out too.

According to Breitbart News, Rather was interviewed on Morning Joe recently and said that we, as a nation have our differences, and that Trump is exploiting those differences.  Rather went on to say:

“One of the main ways it is different here in 2019 than it was during the 1960s is that we are a richer mix of religion, race, ethnicity, and that has caused a lot of fear in people. There are any number of people who say, ‘Look, it’s not the America of my grandfather and grandmother, not even the same as it was during my parents’ time.’ And it’s caused by fear. And I think this is a very important point: This fear is being exploited by any number of political leaders. [sic] including, I’m sorry to say and there’s is no joy in saying it, the president of the United States.”

This is rich coming from a former Leftist member of the mainstream media.  There is a lot of diversity in America, Rather is quite correct on that, but other then that, Rather is not only wrong, but he is in typical liberal fashion exploiting the people of our country by manipulation.  If ever there was exploitation, and there was and is – this exploitation can squarely be blamed on the mainstream media.

It is people like Dan Rather, Joe Scarborough, Mika Brzezinski, CNN’s crew, The New York Times, the hosts of The View – basically almost all of the mainstream media, that are to blame for any “fear” people in America feel.

The news no longer has much of anything to do with news.  Let me explain that – the so-called news, is all about manipulation, it’s about preying on people, it’s about propaganda, and it’s a concerted effort to brainwash people into believing exactly what the media wants you to believe.  And what does the media want you to believe?  I would need to write a book to answer that question – suffice it to say that:

  • Conservatives and their thoughts and ideas are dangerous
  • Christianity is the enemy of the people
  • Morals and ethics are whatever each individual decides on
  • Truth is whatever each person says it is – no absolute truth
  • The U.S. borders must remain open, or we are doing the world a disservice
  • The LGBTQ must be honored and included in all things and must never be spoken against (Although they are free to speak against Christians)
  • Censorship is ok (and encouraged) as long as it is against those who do not subscribe to Leftist/progressive thinking
  • All forms of hate speech, intimidation (doxing), and threats are acceptable when used against Christians and conservatives
  • Violence against all who are conservative is perfectly acceptable (Antifa)
  • Guns must be taken away
  • Free college, free health care, and a free basic income (no strings attached) are an American right

All one needs to do to see all this in action is to turn on the news, look around on the Internet and social media, and listen to the Democratic candidates for president who all promise outlandish and impossible items as they vie for the Democratic nomination.  Elizabeth Warren is a perfect example of this, my question is – exactly who is going to pay for all these freebies she wants to give away?

As for Rather’s feeble insistence that Trump is a racist hater, well if you listen to the likes of washed up fake news CNN, then yes, Trump is a hater.  If however you have a few brain cells running around inside your head, and you get your news from conservative sites like this one, then you know the truth, and the truth will set you free.

The truth is – that it is the Left that engages in hate, it is the Left that decries anything and everything they do not like by screaming loudly and long – racism.  The word is used so much that it should not even have any meaning any longer.

A few examples:

Trump wants to have a merit based immigration system (as Mexico does), and that is racist.
Trump and many others I might add want a border wall, and that is racist.
Anyone who does not agree with the LGBTQ mindset is a racist.
A pastor that actually preaches the entire Bible is, you guessed it, a racist.
If your skin color is white, you are a racist.
If you support the U.S. Constitution, you are a racist.

In fact, if you are a supporter of the Constitution, you may be considered a homegrown terrorist by the Department of Homeland Security.

Do you see how completely asinine the use of racist and racism has become?  I have even seen an article, actually many articles, that claimed that white milk was racist, yes no kidding.  A Google search on “white milk is racist,” returns over 11 million results. Uh what???

This really isn’t my father’s America, or anyone else’s for that matter.  This is an America I do not know or recognize.

As for Rather’s outlandish hate-on for Trump, read these words from Trump’s July 4th speech:

“‘As long as we stay true to our cause, as long as we remember our great history, as long as we never ever stop fighting for a better future, then there will be nothing that America cannot do,’ the president said.

‘The future belongs to the brave, the strong, the proud, and the free,’ Trump continued. ‘We are one people, chasing one dream, and one magnificent destiny. We all share the same heroes, the same home, the same heart, and we are all made by the same Almighty God.’”  (Source)

Sounds pretty hateful right?  How dare President Trump stand up for this country and its people, how dare trump invoke the name of God.  This author would say: how dare he not?  As much as the Leftist media and their Democratic handlers want you to believe otherwise, this country was founded by and for a moral and godly people, not a bunch of amoral interlopers bent on its annihilation.

Rather and all the rest of his Leftist cronies accusing those on the right of being hateful racists is like the pot calling the kettle black.  Those on the Left need a long and deep look in the mirror – they would see overflowing hate, dishonesty, greedy, power hungry, globalists bent on destroying the U.S.A. to further their own anti-American goals of joining the global cabal of One World government advocates – whom support eugenics, complete disarmament of the people, all forms of spying on the people, socialism, Islam, the banning of Christianity, abolishment of prisons, all open borders, and the full and complete destruction of a moral God-fearing society.

I and many others have spent innumerable amounts of time warning people – but most simply are not listening.  When people finally do decide to listen to us – it will be too late.  Just like when the people of Germany finally realized the extreme danger that Hitler presented not only to Germany, but also to the entire world, it was already far too late.

Wake up America – before it’s too late.

Greg is the author of the newly released book: Spiritual Darkness is Destroying America and the Church

Follow TCP on FacebookGabUSA LifeTwitterPinterest, and Social Cross

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Greg Holt: admin@trueconservativepundit.com




Autism–Still Looking For Answers In All The Wrong Places

By Joan Swirsky

According to 2018 statistics from the Center for Disease Control (CDC), about 1 in 59 children has been identified with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), up from the one in 68 in 2016.

This updated CDC chart––from 2019––reveals the shocking escalation of autism in the U.S., which is predicted to be one in every 40 children in the near future.

PLUS ÇA CHANGE…

As always, the powers-that-be at the CDC trot out the age-old rationales to explain these disturbing statistics:

  • Greater awareness and therefore earlier and more accurate diagnoses
  • The role that being older parents play not only in the incidence of autism but also Down syndrome and other developmental disabilities
  • Genes
  • “Something” in the environment

Five years ago, a CDC study found that the incidence of autism in blacks “continues to lag behind whites and Hispanics,” which some experts attributed to racial bias––i.e., blacks lack equal access to medical care. But other experts say that blacks may simply be less vulnerable to autism for some unknown reason.

What is consistently omitted, however, is the role that ultrasound exams during pregnancy may and probably do play in the rapidly-escalating incidence of this lifelong condition.

WHAT WE KNOW TODAY

Autism is a neurological disorder that affects the normal development of the brain, causing self-defeating behaviors and an inability to form social relationships. It usually appears before the age of three. Most scientists believe that autism is strongly influenced by genetics but allow that environmental factors may also play a role.

To be diagnosed on the autistic spectrum, a child must have deficits in three areas:

  1. Communication (most children can’t make eye contact; others can’t speak).
  2. Social skills (typified by disinterest in both people and surroundings).
  3. Typically “normal” behavior (many autistic children have tics, repetitive behavior, inappropriate affects, et al).

Those diagnosed on the autistic spectrum range from high-functioning, self-sufficient people––even geniuses––to those who need lifelong supportive help.

A LARGELY-DEBUNKED THEORY

The increased incidence of autism has been attributed by legions of parents and a number of professionals to the mercury-containing preservative thimerosol, used to prevent bacterial or fungal contamination in the vaccines babies and children routinely receive.

This is not backed up by hard science.

Thimerosol, which has been used in vaccines since the 1930s, has not been used in the U.S. since 2001 and the vaccine dosages containing the preservative that were given before then had about the same amount of mercury found in an infant’s daily supply of breast milk.

Numerous studies––by The CDC, The Institute of Medicine, The American Academy of Pediatrics, The World Health Organization, and The National Academy of Sciences, among other prestigious organizations––have found no autism-vaccine link, while other studies have shown an increase in autism in countries that have removed thimerosal from vaccines.

In fact, between late 1999 and late 2002, mercury was removed from most childhood vaccines, including DPT (Diphtheria, Tetanus, Pertussis), Hepatitis B, and Hib [Haemophilus influenza b]. The MMR (Measles, Mumps, Rubella), which is a live vaccine, is not compatible with thimerosal.

What appears significant, however, is the degree to which diagnoses of mental retardation and learning disabilities throughout the country have decreased at the same time as diagnoses of autism have risen, as reported in a May 2006 issue of Behavioral Pediatrics.

Some experts theorize that “diagnostic substitution” may explain this phenomenon. Diagnostic Substitution means that children who were diagnosed with other conditions––including ADHD and learning disabilities––are now diagnosed with autism.

MY THEORY

In the early ’70s, I worked as a delivery-room nurse at a university-affiliated hospital. It was a revolutionary time in obstetrics, when the Lamaze method of “prepared childbirth” and the use of sonograms to visualize fetuses in the womb were just gaining popularity.

Ultrasound technology was first developed in Scotland in the mid-1950s by obstetrician Ian Donald and engineer Tom Brown to detect industrial flaws in ships. But it was only in the early 1970s that it was used in American hospitals to check that the developing baby, placenta, and amniotic fluid were normal and to detect abnormal conditions such as birth defects and ectopic pregnancies, et al.

At the end of the ’70s, I became a certified Lamaze teacher and spent the next 22 years giving classes in my home. In a very real way, I had my own laboratory, as I learned directly from my clients about the increasing escalation of sonogram exams.

In the early 1980s, it was common for only one or two out of the 10 women in my classes to have a sonogram. In just a few years, every woman in my classes had had a sonogram. And in the late ’80s and ’90s, almost every woman had not one but often two or three or four or five sonograms––starting as early as three-or-four weeks of gestation and extending, in some instances, right up to the ninth month!

It was in the ’90s, in fact, that it began to occur to me that the scary rise in the incidence of autism might be linked to the significant rise in ultrasound exams. Over the years, I’ve posited my theory to a number of people and written letters to the editors of newspapers––including the NY Times, for which I wrote for over 20 years, but they still refused to publish my letter.

I contacted autism researchers Dr. Marcel Just and Dr. Diane L. Williams, who told me via e-mail that Dr. Pasko Rakic at Yale was, indeed, exploring the autism-ultrasound link.

AN AHA! MOMENT

Then, in 2006, I found an article in Midwifery Today: “Questions about Prenatal Ultrasound and the Alarming Increase in Autism,” by writer-researcher Caroline Rodgers.

“The steep increase in autism,” Rodgers wrote, “goes beyond the U.S.: It is a “global phenomenon”… that “has emerged…across vastly different environments and cultures.”

“What do countries and regions with climates, diets and exposure to known toxins as disparate as the U.S., Japan, Scandinavia, Australia, India and the UK have in common?” Rodgers asked.

“No common factor in the water, air, local pesticides, diet or even building materials and clothing can explain the emergence and relentless increase in this serious, life-long neurodevelopmental disorder,” she stated.

“What all industrial countries do have in common,” she added, “is …the use of routine prenatal ultrasound on pregnant women. In countries with nationalized healthcare, where virtually all pregnant women are exposed to ultrasound, the autism rates are even higher than in the U.S., where due to disparities in income and health insurance, some 30 percent of pregnant women do not yet undergo ultrasound scanning.”

The cause of autism, Rodgers continues, “has been pinned on everything from ’emotionally remote’ mothers…to vaccines, genetics, immunological disorders, environmental toxins and maternal infections, [but] a far simpler possibility…is the pervasive use of prenatal ultrasound, which can cause potentially dangerous thermal effects.

ENTER HARD SCIENCE

In August 2006, Pasko Rakic, M.D., chair of Yale School of Medicine’s Department of Neurobiology, announced the results of a study with pregnant mice undergoing various durations of ultrasound. The brains of the offspring showed damage consistent with that found in the brains of people with autism.

The research, funded by the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, also implicated ultrasound in neurodevelopmental problems in children, such as dyslexia, epilepsy, mental retardation and schizophrenia, and showed that damage to brain cells increased with longer exposures.

Dr. Rakic’s study, Rodgers said, “… is just one of many animal experiments and human studies conducted over the years indicating that prenatal ultrasound can be harmful to babies.”

Jennifer Margulis, author of Business of Baby: What Doctors Don’t Tell You, What Corporations Try to Sell You, and How to Put Your Baby Before Their Bottom Linewrites that Dr. Rakic “concluded that all nonmedical use of ultrasound on pregnant women should be avoided.”

In her research, Margulis discovered that “there is mounting evidence that overexposure to sound waves––or perhaps exposure to sound waves at a critical time during fetal development––is to blame for the astronomic rise in neurological disorders among America’s children.”

PROBLEMS WITH SOUND AND HEAT

A 2009 Scientific American  article by John Slocum explains that sonar––Sound Navigation And Ranging systems––first developed by the U.S. Navy to detect enemy submarines, “generate slow-rolling sound waves topping out at around 235 decibels, [while] the world’s loudest rock bands top out at only 130. These sound waves can travel for hundreds of miles under water, and can retain an intensity of 140 decibels as far as 300 miles from their source.”

This is relevant because many mass deaths and strandings of whales and dolphins have been attributed to the sonar waves emitted from Navy ships. As many as 3,000 dead dolphins were found in Peru during the summer of 2012, which researchers attributed to the deep-water sonar by ships in nearby waters. And in June of 2008, four days after a Navy helicopter was using sonar equipment in training exercises off the coast of Great Britain, 26 dolphins died in a mass stranding.

Quick question: If sonar beams can kill fully-developed dolphins, what effect do they have on the developing brains of in-utero embryos and fetuses in the first three months of development?

WHAT DOES ULTRASOUND ACTUALLY DO?

Rodgers explained that ultrasound used in fetal imaging emits high-frequency sound waves that are converted into images and waves that can heat both tissue and bone.”

She cited a warning the Food and Drug Administration issued in 2004: “…even at low levels, [ultrasound] laboratory studies have shown it can have…`jarring vibrations’ – one study compared the noise to a subway coming into a station – `and a rise in temperature.’”

Imagine how these assaults affect the fragile brain of a developing fetus!

Just as concerning, as far back 1982, a study by the World Health Organization (WHO)––”Effects of Ultrasound on Biological Systems”––concluded that “…neurological, behavioral, developmental, immunological, hematological changes and reduced fetal weight can result from exposure to ultrasound.”

Two years later, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) reported that when birth defects occurred, the acoustic output [of sonograms] was usually high enough to cause considerable heat.

And yet, in 1993, the FDA approved an eight-fold increase in the potential acoustical output of ultrasound equipment, ostensibly to enhance better visualization of the heart and small vessels during microsurgery. Clearly, the health and well-being of developing fetuses was not a consideration!

“Can the fact that this increase in potential thermal effects happened during the same period of time that the incidence of autism increased nearly 60-fold be merely coincidental?” Rodgers asks.

KEEPING THE HEAT ON (so to speak)

In 2010, Ms. Rodgers presented a lecture about autism and ultrasound entitled “The Elephant in the Room” at the Interagency Autism Coordinating Committee of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. These were but a few of her shocking conclusions:

  • A worldwide autism boom was identified by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) that began in 1988-1989.
  • Ultrasound use and autism are more prevalent among higher socioeconomic groups.
  • An increased prevalence of autism occurs among better-educated, more affluent communities. Among other things, women in these communities have more ultrasound exams.

Women who are at higher risk of bearing children with autism include:

  • Mothers who receive first-trimester care
  • Mothers with higher educations
  • Mothers with private health insurance
  • Older mothers

Rodgers concludes: Only increased exposure to prenatal ultrasound can explain all of the above.

THOSE WHO DISAGREE

Numerous studies “prove” fetal ultrasound exams are safe, like the recent study reported in The Journal of the American Medical Association, which essentially said no problem!

In addition, WebMD touts the benefits of the technology, including that sonograms depict 4D imaging which vividly presents “the baby’s in utero facial expressions.”

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) tells prospective parents that ultrasound provides “a valuable opportunity to view and hear the heartbeat of the fetus, bond with the unborn baby, and capture images to share with family and friends.”

And the CDC denies any association between ultrasound and adverse maternal, fetal or neonatal outcomes.

SKEPTICISM, ANYONE?

And yet, Jim West, author of Ultrasound: Human Studies Indicate Extreme Risk, contends that the “subtle and not-so-subtle” biological effects of ultrasound “have set the human species on a tragic path” from which it may take generations to recover….a single exposure to ultrasound produces cellular and DNA damage similar to 250 chest X-rays—and damage [is] permanent and heritable for 10 generations and beyond.”

Ultrasound also uses non-ionizing radiation (used in cell phones, cell towers, etc.), which can cause cellular and DNA damage.

We also know that when there is a vested financial, professional, ideological or political interest in a certain result, scientific “experts” are quite susceptible to “shaping” their findings to fit the views of the people who are funding the study.

We’ve seen this with the tobacco industry and the sugar industry, and another perfect example, as written extensively about by Henry Payne in National Review––Global Warming–Follow the Money––are the climate change so-called scientists who always “shape” their results to their benefactors’ satisfaction.

Another reason for skepticism are the numerous examples of rosy promises that turned into disasters.

  • Diethylstilbestrol (DES), given to women from 1940 to 1970 to prevent miscarriages until catastrophic health conditions happened to the daughters and sons of the women who took the drug.
  • The Copper 7 intrauterine device (IUD), introduced in the mid-1970s, ultimately was found to cause pelvic inflammatory disease, ectopic pregnancies, septic miscarriages, infection, et al.
  • Hormone Replacement Therapy (HRT), introduced in the 1940s to help women with symptoms of menopause, was highly effective until a front-page article in The Wall St. Journal (in about 2008) cited studies linking this therapy to a rise in metastatic breast cancer, effectively destroying the world’s best-selling drug, Premarin––a high-estrogen medication.
  • Vioxx, approved by the FDA in 1999 for pain relief and reducing inflammation of osteoarthritis, was pulled from the market in 2004 because of all the heart attacks and strokes it caused.

This is the very very very short list! But if you want more info on the drugs approved by the Food & Drug Administration (FDA) and then pulled off the market because of disastrous effects, Laima Jonusiene, M.D., spells it all out here.

THE ELEPHANT IN THE ROOM

There is a vast human tragedy––a true man-made disaster––taking place before our eyes.

For whatever reasons––follow the money?––the mountain of evidence that points to a causal relationship between prenatal ultrasound exams and an escalating pandemic of autism is being completely ignored.

Could it have anything to do with the huge investments doctors and scientists have made in ultrasound technology, which, according to Jennifer Margulis, “adds more than $1 billion to the cost of caring for pregnant women in America each year”?

Could it have anything to do with the revenue now pouring like an avalanche into the coffers of diagnostic and treatment centers and classrooms?

Could it have anything to do with modern journalism’s complete abandonment of hard-nosed reporting and life-saving exposés?

As Caroline Rodgers said, there is an elephant in the room when it comes to the subject of autism. And that elephant is the worldwide blitzkrieg of ultrasound exams on pregnant women–– exams that have bombarded the babies they’re carrying with the brain-warping sound waves and heat that will affect them every second of their autistic lives.

What’s wrong with this picture? America has 320-million people. If even half that number are parents or grandparents, when will all of them start to demand accountability from our health experts, as well as answers––and action!––from our feckless politicians?

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com




Men:  Ignore Warning Signs & You Could End Up Dead

By Devvy Kidd

In April 2011, I wrote this column, Get My Wallet Out Of Your Vagina. Oh, how the “feminists” squealed.  You know, those ‘strong, independent’ females out to conquer the world with their top priority being destroy men and ‘toxic masculinity’.

“The herds of grazing cattle who only raise their heads when abortion funding is threatened are too stupid to understand that a billion borrowed dollars a day gets slapped right back at them in higher taxes.

“How many times have we heard female politicians bleat about “women’s issues” during elections? How many times have we heard the old chant about “empowering women” from female members of Congress?

“The feminization of Congress and our state legislatures is destroying constitutional government, running America into oceans of unpayable debt and breeding generations of helpless women, whining for mother government to take care of them and their every need.

“The U.S. Constitution, specifically Article 1, Section 8, specifically enumerates the only areas where Congress can legislate. There are no “women’s issues” in that section of the Constitution. That eliminates education, altering the Second Amendment, after-school programs, studies for breast feeding, child care and a thousand other areas where women in elected office have been unconstitutionally introducing and passing bills for decades. The resultant laws have saddling all of us with unpayable debt.”

I wrote that back on March 18, 2005 and nothing has changed.

“The legions of females out there are herded in the desired direction with promises of stealing from the people’s treasury for their wants and needs. All those “independent, strong women” are nothing but whiners demanding the fruits of your labor. Real women take care of the babies they bring into this world.

“Real women know that family planning means keep your panties on and being a responsible adult. Strong, independent women do not demand mother government steal from taxpayers to fund their personal lives. Strong and independent? Horse crap. Strong, independent women do not demand someone else pay their way whether it’s health care, day care or “basic family planning.”

Ivanka Trump is a front runner in promoting stealing your paycheck to fund unconstitutional programs to “empower women” and force Fascism down the throats of employers.  Anyway, my column was not well received by those who felt my arrow.  I was shredded on “feminist” web sites using some of most foul language you can imagine. Most referred to me as bitch. Imagine that.

In case some haven’t noticed or if they have, are too afraid to speak the truth, women can be vicious and I mean vicious in the strongest definition of the word. I’ve lived a long life and over the past few decades I’ve watched as too many women in this country have become the biggest hypocrites in our society.

One area is domestic abuse. Domestic abuse is NEVER okay whether the abuser is male or female and that’s the point of this column.  Little is ever said about female domestic abusers.  Men in this country need to wake up and learn to see past the lust so they don’t end up dead.

A lot of time is spent trying to get the same message across to women out there so they don’t end up in a domestic abuse cycle where they or their child end up dead.  It doesn’t appear to be working because every day – everyday – there are 1-2 stories I see on DailyMail about yet another dead baby or toddler murdered by the mother’s boyfriend or husband. Chronic abuse in the home.

I just finished reading a book titled Fatal Beauty by Burl Barer. It’s the true story about the murder of a man named Jimmy Joste here in Texas.  A ‘powerhouse in the oil and gas industry’ who was known not only for his substantial fortune, but also for being kind and generous to all.  A big teddy bear.

Joste was addicted to a woman named Rhonda Glover described as gorgeous and smart. When I say addicted, I mean the history of Joste’s relationship with Glover over the course of fifteen years can be described in no other way. No matter what she did to him, he “loved” her with all his heart.

If I were a guy, no way would I put up with what Glover put that man through. In the later part of their relationship, allegedly, Joste was using drugs to self-medicate.  Glover was a drug junkie and alcoholic. Gee, what could go wrong?

Problem was, underneath that ‘smokin’ hot body’ and beauty was a woman who was mentally ill and in total denial despite being hospitalized. (Her trial was delayed while she spent time in a mental hospital.)  I mean this woman was beyond delusional but she was also abusive and because Joste loved her so much and they had a son, he let her get away with it.

While she claimed physical abuse by Joste, Glover was the one doing the abusing. His friends saw it first hand and wanted Joste to cut the chains.

Finally, one day Glover brought her carefully laid plan to fruition and shot him dead. Pumped him with ten bullets; six as he was trying to escape down the hallway in one of their houses. Claimed self-defense.

Joste was the victim of domestic abuse. While he and Glover didn’t marry, they lived together off and on.  Instead of walking away and using the legal system to get full custody of his son and away from that woman, he played by her rules.  A fatal mistake.

Even up to the end, Joste thought he could change her. He couldn’t. Glover was simply “too broken” to fix outside a controlled environment like a mental hospital.

She is now serving a 66-year sentence in a Texas prison. The jury didn’t show her mercy because she deserved none even though during the punishment phase, they were made fully aware of Glover’s mental illnesses. But, she knew right from wrong. Glover made the conscience effort to purchase a gun. She took shooting lessons and became a very good shot.  Supposedly for self-defense from Joste. No, because she planned to kill him.

How did Glover get away with her behavior for so long? How could she keep fooling an otherwise intelligent man who threw a fortune at her in cash, jewels, cars and homes? How did a domestic abuser like Glover keep her claws locked onto Joste’s heart for so long?

Let me give a quote from the book that men should pay attention to because once these female abusers get you into their beds, it can be very difficult down the road to leave.  Because of children from the relationship or simply because the man so badly wants to have a respectful, caring and meaningful relationship he’s willing to put up with what he should have seen at the beginning. As they say, love is blind. It can also be deadly.

Fatal Beauty:

“Alcohol abuse is a common harbinger of domestic violence,” asserted Donna McCooke, health care professional in the UK. “Personality disorders are also primary characteristic of women who are violent and abusive. Borderline personality disorder is a diagnosis that is found almost exclusively with women. Women are three hundred times more likely have this particular condition.

“Approximately one to two percent of all women has a borderline personality disorder. At least fifty percent of all domestic abuse and violence against men is associated with women who have a borderline personality disorder. The disorder is also associated with severe mood swings, lying and sexual issues, such as lack of sexual response, or excessive sexual behavior. Abuse and violence are behaviors chosen by a woman to cause physical, sexual or emotion damage and worry or fear”.

Continuing from the author:

“Women who abuse their husbands or boyfriends are characterized as being promiscuous, selfish and narcissistic. “They tend to be attention whores” asserted researcher Travis Webb.” And they get addicted to the drama they stir up. It’s like they live in an emotional state of 911. They lie and use anger or actual physical violence to get what they want and to get noticed: The more crafty ones hide their true nature by being affable and polite in public.”

Glover to a T.  Joste’s friends saw all of this and more in Glover but Joste was so in “love” with Glover he was willing to put up with her. Even Glover’s own friends knew she was all of the above and more as further described in Fatal Beauty:

“They blame men rather than admit their own problems, take responsibility for how they live their lives or do something about how they make themselves miserable.

“Almost all abusive women will fake injuries, and they consider themselves excellent actresses, stated Webb. “They cast themselves in the role of victim, while they are, in reality, emotional terrorists and social tyrants. Sooner or later they falsely accuse their husband or partner of a crime, and often toss in allegations of child abuse.

“A close look shows that claims of domestic violence accusations has become their current weapon of choice, because it is easy to fabricate. They love tearing down their husband or partner’s reputation and get some sort of weird delight in raining destruction upon their husband or partner”.

That’s what I believe happened to actor Johnny Depp. He married someone described as a gold-digger who alleged he assaulted her.  I believe when all is done with the current lawsuit Depp has filed against her, evidence will show she staged the alleged attack to milk him and advance her career.  In an instant she went from a C-list actress in Hollywood to the latest victim queen of domestic abuse – and lots of film roles.

Abused husbands or boyfriends, physical and/or mentally, are really the forgotten ones in the toxic world of domestic abuse violence.  Ashamed to tell anyone because they won’t hit back and might be perceived as less than a man, they end up in jail, prison, lose their jobs and custody of any children during the relationship.

Our society has become so sick and depraved, one wonders can it ever get better?  Yes, but people need to learn the warning signs before they enter into a relationship. If things feel a little “off” it’s probably because there is a problem.

Lust should never be the cornerstone of a relationship one enters into with expectations of a long-term togetherness. I know.  When you’re young there is that pesky little thing called hormones. But, that’s why it’s so important to have a mother and father to help young folks understand the difference between love and lust. The difference between an equal and loving partnership or marriage vs what’s described above.

In the case of Joste and Glover, neither were ‘spring chickens’.  Joste made a terrible choice in staying with a sick woman who needed to be institutionalized (who refused to take her medication) which cost him his life.

Friends and family: Don’t be afraid a loved one will ‘get mad at you’ for trying to help them see staying in a toxic relationship/marriage can only have tragic results. Rather they get mad at you than you attending their funeral.

I am of the personal opinion the destruction of America’s moral fabric came from the ‘free love’ revolution, Roe v Wade and then no-fault divorce. While divorce should always be the last remedy, there most certainly are situations where it is the only course of action to save lives if domestic abuse is in the equation.

As for men who are victims of domestic abuse violence, get out. Yes, ‘breaking up is hard to’ but don’t let a violent woman ruin your life and reputation because society is still biased towards believing the woman. Before it ever gets that far, get out.

[On a personal note, our town desperately needs a couple of veterinarians. Due to the passing of two fine veterinarians, we are down to only two vet offices.  Mine is looking for a vet to join his.  A very flourishing vet clinic, hospital and boarding facility. Want to get away from the rat race of urban crime infested cities and make really good money? Contact me for more information at devvyk@npn.net.)

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book, Taking Politics Out of Solutions. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

Links:

Murder and Mayhem: What’s Going On Out There – a must read

50 Years of No-Fault Divorce Gave Us a Throwaway Culture

U.S. in ‘serious jeopardy’ from 1 disturbing threat – ‘Generation of children being manipulated and warped day by day’

© 2019 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net




Anger (Hate), Gossip and Frustration: Forgive Them Anyhow

By Frosty Wooldridge

Back in high school, rumors started as fast as a lightning storm to destroy any girl’s reputation.  Often out of jealousy for some perceived transgression, classmates concocted stories to create hurt for another person.

(During your lifetime, you face curving roads, blind corners that you can’t see coming and things up ahead that you can’t imagine. You will also meet friends, moments and predicaments that bewilder you.  Keep pedaling, paddling or hiking toward your truest self.  The journey will reward you with an amazing life.) Photo by Frosty Wooldridge

As we grew older, most of us learned through the years that everyone paddles his or her canoe as best they can on this unique journey through life.

But along the way, in most communities around the world, people talk about other people. They make judgments.  They hold verdicts. They render conclusions based on their perceptions.

Someone always gets emotionally damaged by bitter reprisals, anger, gossip and other peoples’ frustrations.

It’s been said that, “Life begins at the end of your comfort zone.”

I once knew a friend who carried grudges against those who wronged him.  He piled them into a potato sack that he slung over his shoulder everyday when he traveled to work. When I saw him for lunch one day, he carried on with new additions to his “potato sack full of grudges.”

Finally, I said, “Jack, you carry so many negative thoughts about folks who have done you wrong that you keep piling complaints into that sack that you carry around on your back.  The more you complain, the more you add to the sack—I think it must be getting pretty heavy and pretty rotten.  Have you ever thought of forgiving all those who wronged you?”

“I just can’t,” Jack said.

“If you did,” I said, “it would take a load off your mind and emotions.  Give it a try.”

“How do I do it?” he asked.

“People can be harsh, unfair, perverse, dishonest and irrational,” I said.  “Just forgive them anyhow.  Forgive them unconditionally in your own mind and heart.  They don’t need to know it.  You don’t have to tell them.  Just know that you forgave them.  In doing that, you forgive yourself.  It’s really freeing.”

Jack seemed to “click” the solution into his mind. From that day, he let go of his anger, bitterness, frustrations and disappointments he experienced with people.  One of the best things he did: Jack associated with people who supported him. He fled “those” people who remained in his former paradigm.  He changed jobs.

The facts:  if you grow into a successful person, others may deride you.  Forgive them anyhow.

It’s possible that if you maintain honesty and speak your mind, others may call you names or betray you.  Forgive them anyhow.

You may build a business or work hard to succeed, but someone undermines you.  Forgive them anyhow and move toward your dreams on your earned experiences.

If you show positive energy and aliveness, others may be jealous and display their envy.  Guess what?  Forgive them anyhow.

In my lifetime, I have picked up a half-million pieces of trash from rivers, lakes and streams. Also, I picked up trash in the oceans, along roads and in parks.  People keep throwing it.  As angry as it makes me, I forgive them anyhow.

Therefore, you may do good things in the world, but people don’t care and forget quickly.  Do your good anyhow.

While the world disappoints, frustrates and diminishes everyone along the journey, give the world your best anyhow.

During and at the end of your life, you discover that you define your journey, how you live it and how you maintain yourself in the whirling tempest of living.

Shakespeare’s Polonius in Hamlet said, “Neither a borrower or a lender be. For the loan oft loses both itself and friend, and borrowing dulls the edge of husbandry.  This above all, to thine own self be true, and it must follow as the night the day, though canst be false to any man.”

Interesting because Polonius’ detractors spoke of him as overly officious, garrulous and impertinent.

Be yourself anyhow, because in the end, it’s all between you and the Great Spirit that expresses through all of us.

Newest book:  Old Men Bicycling Across America: A Journey Beyond Old Age, Baby boomers love this book!  Available on Amazon or ph. 1 888 519 5121

Living Your Spectacular Life by Frosty Wooldridge. You want to live a spectacular life?  Follow his 12 concepts and practices for a whale of a ride through life! He shows dozens of men and women who live spectacular lives by their choices.  Amazon or ph. 1 888 519 5121

FB page: How to Live A Life of Adventure: The Art of Exploring the World

Website: www.HowToLiveALifeOfAdventure.com

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Made Foolish by Funny Money

Fools find no pleasure in understanding but delight in airing their own opinions. — Proverbs 18:2

Everyone who seeks understanding in America today is labeled a conspiracy theorist.  And everyone knows that it is evil to be a “conspiracy theorist.”

I’ve heard that the phrase was weaponized by the American government fifty or more years ago.  Regardless, the Bible teaches us here that seeking understanding is a good thing.  Given the fact that we now have an elite, authoritarian cabal running our nation who promote sodomy and baby murder I think we all need to stop being foolish.  We need to open our minds.  We need understanding.

Christianity is clearly subjected to a withering assault by Western powers.  The space allotted to religion in our civilization has shrunk to barely an honorable mention in a declining number of our homes.  Honest Christian faith has been forced from the public square by materialists — by science.  Rising rates of suicide, lack of imagination and the collapse of faith, hope and love are the result.

The closing half of this Proverb asserts that fools, “delight in airing their own opinions.”  Even news is mere opinion in America today.  It doesn’t pretend to be objective.  Everyone knows that FoxNews merely aspires to be the right wing to CNN’s Left.  They are both part of the same dodo bird, boldly asserting their opinions at the expense of truth.  It’s entertaining.

We Report You Decide.  Right … wing.

It’s entertaining because they literally DELIGHT in sharing their own opinions.  The man who elevated FoxNews to the dizzying media heights it now occupies was Bill the Irishman, can’t remember his last name.  Sex brought him down, of course.  These people DELIGHT in their own opinion.  It’s obvious.  Glaring, really.  It should be blinding, but it isn’t because we are all made foolish by the funny money that levitates everything right now.

Paulie and I drove through the hometown of Laura Ingalls Wilder in Missouri yesterday.  Her values — Christian values — romped through American culture twice.  Once as books, and then as a popular television series, “Little House on the Prairie.”  My grandchildren are enjoying Michael Landon’s interpretation of her work in his one hour television dramas that are based on her books.  My wife read the books to my boys when they were young.

Wilder wrote fiction.  News media isn’t supposed to do that.  They are supposed to report truth — facts.  Wilder’s fiction was more potent than modern spin in “news” media because she wasn’t giving her opinion.  She used fiction to illustrate Christian moral truths about the world.  News media uses “facts” to protect the interests and opinions of global oligarchs.

Only fools find no pleasure in understanding.  Little House on the Prairie is popular because it doesn’t aspire to be what it isn’t.  Wilder’s fiction is pleasant because it helps us understand the nature of things — reality.  News media should be doing the same thing by reporting truth.  The problem here is that modern news media aspires to present better fiction than fiction writers.  They shouldn’t be competing.  But they are.

What is the truth?  How do we know in this chaotic information saturated culture?  Easy.

If the source is hard wired into the Western corporate/government/media complex then it must be questioned.  We owe it to ourselves and future generations to ask hard questions and expect answers.  Institutions that protect child rape for the purpose of assimilation are untrustworthy.  That’s the nature of the modern British government/media complex.  Institutions that censor bold Christianity while forcing the most morally untethered forms of pornography ever created by mankind on the entire globe using the most ubiquitous communications machine ever invented (the internet) have earned our skepticism.  That’s the nature of the American government/media/corporate complex.

And the modern Christian Church in the West is being consumed by this leviathan right in front of our eyes.  It’s entertaining as fiction.  As reality it’s terrifying.

The idea that sexual activity outside the bonds of holy matrimony is a moral good is obviously NOT a Christian idea.  That WILL NEVER change.  Christian leaders from the Pope on down are attacking this idea from every side right now.  These “leaders” will lose.  Jesus Christ will win, and the whole world will be better for it.  The idea that babies are fair game as long as they reside in their mom’s womb is not a Christian idea.  The fact that Christian leadership is weak in it’s denunciation of this most brutal violation of humanity and innocence only means that these leaders are putting their eternal lives at risk.  Christianity will NEVER stop standing for LIFE.  Jesus Christ will win, and the whole world will be better for it.

God wants us to seek understanding.  Beware of those who DELIGHT in their own opinions.  Feed on truths that delight in God’s truth.  Check out “Little House on the Prairie.”  It’s better than FauxNews.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Heath: mike@michaelheath.org




How Media Is Helping Rewrite American History, Part 2

It is obvious that to attain the one-world order that most globalists, Democrat and Republican, are pushing for there cannot be a love of country.  It must be a love of the world community.  There can be no sovereignty.  There must be a concern for all peoples, not just the people in the nation you live in.  The greatness of America cannot be taught because it makes America look better than most nations.  That’s because we are.  We always have been and as long as the church is still here, we always will be.

Just recently the New York Times has begun a project to try to re-write our history.  This project is called The 1619 Project and is basically lies and half-truths.  They claim that our real Founding was 1619, not 1776.  An excellent article by Eric Erickson on the Patriot Post describes this fiasco by the New York Times.  The keyword is “reframe.” The Times does not seek to tell the story of the United States. Nor does it seek to add to the story. Instead, the Times has a conclusion and is working backward to contort facts to fit the conclusion. This is activism. The Times is not reporting but rather building narratives in which they must ignore or fabricate facts.

In the very first essay, writer Nikole Hannah-Jones boldly claims that “one of the primary reasons the colonists decided to declare their independence from Britain was because they wanted to protect the institution of slavery. By 1776, Britain had grown deeply conflicted over its role in the barbaric institution.” This is not true on multiple fronts.

In 1776, the British were not nearly as conflicted as Hannah-Jones claims. While the sentiment was certainly growing, it did not come to a head until 1787, when William Wilberforce took up the cause in Parliament, and even then, it took 20 more years for Parliament to pass the Slave Trade Act of 1807, which prohibited the trading of slaves. Britain did not formally abolish the slavery in its empire until 1833.

Contrast that with Massachusetts, which began serious consideration of abolishing slavery in 1767 and voted to do so in both 1771 and 1774, only to see the British governor-general veto the effort. Rhode Island forbade the importation of slaves in 1774 and in 1784 granted freedom to slaves born in Rhode Island.

Thomas Jefferson noted the Second Continental Congress intended to put a passage into the Declaration of Independence that would have condemned slavery and the slave trade, but the effort was abandoned due to Georgia’s and South Carolina’s objections. To say, however, that a primary purpose of the revolution was to preserve the slave trade directly contradicts the sentiments of most of the founders and the fact that multiple American colonies were well ahead of Britain in ending slavery.[1]

We are seeing schools wanting to eliminate any references to the Founders because they were slave owners.  Schools are teaching that America was founded on slavery, a lie from the pit of hell.  At the height of slavery, there were only four million slaves in America[2] and only around 6% of American citizens owned slaves.  All in the south and all Democrats, you know the Party that complains about the fact America had slaves.  Democrats proliferated slavery, resisted freeing them, voted against freeing them, formed the KKK when they were freed and wrote all the Jim Crowe laws, but Republicans are the racist ones.

They forget that slavery was an ancient and universal institution and NOT distinctively American[3] like the Democrats try to make us think.  Slavery was actually started by the descendants of Ismael, today’s muslims.  They also teach that we became wealthy on the backs of slaves.  That’s hard to do when there weren’t that many AND most states that had slavery did not really begin to prosper until slavery was abolished.[4]  Media, in all its forms, print, television, radio, cable news, backs up these lies. Google has blocked information that refutes these lies and not just about slavery but the hoax of global warming.  The reason for doing this is because they don’t want the younger generations to have anything to be proud of.  If they learn that our Founders sacrificed everything for our freedoms and taught them what their freedoms were, they wouldn’t give up our sovereignty so easily.  If they learned that our capitalism has raised more people out of poverty than all economic systems combined.  This last week Bernie Sanders declared: . . . declared that communist China has done more to alleviate poverty than any country in history during a Tuesday appearance on HILL TV’s Rising.

Granting that it is unfortunate that China is “moving” toward authoritarianism instead of democratic governance, the presidential candidate argued its record on poverty is the best in the world.

“China is a country that is moving, unfortunately, in a more authoritarian way in a number of directions,” Sanders said. “But what we have to say about China in fairness to China and its leadership is, if I’m not mistaken, they have made more progress in addressing extreme poverty than any country in the history of civilization. So they’ve done a lot of things for their people.”[5]

The only reason China has done anything positive for their people is because they adopted a form of capitalism in the 1970s. Media is silent on what China has done to its people over the years since it has adopted socialism/communism. According to The Nine Commentaries the Party has killed about 80 million Chinese people since it came to power about 80 years ago. It is more then all of the World War’s causalities put all together. I am not sure if you remember (Don’t know how old you are) but Mao wanted the opinion of scholars and scientists view of how to make the party stronger. In the end he deemed them “counter-revolutionary” and had all 20,000 of them killed. Also not to mention how many died of the Tiananmen Square massacre and famines, people in every kind of religion in China, monks, Falun gong, etc. Point being the CCP is No good.[6]

Funny how the real facts get swept under the rug by leftist dirtbags when they are on the quest for total power.  In introducing the Black Book, lead author Stephane Courtois, Director of Research at the Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS) in Paris, offers the following rough breakdown of the numbers of people that communism killed: USSR — 20 million, China — 65 million, Vietnam — 1 million, North Korea — 2 million, Cambodia — 2 million, Eastern Europe — 1 million, Latin America — 150,000, Africa — 1.7 million, Afghanistan — 1.5 million, Communist movements, parties not in power — 10,000.[7]  It is this type of information that needs to be taught about other political systems in the world so that we can prove that our system has proven to be the best the world has ever seen.

We are fighting a two-fold battle.  We fight our so-called education system and our totally disgraces media both of which are controlled for the most part by anti-American liberals.  If we are going to survive, we must be educated and we must educate the younger generations.  Stay informed to stay free!

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

  1. https://patriotpost.us
  2. Statistics: slave population
  3. Six inconvenient truths about the US and slavery
  4. Six inconvenient truths about the US and slavery
  5. Sanders: China has done more to solve poverty than any country in the history of civilization
  6. How many people has the Chinese communist party killed
  7. How many people did communism kill



What is truth? What is freedom? What is choice?

The answer to those three questions begins – and ends – with God.

God :  The Father, God: The Son, God; The Holy Spirit, God – is the only living entity with no beginning and with no end.  He has always been.  He will always be.  He is the same yesterday, today and tomorrow [Hebrews 13:8].

Our God of the Holy Trinity created the earth and all of the seas and land and life forms – warm and cold-blooded and vegetation – that live on earth.  One of the greatest gifts He gave humanity (and the angels He created to serve Him) is the right to free choice.

We get to choose many things… where we live, who we marry, where we go to school and what career we believe best for us, our political affiliations – even what we will have for dinner.  There is probably no other nation in the world where so many choices are available and there are numerous nations where people have little or no choice.  We are, indeed, blessed.  Or are we? Every choice we make has two possible outcomes:  right or wrong.

How do we know whether a choice is right or wrong?  The result of our decisions is an excellent teacher, but it can be a dangerous way to learn.  A toddler has the freedom to put his or her hand on a hot burner if Mommy looks away for a moment.  That’s a painful way to learn… yet it is the way so many adults choose to make decisions.

Young adults (and many older ones, too) choose to see what living life under the influence of drugs would be like.  This choice ends either in early death or a very painful recovery.  The same is true of alcohol.  Experimentation with sexual relationships is also a poor choice as the increase of sexually transmitted diseases and emotional trauma proves.  The number of abortions is one of the most abominable results of our abuse of free choice.  Our attitudes toward being non-judgmental have resulted in a society that accepts sex change, pedophilia, sex trafficking, and allows males to declare they feel like a female and to enter sports competitions as a female.

God knew before creating us that our spiritual selves would be tempted to let our physical world selves dominate our decisions.  He worked through Moses to give us a set of rules that would help us make wise choices.  Some of us would obey and seek God’s grace.  Others would choose the comforts of the physical world.  Some of those worldly comforts come from God and we know he loves us because He sacrificed His only begotten Son so – if we make the right choices – we can have eternal life.

So if God loves us why are so many of the choices we make today wrong and painful?

This is where the three questions that headline this article become critical.

To make good decisions, we need access to truth.  There is very little real truth in our worldly social order today.  And it’s very important for us to realize that we believers have two realities living inside of us:  the physical world and the spiritual world.  If we do not realize our two selves, we will always have difficulty making good decisions.

In the physical world, truth is facts – not opinions but facts at a given point in time.   We know nothing in the physical world is eternal and facts change with progress.  The physical world is not a forever deal.  We used to think the earth was flat.  Only in the 20th century did we learn about the atom.  The laws of Newton’s physics dominated the world for almost 300 years… and then Einstein and NASA came on the scene and said “thanks for your help, but we’ve moved beyond these old truths to new ones.”

In the spiritual world, God is Truth… an eternal Truth.  As God’s Son, Jesus Christ, told us:  “I am the way, the truth, and the life.”  Because God is eternal, His Truth is also constant.  Because He does love His people, God provided rules by which we should live if we want to be in harmony with the universe He created.  From the days of Moses, they have been called the Ten Commandments.

You and I and Adam and Eve are not the only ones who have difficulty following God’s rules.  Even angels have a problem with the huge responsibility of choosing right rather than wrong.

God created the archangel Lucifer who was known for his beauty and talent.  Lucifer made the unwise choice of challenging God for authority over all God had created. Lucifer (a/k/a Satan or the Devil) was not content with his role as archangel and wished to be worshipped above God.  In truth, he lusted after God’s power, forgetting that he, Lucifer, had not created God; but God had created him.  We humans sometimes forget that, too.  We, like Lucifer, were created to serve God, not for God to serve us.  It is a wise choice to remember that.  When we live life in the physical world, we, like Lucifer, tend to seek power.  When we live in the spiritual world, we control our worldly desires and because wise choices can only be made on the basis of access to truth, we seek God.  As you can see, control and power are two very different things.

God gave us the freedom of choice and making wise choices is dependent upon access to the truth.  If our heads are filled with untruths, it is difficult to make wise decisions.

As I said above, in the physical world, truth is facts – not opinions but facts at a given point in time.  Most people are too lazy to seek facts and are too ready to accept someone else’s opinions as facts.  And that’s where we get into trouble.

To make good, intelligent choices in life, people need access to truth.  And, for us to have access to the truth, we must have freedom.  America’s founding fathers knew how important truth was and so gave important status to newspapers (which was the only form of media available to them at the time).  The Constitution of the United States guarantees freedom of the press in its First Amendment.

The problem is, today’s media has become a weapon often used to misinform us.  No group of people is more in love with their power over the minds of people than newspapers, radio, and television.  Some realize they are trying to replace God – to become God, like Lucifer did – and some do not.  Some are just arrogant and do not realize by trying to create truth out of non-truth they take the precise opposite path of Christ who said He is “the way, the truth, and the life.”   They are following the path of Lucifer.

To have choice (as God intended us to have), we must have the freedom to find truth.  Only with freedom can we make choices based on truth.

According to the Bible, that’s the way God wants things to be.  “On earth as it is in heaven…”  In other words, the spiritual is intended to dominate the worldly.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Marilyn Barnewall: marilynmacg@juno.com




The Greatest Enemy of Freedom in America Is Big Tech

Just recently a friend passed me the link to this. I don’t recommend reading it before you go to bed tonight.

We’ve known that since 2014, the Chinese have been building up what is being called a social credit system. It is structurally similar to our financial credit system but will monitor far more than financial behavior.

The Chinese system comes straight out of the most dystopian science fiction imaginable!

How it works: each citizen is given a social credit score based on their speech, behavior, and spending patterns. The technology-enabled system is still piecemeal, but expected to be finished and in place before the end of 2020.

This is not a theory. You can look for yourself. (You’ll need your browser’s translate option, obviously.)

The Chinese people will be ranked on their trustworthiness. What determines their ranking will include spending patterns including whether they buy Chinese-made products and whether they pay bills on time, their driving record if they own a vehicle, what they post their own social media, and especially if they criticize the government. Even if they spend “too much time” playing video games.

All these behaviors will be known because of data sharing across governmental and corporate platforms, and from facial recognition technology.

Surveillance cams already monitor offline behavior patterns including who people are seen with, whether they sweep the sidewalks in front of their places of residence or stores, whether they smoke in nondesignated areas, if they jaywalk, etc.

Social credit scores run from 850 to 300, measuring five subcategories: social connections, consumptive behavior, security, wealth, and compliance with rules. Those with high scores are considered trustworthy. They can get discounts on energy bills. They can get better mortgages and better interest rates at banks. They can travel and obtain accommodations more easily. Their children can get into better schools.

Those with low credit scores are deemed untrustworthy. Their banking options are limited, they can be prevented from buying property, and will have trouble even obtaining high-speed Internet.

Social credit scores are matters of public record. The finished system will maintain two lists: the blacklist and the red list (their equivalent of a “white-list”). Those blacklisted have already been publicly shamed, e.g., their faces shown on a map on WeChat, the largest messaging app in China with over 850 million users.

One’s social credit score thus becomes one’s value as a person in Chinese society.

Chinese technology corporations and subsidiaries are actively at work developing the infrastructure for the nationwide system. Examples include China Rapid Finance, a partner of the Chinese social network leviathan Tencent, and Sesame Credit, the financial subsidiary of Chinese tech giant Alibaba which is also the dominant online shopping platform. There are others. Eight pilot programs are up and running, closely monitored by Beijing. All have already gathered huge quantities of information on China’s 1.4 billion people. The first owns above-mentioned WeChat. The second runs AliPay, the most widely used online bill payment service in the country.

From the article linked above: The ultimate goal is to “allow the trustworthy to roam everywhere under heaven while making it hard for the discredited to take a single step,” according to the Chinese government.

The Chinese social credit system punishes known Evangelical Christians, obviously, since China is still officially atheist. It also punishes Tibetan Buddhists and members of other undesired groups such as the Falun Gong.

One of the main sources of the unrest in Hong Kong is acute discomfort with the spread of this kind of system there under the watch of Beijing-sympathetic leader Carrie Lam. Hong Kong has a tradition of freedom and free enterprise. Mainland China is also still technically Communist. Back in 1997, via international agreement, Hong Kong was pulled in under Beijing. Anyone with his eyes open could have seen something like this coming.

The Chinese social credit system is a recipe for corporate-technocratic police-statism at a level never previously achieved! One wonders if Huxley or Orwell could have imagined it!

What is truly unnerving is that around 80 percent of Chinese citizens approve of the system! Not that they’ve been afforded much choice, as those who disapprove are doubtless afraid to say so!

But that’s China, some might be thinking. Americans would never allow a system like this to be implemented in the U.S.

Or would they?

Fascination with power and the idea that people must be controlled was never limited to Communists, or even to a political class. Let’s dispel that myth before we go any further.

Real power, as I’ve observed time and time again, has no interest in such categories as “left” versus “right,” except to use them to divide and conquer. Nor does it limit its incursions to governments.

So most do not realize is that a similar system is in the works in the West.

The trend has been, increasingly, to gather information on individuals for purposes ranging from marketing to the kind of surveillance we see in China, using the same technology, usually under such rubrics as “security,” or protection against “terrorists” or “hackers.”

The biggest difference between what has been happening in China and what has just begun in the U.S. is that in China, the government is behind it. In the U.S., the impulse is now coming from the so-called private sector. Google, Facebook, and similar leviathans — Big Tech — are leading the way. Also involved are companies such as Uber and Airbnb, and others you may not have heard of.

The New York State Department of Financial Services announced earlier this year that life insurance companies can examine your social media posts and raise your premiums if they decide, unilaterally, that you are engaging in “risky” behavior. As defined by them.

An outfit called PatronScan, a subsidiary of a Canadian-based corporation called Servall Biometrics, was founded to help bar and restaurant owners monitor customers. Its technology scans IDs and saves the data. PatronScan can thus compile lists of “troublemakers” which will be shared with every bar and restaurant owner who participates in the system.

At first glance, this might seem a good thing. Surely bars should be able to refuse admission to those known to have been ejected from somewhere for “fighting, sexual assault, drugs, theft, and other bad behavior.” Someone banned from one PatronScan-using bar or nightclub is potentially banned from all of them (the system is becoming available in the U.S., Canada, and the U.K, with Australia developing an independent system).

What could go wrong?

How long before liberal Democrat nightclub owners are able to ban those wearing MAGA hats, or clothing with politically incorrect messages on them?

Uber and Airbnb customers can fill out online forms evaluating drivers and accommodations respectively. Both now maintain lists judging customers. Both can ban users for any reason. There are appeals processes, but the companies can simply deny them.

Airbnb now boasts of having 6 million user accounts. With the likely spread of such technology-driven enterprises and activities, and with increased data sharing, if transportation technology expands to include driverless vehicles during the next decade as now seems likely; and if this kind of system becomes widespread and deems you too politically incorrect, your travel options could be limited.

I can hear some Libertarian arguing already: these are private companies; they can do business with whomever they please, and ban whomever they please.

For whatever its worth, the first message I received from reality that this worldview is hopelessly naïve and no foundation for genuine freedom came back in 2000, when I watched a group of corporations (not government, not the Democrats) led by a city newspaper (owned by a corporation) gang up on a restaurant owner and frozen food manufacturer for flying the Confederate flag over his restaurants.

The collusion to destroy the man’s business was palpable. The effort was largely successful. By simply refusing to carry his products, they ruined a 40-year-old business worth millions, the sad irony being that several hundred black employees lost their jobs.

Our civilization has now reached the point technologically where a public-private distinction is increasingly meaningless. We are moving towards a Big Tech driven economic culture in which everyone will be expected, as a condition of running a business or just living a normal life, to be connected to online platforms all the time. They are used increasingly for transportation, accommodations, and payments of akk kinds. This is not voluntary in any usual sense, and barring some kind of unforeseen calamity that takes down the Web, it is going to accelerate because it makes money for the owners of the technology on which these platforms run, and because the masses like the convenience.

For another thing, employers almost never advertise offline anymore; nor do many accept applications offline. They increasingly look for social media presence when deciding who to hire. Not having one is something of a red flag. Is this applicant “anti-social”? Increasing business / corporate networking and other interaction now occurs on sites such as LinkedIn. More and more organizations creating their own Facebook groups. Entire online articles on mainstream news sites consist largely of anthologies of tweets. If you don’t have accounts on these sites, you cannot participate in those groups or contribute to their conversations. Even if such participation is not mandatory (yet), if you opt out you vastly reduce your options.

Big Tech’s rules for participating, those governing acceptable speech and behavior, on or offline, are getting stricter as time passes.

There are strong arguments for reclassifying Big Tech leviathans as public utilities, licensing them, regulating them, and breaking them up if that is the only means of controlling them (i.e., controlling the power-fascinated at their helm).

An example of a public utility is the electric company you pay once a month. It would never occur to anyone in the electric company to turn off your electricity because you were observed on a surveillance cam wearing a MAGA hat in public.

De facto censorship by Google, Facebook, Twitter, etc., has already reduced traffic to media sites known to promote Trump or conservatism by limiting their visibility. Google’s is the most widely used search engine. Other search engines (e.g., Yahoo) are carbon copies of Google. To be invisible on Google is to be invisible period. Except for those with lots and lots of patience, who in our era of instant gratification and short attention spans are increasingly rare!

What should be clear from all this is that corporate power not just can be, but is, at least as dangerous as governmental power. Governments lie all the time, of course, and holding them accountable is extremely difficult. But at least there are specific and fairly transparent appeals processes, with the ultimate court of appeal being the U.S. Constitution (if one is in the U.S., of course).

There are no, or only the most limited, appeals processes against Big Tech’s unilateral decisions. A social credit system run on existing platforms would operate almost entirely outside the rule of law, avoiding such messy matters as due process.

And to reiterate: no, increasingly, you cannot simply not do business with Big Tech, any more than you can refuse to do business with the electric company. Your “choice” is Pickwickian. Do you want to sit in the dark? Of course not.

Do you own a business and want to be able to market your services or would you prefer the invisibility of spreading leaflets? Do things Google’s way, or be invisible.

My term for this is systemic coercion, which is not accounted for in Libertarians’ / free-market absolutists’ arsenal of abstractions. Coercion in their sense reduces to the truncated notion of the gun pointed at your head. Corporations don’t have to point guns at people’s heads. They rely on incentives, consumer mass behavior which has been studied at great length, and the fact that footdraggers can be made to suffer. All the company has to do, often in collusion with other companies, is reduce your convenience and increase your discomfort and isolation to the point of unmanageability.

Systemic coercion works by allowing your own decisions, such as to wear a MAGA hat in public or exercise other Constitutionally protected rights, to work against you given the social or structural and technological realities.

And then blames you. It was your decision to wear that hat, after all.

Very much like what is happening in China, which may very well be just a few years ahead of the U.S. on this curve.

We are clearly on a trajectory to see technocratic totalitarianism spread during the 2020s. America’s technology-addicted masses will sleepwalk right into it, following the dopamine drip they get from those images on a screen.

Neoliberal economists will say it’s “the free market at work.”

Social credit systems may well spread everywhere. They may afford power elites the world over the most efficient controls over populations ever seen.

And so much for expatriating elsewhere, e.g., to Chile. Chile’s main trading partner is now China. To walk into a typical Chilean department store is to see almost nothing except cheap Chinese-made mass consumables. If you seek to purchase technology or common household appliances made elsewhere, good luck. They can be found, but you’re going to pay through the nose.

Banks in Chile have adopted many of the same policies seen in the U.S., e.g., requiring documentation as to the money’s source for investing cash deposits valued at over $10,000 (did you sell something? can you present a work contract?). This happened to me just last month.

Surveillance cams have appeared everywhere in and around buildings in Santiago. There are videocams all over the place in the building where my wife and I live. We cannot leave our apartment without being seen by “little brother.” Other buildings do the same. Watchful electronic eyes are now almost universal unless you want to live in a pigsty.

[Author’s note: donate to NewsWithViews.com here. Should you wish to support me personally, great, I accept tips! I have just revived my Patreon page, where I anticipate posting content not available elsewhere. Or you can use PayPal via my email address to make a one-time donation.

As everyone knows, or should know, alternatives to Establishment corporate media are under direct attack. There is Google’s algorithmic censorship as well as the deplatforming we have seen on YouTube. Everyone is hurt by this! Those not supporting official narratives are being kicked off Twitter, Instagram, and Facebook, which will no longer link to sites accused of delivering — we still have no definition of the term — “hate speech.”

Sites like NewsWithViews.com, and self-employed writers like myself, are being relegated to invisibility, and ultimately will not survive unless readers donate. If you value content not beholden to the Deep Establishment, then support it! This is your site, too! My articles are your articles! Our free speech rights translate into your right to receive truthful information you won’t get from CNN or MSNBC! Absent donations, though, we all run the risk of “going dark” very soon; this could well be the last article of this sort I can make time for!]

© 2019 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com




God Given Talent Got Any? and One Size Fits All

What is God given talent? Whether we own up to it or not, we all have something. You’ve heard sports pontificators declare gifted athletes have a lot of natural ability. You hear it about entertainers, great writers, great orators…. Whatever it’s called, it had to come from somewhere. If you view the world as I do, it all comes from God our creator. But that raises issues for the Godless, doesn’t it?  Self-centered and world-influenced people who achieve all by themselves and are unwilling to credit anyone, mortal or supernatural, for helping along the way. Personally, I like the assurance of knowing that the most powerful Force ever has my back, controls my future, and works hard to keep my compass pointed in the right direction. I just have to make sure I listen.

I’ve heard some great athletes, when being congratulated on a spectacular performance, before saying anything else declare they give all Glory to God. Usually, it’s a live interview otherwise we might not hear that part. I saw a recent interview of Ashley Batcher who starred in the movie Unplanned.  She was asked how she felt about the possibility of being blacklisted by Hollywood. She said she didn’t care adding that God gave her the talent to act and she was going to use it to glorify Him.  I saw that interview on a Fox morning program, but couldn’t locate a link of the clip. Take a few minutes to view this video interview by Rev. Franklin Graham at Facebook Watch.  Awesome.

All of us have talents.  Gifts of some sort.  When we do not know God, we leave the door open for other forces to use our talents and direct our lives.

Good and evil both increase at compound interest.  That is why the little decisions you and I make every day are of such infinite importance.   C. S. Lewis, Mere Christianity

To steal from Rush Limbaugh, let’s assume we all have talents on loan from God. But if we do not accept that there is a God, what authority guides use of our talents? Deep question isn’t it. Is it the reigning culture? Is it some other supernatural force? If we don’t believe in God, are we not vulnerable to some other life guide? One without boundaries? Realize here, that I’ve included you in another of my self-chats.

The favorite questions for non-believers and those trying to justify for themselves their own place in the world are: If there is a God, why did he let that mass shooting happen? Why did he let the Holocaust or other genocides happen? Why did he let 9/11 happen?

Do you feel the answer needling you just a bit?

God didn’t allow those atrocities. Just as he did not allow Himself to be removed from our public schools – taken away from our children when they’re most vulnerable. Just as he did not allow us to kill more than 60 million unborn children.

People who did not know God are responsible for these acts.

Following our most recent mass shooting in Texas, all the politicians were out there looking to remove inanimate objects from the hands of law-abiding citizens. There are all sorts of ways to restrict freedom and taking away weapons of war being tossed around. I heard one former Congressman, now news commentator, declare that there must be a bipartisan push to solving this problem adding there is no one size fits all solution.

Oh, but there is Congressman.  We can invite God back into our shattered lives and culture.

Then you will win favor and a good name in the sight of God and man.

Trust in the Lord with all your heart and lean not on your own understanding; in all your ways submit to him, and he will make your paths straight. Proverbs 3:4-6 (NIV)

Link to Mere Christianity

© 2019 JD Pendry – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JD Pendry: jd@jdpendry.com

Website:  Pendry’s American Journal




No Ordinary Moments: Your Epic Life

Every week in America, you read stories of amazing moments where ordinary people triumphed over failure.   You may watch the “Biggest Loser” where a man or woman cut 150 pounds off his or her body to walk on stage looking fantastic in a suit or dress.   Most suffered failure and depression for years concerning their obesity.   In life, people from all walks of life suffer failure on many levels.

(Give every moment of every day to your personal quest. Use your heart, your mind, your energy and your passion to follow your dreams. Frosty Wooldridge at the Mexican border for his 2,500 mile, 150,000 vertical feet of climbing, 19 passes, Continental Divide Bicycle Ride, at the age of 72.) Photo by Frosty Wooldridge

Back in 1947, Twentieth Century Fox dropped Marilyn Monroe because producer Daryl Zanuck felt she lacked the “attraction factor” to make her a star.   Dr. Seuss’ first book suffered 27 rejections.  Richard Bach’s book, Jonathan Livingston Seagull, faced 44 rejections from publishers.  Barbara Streisand gave her Broadway debut in 1961, but the house closed after one show.

Frank Sinatra suffered expulsion from school for rowdy behavior.   Singer Johnny Cash sold appliances before his songwriting and guitar playing catapulted him to fame.   Walt Disney’s first cartoon company suffered bankruptcy.  Decca Records executive Dick Rowe rejected the Beatles in favor of  “The Tremeloes” a band that soon failed.  Martin Luther King suffered jail and name calling in his quest to bring equality to people of color.

Her boss fired Oprah Winfrey from her first job as an anchor at a Baltimore, Maryland television station.  She faced sexism and harassment.  Oprah rebounded to become the number one television talk-show host in America.

Film academics rejected Steven Spielberg from the University of Southern California School of Cinematic Arts multiple times.  They said, “He lacked basic abilities to comprehend the cinematic arts.”   Spielberg struggled until he directed such movies as “ET” that made him world famous.

At his first screen test, dancer Fred Astaire suffered the words of the director:  “He can’t sing. Can’t act. Slightly balding. Can dance a little.”  He became the greatest film and dance star of his age.

Struggling author and single mom J.K. Rowling lived off welfare when she began writing the first “Harry Potter” book. She now commands the title of the richest working woman in the United Kingdom.

Stephen King spent 13 years living in a trailer with his wife and kids while he took two hours out every night to work on his writing craft.  He rewrote “Carrie” after his wife pulled it back out of the wastebasket because he threw it away in total futility.  The book became an instant best seller that led to 350 million copies of his books published worldwide including the famous movie, “The Shawshank Redemption”.

As you know, every one of the above people continued their quests until they became world famous.  Their legacies continue to this day in literature, the arts, cinema, music and equal rights. Ironically, they continued following their calling no matter what the failure rate.

Unbeknownst to most people who look at famous names, stars or political leaders—they share one thing in common: they experienced multiple failures on their way toward their success.

Many people who faced failure didn’t realize how close to success they were when they quit.  They allowed their frustrations, obstacles and choices to defeat them.

Where does that leave you?   How do you feel about failure?  What can you do about your failures?  What can drive you to your ultimate success?

First of all, you must appreciate your own worth and the worth of your quest.

Polly Letofsky at 42, from Vail, Colorado, faced enormous challenges before becoming the first woman to walk around the world, 14,000 miles across four continents in five years to bring attention to breast cancer. She raised over a quarter of a million dollars and enjoyed 2,000 interviews from newspapers around the world.

In the past year October 3, 2013, 64 year old Diana Nayad, a world class swimmer, took her fifth and final attempt to swim from Cuba to Florida, a distance of 90 miles over treacherous ocean waters filled with sharks, jellyfish, waves and winds.  After 35 years of trying, she succeeded.  She said, “You can choose to live your dreams at any age.”

No matter what your age, lot in life or past failures, you enjoy every chance to succeed at your chosen-destiny by your decisions to overcome heartache, turmoil and failure.

In your life time, every moment leads to your epic life because there are no ordinary moments. Each moment makes your extraordinary life by your choices.

Newest book:  Old Men Bicycling Across America: A Journey Beyond Old Age, Baby boomers love this book!  Available on Amazon or ph. 1 888 519 5121

Living Your Spectacular Life by Frosty Wooldridge. You want to live a spectacular life?  Follow his 12 concepts and practices for a whale of a ride through life! He shows dozens of men and women who live spectacular lives by their choices.  Amazon or ph. 1 888 519 5121

FB page: How to Live A Life of Adventure: The Art of Exploring the World

Website: www.HowToLiveALifeOfAdventure.com

© 2019 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Federal Judge Tells Democrats ‘No’ on Lawsuit for Trump’s Tax Returns

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

Now that the Trump-Russia Collusion probe is in the nation’s rearview mirror and a major embarrassment for the Deep State Democrats, it didn’t take much time for the far-left Democrats in the House of Representatives to seek another path to a Trump impeachment and criminal prosecution.

In fact, the long-awaited Justice Department Inspector General’s report on the misconduct of the former FBI Director James Comey had just been released which led to a news media feeding frenzy. That in turn spared the Democrats being observed getting yet another blackeye from a federal court.

On Thursday, August 29, U.S. District Court Judge Trevor McFadden of the District of Columbia, ruled that the Democratic lawmakers’ lawsuit which would force President Trump to release his past tax returns will have to wait.

Judge McFadden, who joined the judicial bench from the Justice Department in 2017 after being nominated by President Trump and then confirmed by the U.S. Senate, was randomly assigned the Trump-IRS case on Wednesday.

The Democrats in the impeachment-crazed House filed the lawsuit arguing how the Trump administration is violating federal law by refusing to turn over Trump’s tax returns to the U.S. House Ways and Means Committee’s Democrats, who hold a majority of seats in that body.

McFadden wrote in his opinion it was a complicated matter and there were a “narrow set of cases” that require such urgency for releasing tax records. “Basically, this entire lawsuit was just another baseless political witch hunt. This is yet one more example of radical leftists trying to criminalize and politicize a man’s or woman’s financial reports,” said former criminal investigator of the Internal Revenue Service, Charles ‘Chuck’ Hillsborough.

In July 2019, The House Ways and Means Committee sued the Treasury Department and the IRS in an attempt to access Trump’s tax returns. Trump immediately declined to release his tax returns and wants to block the two House committee chairmen from obtaining the confidential records.

The panel at the time did not cite a justification for the lawsuit but said it had “multiple oversight and legislative purposes” for seeking the material, including assessing the IRS’s own evaluation of Trump’s compliance with U.S. tax law.

In a June memo, the White House Office of Legal Counsel affirmed that Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin did not have to provide the tax documents to the panel because Neal could then release them to the public. [Fox News]

Congress should not have the power to intrude in the private affairs of any individual citizen just because the majority disagrees with the policies of the President from an opposing party. You want them, then write a law and get it passed, so it applies to all presidential candidates or all citizens. It won’t happen.

Too easy to weaponize against them when they aren’t in control down the road. Dems need to grow up and start focusing on representing the American citizens that elected them and stop prioritizing the vast majority of citizens, especially those they disagree with, as being less worthy of benefits and rights than non-citizens.

“The panel at the time did not cite a justification for the lawsuit but said it had “multiple oversight and legislative purposes” for seeking the material, including assessing the IRS’s evaluation of Trump’s compliance with U.S. tax law,” so, the Democrats believe they should be assessing how the IRS evaluates things, sort of like the way they could do that to conservatives under the Obama administration.

Maybe it’s time for the IRS to do an audit of all the Democrats in the House, their spouses, their children, their business associates, their parents, and their brothers and sisters. That way, when the IRS is finished, they will have lots of IRS evaluations to assess. Not that they’ll be able to do anything about them.

(Judge Trevor N. McFadden was appointed to the United States District Court for the District of Columbia in 2017. He received his B.A. in 2001 from Wheaton College, IL, magna cum laude. In 2006, he received his J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law, where he graduated Order of the Coif and was an editor for the Virginia Law Review.)

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com




Read the Commerce Clause in the Light Cast by the Other Parts of Our Constitution

By Publius Huldah

The parts of our federal Constitution are so interrelated that it is impossible to understand a single clause therein without considering all of the other provisions of our Constitution.

Article I, §8, clause 3, US Constitution, states:

“The Congress shall have Power … To regulate Commerce with foreign Nations, and among the several States, and with the Indian Tribes;”

The original intent of the power to regulate commerce “among the several States” is proved here:  Does the “interstate commerce” clause authorize Congress to force us to buy health insurance?  That paper proves that the primary purpose of the power is to prohibit the States from imposing tolls and tariffs on articles of import and export – goods & commodities – merchandize – as they are transported through the States for purposes of buying and selling.

But recently, some have asserted that since “foreign Nations”, “the several States”, and “the Indian Tribes” are grouped together in the same clause, it necessarily follows that Congress’ power to “regulate commerce” with each of them is identical.  And since Congress has broad powers over foreign commerce, they conclude that Congress has those same broad powers over interstate commerce, and may lawfully, for example, ban the movement of physical goods [such as firearms] across state lines.

So let’s look at that clause in the Light cast by the rest of the Constitution.

Three totally different and separate entities

Three entities are listed in the same clause at Art. I, §8, cl. 3; but we may not properly conclude that the extent and nature of the regulation permitted over the three entities is the same.  That’s because each entity has a distinctly different status, and is treated accordingly in the Constitution.

The several States

The States are the sovereign entities which created the federal government when they ratified the Constitution. At Art. I, §10, the States agreed that they would not individually exercise the power to make commercial and trade treaties with foreign Nations;  but would exercise that power collectively by delegating to the “creature” of the Constitution – the national government – the power to make such Treaties (Art. II, §2, cl. 2).

The States have a high status:  They are The Members of the Federation the States created when they ratified our Constitution.  The federal government is merely the “creature” of the constitutional compact the States made with each other when they ratified the Constitution, and is completely subject to its terms.

Foreign Nations

Various provisions are relevant to the power the States delegated to Congress respecting commerce with foreign Nations:

  • Pursuant to its treaty making power granted at Art. II, §2, cl. 2, the United States may make treaties with foreign nations addressing a great many commercial and trade matters, territorial and fishing waters [our ships won’t fish within X miles of your shoreline, etc.], inspections of products, mutual assistance to merchant ships in distress at sea, assistance to each Party’s sick merchant seamen, etc.
  • I, §8, cl. 1, grants to Congress the power to levy “Duties, Imposts [tariffs on imports] and Excises”. As they did with the infamous Tariff Act of 1828, Congress has the power to shut down imports from foreign Nations by imposing exorbitant tariffs.
  • I, §8, cl. 10, grants to Congress power to define Piracies and Felonies committed on the high Seas, and Offenses against the Law of Nations. Congress may ban or restrict commerce with foreign nations who fail to rein in their countrymen who are operating pirate ships or violate the Law of Nations.
  • I, §8, cl. 11, grants to Congress the power to declare War, grant Letters of Marque and Reprisal, and make Rules concerning Captures on Land and Water. Congress may restrict or ban commerce with warring foreign nations and their allies, and make rules about seizing their cargo (“bounty”).
  • Imports and exports are unloaded and loaded at dockyards over which the federal government has (pursuant to Art. I, §8, next to last clause) exclusive legislative authority. Congress may make whatever inspection laws need to be made to protect us from contaminated imports – such as agricultural products infested with bugs or diseases, other contaminated products, etc. [1]

So Congress’ power to “regulate commerce with foreign Nations” is exercised by means of Treaties the United States makes with foreign Nations, and by means of Laws made by Congress.  In the course of exercising this delegated power, the Legislative and Executive Branches have broad authority to restrict or ban commerce with foreign Nations, and determine its parameters.

Congress has no such powers over the Member States.[2]

Indian Tribes

In Federalist No. 24 (10th & 11th paras), Hamilton speaks of the necessity of keeping small garrisons on our Western frontier which are necessary to protect “against the ravages and depredations of the Indians”; and that some of these posts (garrisons) “will be keys to the trade with the Indian nations.”

In Federalist No. 42 (11th para), Madison speaks of the unsettled status of Indians and says this has been a question of frequent perplexity and contention in the federal councils.

So!  It is a clear misconstruction of Art. I, §8, cl. 3 to assert that Congress has the same power to regulate commerce between the Member States that it does to regulate commerce with foreign Nations and the Indian Tribes.

James Madison’s letter of February 13, 1829 to J.C. Cabell

In Madison’s letter of February 13, 1829 to J.C. Cabell, he warns that the claim that the power to regulate commerce with the three entities is identical, is superficially plausible, but actually wrong.

He then says, as to the power to “regulate Commerce among the States”:

“… it is very certain that it grew out of the abuse* of the power by the importing States, in taxing the non-importing; and was intended as a negative & preventive provision agst. injustice among the States themselves; rather than as a power to be used for the positive purposes of the General Govt. in which alone however the remedial power could be lodged. And it will be safer to leave the power with this key to it, than to extend to it all the qualities & incidental means belonging to the power over foreign commerce…” [italics added]

*see the Federalist No 42.”

So Madison warns that we better stick with the original understanding; and not interpret the clause to mean that the federal government has the same broad power over interstate commerce that it has over commerce with the foreign Nations and with the Indian Tribes.

© 2019 Publius Huldah – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Publius Huldah: publiushuldah@gmail.com

Endnotes:

[1]- The fed gov’t can’t lawfully ban imports of guns and arms because (1) gun control is not an enumerated power delegated to the fed gov’t over the Country at Large, and (2) the 2nd Amendment prohibits the fed gov’t from infringing our right to keep and bear arms.  A disarmed citizenry is inconsistent with Congress’ obligation, imposed by Art. I, §8, cls 15 & 16, to provide for the arming and training of the Militia of the several States.  To see what it was like when we elected to Congress people who knew and obeyed our Constitution, read the Militia Act of 1792.  But until We The People learn our Constitution, we will continue to elect ignoramuses to Congress.  We cannot be ignorant and free – and you can’t see that a candidate is ignorant unless you are knowledgeable.

[2]- Domestically, Congress has the power to impose excise taxes on specific articles in commerce. For a discussion of “imposts”, “excises” and the Whiskey Rebellion, see The Plot to Impose a National Sales Tax or Value Added Tax.




VAPING-The Ultimate Bait & Switch Scheme

Rev. Austin Miles

The trendiest trend today, which is witnessed amongst hip young people, is a stupid recreation called, Vaping. It is actually the same thing as smoking but it is a longer type of cigarette. Instead of it being a cigarette, it is a metal tube, that one sucks the end of, taking in the chemicals-with-a-kick, that goes into the lungs, followed by the smoke slowly flowing out of their noses and mouths. It is done with such a flourish that one expects to see a deep bow from the smoker as the last bit of smoke dissolves into the air.

Even though vaping is a rather new habit, already some people have died as a result of it. Yet they heralded this as ‘the joy of smoking without the risks.’ As is widely known, cigarettes were laced with nicotine which was the direct cause of cancer which killed thousands of people. Even though it was PROVEN that nicotine caused deadly cancer, the cigarette makers denied it. Nicotine is also a drug that is addictive. Once that is allowed in the system the body demands more and more of it. Then you are hooked.

Those same cigarette merchants who marketed this disguised new cigarette suggested it was safer, implying that there was no nicotine involved in vaping. Oh yes there is.

L I E S !! And yes, vaping is as addictive as the regular cigarette even though the merchants have denied that. So this means that it is OK to lie if there is a lot of money involved? Apparently so. This is why the headline calls this the ultimate Bait and Switch Scheme. The merchants tried to pull the wool over our eyes to claim there is no nicotine in E-Cigarettes. But there IS nicotine in the E-Cigarettes.

What is more, the tubes the Marks suck on is made of metal and research shows that most of the metal used is TOXIC !!! So this ‘bait and switch’, based on the lie that the product is safer than regular cigarettes is yet another lie by greedy merchants. The word Marks in the last sentence refers to a carnival term meaning, “sucker.”

While a young boy, much expensive effort was made to get all teens and even pre-teens into smoking. Beautiful young girls, perfectly groomed with short skirts with a tray held by straps around their necks came on the school grounds and greeted all of us affectionately. Each tray was filled with four-cigarette packs resembling the real Camel’s product. And these were given to teens and pre-teens which our school mostly had. They knew that these cigarettes would be tried and a steady customer would result.

Film-making uses what is known as “Product Placement.” One film I was in for Hallmark had a scene where the star had ordered a Pizza which was delivered, in a box with their logo, Round Table Pizza, very prominently shown in the scene while the lead actor took a bite and said, “Wow, this is GOOD.” A lot of money is paid out to the studios by these merchants.

The biggest and most destructive product placement in history was the showing of actors in a scene lighting up and smoking a cigarette. It became almost shic to be seen smoking. Then different designed cigarette cases would be taken out of a pocket or purse, opened, and the cigarette taken out with a flourish. Some actors decided to use a fancy holder to hold their cigarette as they smoked it. Yep, that too became chic. Many of the fan magazines showed prominent actors holding a cigarette in the photos.

I was visiting an aunt in Switzerland and saw a photo of her with a cigarette in her hand. “Tante Clara, I didn’t know you smoked.” “I don’t” she replied, but I wanted to look sophisticated in the photo like the movie stars do.”

The low-life people who manufacture and sell what we can call, “cancer sticks” know full well that after you have smoked a couple of the nicotine laced product, you quickly get hooked and MUST continue buying the product. Even though the tobacco CEOs KNEW that people would die over smoking, they did not care. It made them rich, that was the only thing that counted in their lives.

I almost lost my wife due to cigarettes. She had smoked since she was 16, now she was in her 50’s. The black spots on her lungs were discovered during a medical exam. The prognosis was dire. They said the cancer would be fatal.

I took it to God and began praying the healing Scriptures. Then God impressed on my heart that I was to show total obedience to Him and fast, meaning, no eating from this time on. I began immediately. The hospital did all the could to keep her going. I told Shirley that she must immediately stop smoking. “But I can’t” she said. “I’ve tried it and absolutely cannot stop. “God will help you,” I said to her.

At one point during fervent prayer, I cried out to Heaven: “God, I will continue to fast until my wife is healed or I die.” I mentioned that to Shirley, then said to her to remember how if I missed a meal I would quickly feel ravaged. “I’ve now been fasting for 21 days and have not felt one hunger pain, no headaches and was still working full time with the church.

“So,” I continued, “God helped me over my usual hunger pangs and He will help you quit cigarettes. Indeed, you MUST stop smoking NOW. This will give God something to work with.” Shirley tossed her cigarettes and she had no problems. Yes, God was helping her.

Yes, it was over. I continued my fast for 41 days. We had an appointment with her doctor, they re-X-rayed her and her lungs were clear. God did intervene and Shirley and I continue a great life together.

Those cigarette manufacturers were driven only to make money. No matter who is hurt by how they make that money. That is what the Bible means by ‘The Love of Money is the Root of all evil.” 1 Timothy 6:10

Take notice, being rich or having money itself is not sin. Indeed if God blesses you with riches, be a good steward with that money you have been entrusted with. Help people that need help, sponsor a missionary, sponsor a child in a foreign country who needs help.

Again people, don’t fall for this ‘Bait & Switch” that the unconscionable cigarette producers have pulled on us. During a personal appearance at an arena in Canada, I was asked to announce that ‘no smoking is permitted in this arena.’ I couldn’t help but take it further. “And to you young people in the audience, do not even start trying to smoke. You only have one set of lungs, take care of them.”

That was followed by a concussion of BOOS from the audience. I couldn’t believe it. But I could not leave it there, so picked up the mic and said, “I can’t believe this. Any country who would boo someone for suggesting that young people take care of their lungs by not smoking, is not ready for self government.” And you know something? I meant it. That made me mad. And the startled audience settled down.

Photo Caption: Little Kid Vaping

© 2019 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com



Why Are We Losing Our Patience?

By Lee Duigon

Are we freaking out faster than we used to?

According to a survey of 2,000 British adults, yes, we are.

The survey found that most people report themselves “frustrated” if they have to wait 16 seconds for a webpage to load, or 25 seconds for a traffic light to change. It only takes 22 seconds for them to start cursing their computer or TV set “if a show or movie doesn’t immediately start streaming correctly.” Indeed, 75% of those surveyed blamed their frustration on “digital technology.” I don’t have a lot of technology, but I do have a computer and sometimes it drives me right up the wall.

But electronic doodads are only part of the picture. The survey didn’t get into this point, but I’m sure the explanation of an epidemic of impatience has much to do with children being praised and rewarded for the most minuscule achievements, given trophies just for showing up, given high school and college diplomas without having learned anything, and generally lauded and hailed just for existing. “Wow! You’re fantastic! Good job!” And up on the refrigerator goes another shaky stick figure scrawled in crayon.

We give our kids swelled heads so they grow up thinking they’re a really big deal and everybody ought to know it; but at the same time, they get slapped down. Wait and wait and wait some more, in the doctor’s waiting room, while some bozo who strolls in an hour late for his appointment gets served ahead of you. Workmen who show up late or not at all, businesses where they treat you like an irritating nobody instead of a valued customer, politicians calling you racists and deplorables, self-anointed intellectuals calling you dopes—who can get through the day without being insulted by one or more of these? And it’s harder to bear when you’ve been given an exalted opinion of yourself.

Selfishness seems to be winning out over good manners. And yet we keep on coarsening our culture. Behavior that used to be rare, because it was condemned, is now ubiquitous.

And then there are those who, with the aid of other freaks and, as always, the nooze and entertainment media, are busy freaking themselves out.

In Portland, Oregon, where the mayor orders the cops to stand down whenever Antifa thugs feel like rioting, fans of the Portland Timbers soccer team are making the soccer league increasingly uneasy over their mix of politics and sports. A group of rowdy fans calling themselves “The Iron Front”—they lifted the name from those carefree days of street warfare in the dying Weimar Republic—has been flying a large banner that reads “Portland Punches Nazis.”

Nazis? This is Portland. Where do they find any Nazis to punch? I doubt any of these people even know what a Nazi is—anyone who isn’t them, I suppose.

You’ve got to hand it to the nooze media and their Democrat friends. Invoking the largely imaginary threat of “white supremacy,” and virtually non-existent “Nazis,” as if those scattered handfuls of losers are a serious threat to a country of 300 million-plus, they’ve got thousands and thousands of idiots all stirred up and just dying to punch somebody. I wonder how long they have to wait at a traffic light before their gaskets start to blow. I wonder what would happen to anyone who tried to walk past them wearing a MAGA hat.

It only sounds stupid because it is so stupid, but it’s also dangerous. Being enraged at “fascists” is how these leftids validate themselves. If the media keeps on stoking the fire, someday the pot is going to boil over. Welcome to Weimar Republic 2.0.

As can be seen throughout 20th century history, the Far Left wants people angry. Very angry. Because before they can construct their own Utopia, they have to tear down the civilization that’s already there.

They don’t want us patient. They want us ready to stampede.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Stop in for a visit; a single click will take you there. (Here’s hoping the page loads quickly.) My articles can also be seen at www.chalcedon.edu .

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Trouble Is Coming – Perilous Ties Are Upon This Nation

By Dave Daubenmire

I used to love watching the old westerns on TV.  That was long before political correctness had taken root in America.  In fact, that was so long ago that there was actually a thing called right and wrong.

There still is today…right and wrong…but there is no longer a common standard by which right and wrong can be determined.  We live in a day when, as the Bible warned us, “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.”

Oprah warned us of this as she slowly metastasized the cancer of tolerance and diversity as one of the new virtues that the multi-headed hydra-monster ‘god” was in favor of.

“God” has become a universal generic term by which all deities are now identified.  The American motto of In God We Trust becomes meaningless unless we ask the simple question…which God?

There was a time in America when that term had universal acknowledgement.  Yahweh, Jehovah, Emmanuel, Jesus Christ were all common names used to identify the “God” who was ruling over America.

Trees, nature, and self are poor substitutes for the God of the Bible.   The First Commandment acknowledges the existence of other gods and specifically states that no other gods will be tolerated.  We used to teach that in our schools.  In God We Trust referred to the Christian God.

Thanks to Oprah and the National Education Association that is no longer the case in America.  As Oprah’s daily show subtly suggested we all need to “seek our own truth.”  The only problem is, there is no such thing as individual truth.  There is only universal Truth encapsulated in the God-man Jesus Christ.

Something is not true simply because you believe it and it certainly is not false simply because you don’t believe it.  Jesus Christ, American school children were once taught, is the embodiment of ALL truth.  Jesus was the Stand of Truth taught for nearly 350 years in “public” schools.

As a result, most Americans no longer share a common set of values, or morals.  In America today the standard is that there is no standard.   Right is wrong and wrong is right.  Everyone is living out “their” truth.  Oprah’s chickens have come home to roost.

But it is deeper than that.  The changing of the guard has been chaotic.  The remnants of Christian America are in a life and death struggle with secular America.  We have evolved from the days of Matt Dillon  and Hoss Cartwright when right and wrong were plainly obvious and as transparent as the color of a man’s Cowboy Hat.

Grey hats are much more common today.  A grey hat makes it much easier to disguise oneself.  Right and wrong are no longer so easily and universally identified.

Let’s talk about the changing of the guard…

Like so many of you I have ground my teeth over the current situation in our Government.  In my frustration I have called out to the Lord and asked “are there no White hats anymore Lord?”  Is EVERYONE in government corrupt?  That can’t possibly be.

One of my friends Chad dropped this into my spirit the other day and it brought me a sense of clarity.  This IS NOT a word from the Lord, but worth considering nonetheless.

There certainly are still White Hats in government and I believe that they are working diligently within a corrupted system.  But they know something that you and I do not.  They know how deep and dark the swamp is.  They know the evil that lurks behind the tailor-made blue suits and red neck ties and they understand the depth of depravity to which the Dark Hats will sink.

The White Hats love people and they love America.  But they understand better than most of us that the Black Hats do not.  The Black Hats love money, power, and prestige more than they care about people.  The White Hats know that if they more too quickly, that the Black Hats are going to move in such a way that many American’s lives will be lost.  In their love for people, the White Hats have to move cautiously in an attempt to limit the human carnage from the dark hearts of the Dark Hats.

Wasn’t it Barry Soetoro who called for a “civilian security force…just as powerful…just as strong…just as well funded…”  Watch his words here.  Let it send shivers down your spine.

What if the Dark Hats have built that force?  What if they are silently lurking in the background waiting to be unleashed on the American people?  What if a perp walk of Hillary or Obama triggered the release of this antifa-like army into the streets of America?  What if those who were constantly accusing the right of being violent were poised to unleash hell down Main Street America?

Why are they after your guns?  What if they eliminated your ability to protect your family?  These are the same people who have no qualms about murdering unborn babies.  The Scriptures tell us that “all those who hate me, love death.”

Wake up my friends.  The Black Hats hate God and they hate you.  They are embedded throughout the government.  What if Muslim Obama stacked the deck?  What if he silently built his army?  How will they respond if Trump wins?  How will they respond if he doesn’t?

Turn to Jesus.  Trouble is coming.  Perilous ties are upon this nation.

Do the White Hats know something that the rest of us do not?

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




The Best Way to Enslave the People is to Disarm Them First

“How many times I have broadcasted on air that you either deal lawfully with corrupt anti-gunner politicians for violating our Bill of Rights (Article 2, Section 4, US Constitution), or you will be disarmed. There is no in-between. If Americans do not want to learn from history, then Americans will learn from experience in the present only to have wished that they had learned from history.” -Bradlee Dean

Have you ever wondered how it is that dictators and tyrants do what they do and how it is that they do it when it comes to having absolute control over the people (Isaiah 14:915)? Just look to the children of Israel, who were disarmed of every means to defend themselves while under absolute control by their oppressors, namely the Philistines.

Let me say that again, they had to first disarm them of their means to defend themselves against their oppressors to have absolute control.

“So it came to pass in the day of battle, that there was neither sword nor spear found in the hand of any of the people that were with Saul and Jonathan:” -1 Samuel 13:22

And so it is the reason why our forefathers established the Second Amendment of the Bill of Rights because they understood this basic elementary principle.

George Mason, the Father of the Bill of Rights, warned:

“To disarm the people…was the best & most effectual way to enslave them.”

Americans must understand what is happening today.

Administration after administration has incrementally and systematically stripped the people of their right to bear arms with one excuse after another, if not through propaganda, then resort to brainwashing if need be.

[YouTube Video]

[YouTube Video]

James Madison, the Father of the Constitution said:

“I believe there are more instances of the abridgment of freedom of the people by gradual encroachments by those in power than by violent and sudden usurpations.”

Today, we see it is in a full-frontal attack by this current administration that is right in front of our faces to further strip law-abiding gun owners of their right to bear arms through something called “red flag laws,” which are not law! (Luke 11:21-22).

“All laws which are repugnant to the Constitution are null and void.” -Marbury vs. Madison 5 US 92 Cranch 137, 174, 176, (1803)

One must ask where these said representatives are deriving their delegated authority from in order to strip Americans of their right to bear arms?  They aren’t getting it from the American people who employ them nor from any founding document.  This is, in fact, foreign and subversive to American government.

Why is this government arming The IRS, DHS, VHA, OIG, SSA, NPS?

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/did-you-know-that-your-government-is-arming-agencies-like-the-irs-dhs-vha-oig-ssa-nps/

Friends, they are not laws no matter what they call them because they counter the Bill of Rights, which restricts the government, not “We the People.” The Constitution is not a document for the government to restrain the people; it is an instrument for the people to restrain the government when abiding by the laws.

These red flag laws are nothing more than the government declaring whomever they will, and at will, a threat at their own interpretation, as well as their perverted discretion (Isaiah 5:20).

“Do not separate from historical background. If you do, you will have perverted and subverted the Constitution, which can only end in a distorted, bastardized form of illegitimate government. “ –James Madison the 4th President of the United States

In other words, it will make it easier for those who are perverting and subverting the Constitution to weed out their political opposition.  Think that may be stretching things a bit? Look to the history of Adolph Hitler, Joseph Stalin, Benito Mussolini, Mao Tse-tung, Pol Pot etc…

[YouTube Video]

Think of this:  today, in America, when a crime is committed, the law abider is blamed for the crimes of the lawbreaker by those who are to uphold the enumerated laws (Revelation 12:10). This goes far beyond innocent until proven guilty.

These subversives are not so much worried about lawbreakers such as themselves as they are worried about the law abiders because they will be the ones to resist if it becomes necessary. After all, this is whom they are attacking.

“When injustice becomes law, resistance becomes duty.” –President Thomas Jefferson

Remember that those who are disarming you are those who promised to uphold the law, not tear it down, which makes them outlaws and they must lawfully be removed from office (Article 2, Section 4, US Constitution).  If not, you will be disarmed (Luke 21:22).

[YouTube Video]

Remember, friends, the US Constitution is the law of the land and not party affiliations.

“The Supremacy Clause of the Constitution of the United States (Article VI, Clause 2), establishes that the Constitution, federal laws made pursuant to it, and treaties made under its authority, constitute the “supreme law of the land.” -Article 6, Section 2, US Constitution)

“A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.” -2nd Amendment of the Bill of Rights

With the two of them brought together, Samuel Adams stated:

“The Constitution shall never be construed… to prevent the people of the United States who are peaceable citizens from keeping their own arms.”

What our forefathers bestowed upon us, their posterity, was that we all learn from their experience and wisdom in addressing tyranny in their time so that we can allow the lessons to avail in our times if need be (Proverbs 15:32).

If you look to the Declaration of Independence alone, you will find that document was our forefathers’ instruction manual in throwing off a tyrant that would not be ruled by God in keeping the people free under God (2 Corinthians 3:17).

How important were firearms in throwing off tyranny, simply look to the lessons that our first president George Washington had taught:

“Firearms are second only to the Constitution in importance; they are the people’s liberty teeth.”

This is why Americans are armed. Lesson learned.

Alexander Hamilton stated the reason for the Second Amendment: “The best we can hope for concerning the people at large is that they be properly armed,” adding later, “If the representatives of the people betray their constituents, there is then no recourse left but in the exertion of that original right of self-defense which is paramount to all positive forms of government.”

By the way, Hamilton is referring to what institution when he says “the representatives of the people”?

[YouTube Video]

Americans will either become the strength of the Constitution, or they will find themselves under the power and control of their oppressors just like that of the children of Israel!

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Customer Service Has Gone To Hell In America

“Happy customers are your biggest advocates and can become your most successful sales team.”  —Lisa Masiello [Too bad Comcast doesn’t get the message]

Like many Americans, we’re in an on-going battle with Comcast over what they charge for their services.  Unfortunately, Comcast has so many customers now and with new customers coming on board by the thousands each day, they don’t have to care.  Comcast is essentially a monopoly.

In a recent communication with Comcast Executive Services to resolve our problem, we wrote this:

“Thank you for responding to our e-mail requesting a renewal of the Comcast program we’re on, that just expired.  Unfortunately, your initial response to our request was less than satisfactory.”

“If we are to read your message correctly, you want us to contact Comcast at 1-800-Xfinity and request the renewal in Comcast’s phone SYSTEM where first we will be directed to some non-English speaking person in Costa Rica, who will then transfer us to some non-English speaking person in the Philippines, who will then transfer us to some person in Mexico, who also has trouble with the English language.  Don’t laugh.  This has happened more than once to us going through Comcast’s alleged SYSTEM!  Then you want to put us in a position where we will have to be put on hold from 3/4’s to 1 hour ….. or more.  As a businessman whose time is at a premium, we don’t have the time to be put on hold for extended periods by Comcast.”

“All this so we can get a decent rate for a substandard service, from a company who doesn’t really give a damn on how they treat their customers.”

“Our company, NARLO, deals with customers from all over the United States and if we did to our customers what you are doing to yours, we’d go out of business in a few short months.  But each one of our customers is special and we treat them as special.  We go above and beyond to make sure that each customer is handled with respect and courtesy.  We provide a good product at a reasonable price with unexcelled service.  If there is a problem, we fix it immediately.  We are known for these great products and our excellent service, all over the U. S.  It is unfortunate that we can’t say the same for Comcast’s customer service.”

SIDE BAR:  Ladies and gentlemen, we took on (sued) one of the largest international banks on the planet pro se over predatory lending practices and won.  If you don’t fight, corporate America and government will make you a slave.

But let’s get back to Comcast.  From the Cheat Sheet website about Comcast we read:

“It’s no secret that Comcast has a terrible track record with customer service.  The horror stories flew in fast and furious for a few years, causing Consumerist to name Comcast the worst company in America for 2014. Since then, things haven’t gotten much better.”

“The 2016 American Customer Satisfaction Index shows that while Comcast has made modest gains in customer rankings, it’s nowhere near the top of the pack.  People are miffed about the quality of service from [non-English speaking] call centers, and the company ranks incredibly poorly for its Internet service.  Comcast also ties for dead last with Spectrum for telephone landlines.”

“The worst part of all this is even if you’re able to switch your service from the company, chances are your alternatives aren’t much better.  Cable TV and Internet companies rank as the two worst industries for customer satisfaction — lower than health insurance companies, airlines, and the postal service.”

“When you’re as profitable as Comcast, customer satisfaction and reasonable employee policies are mere trifles compared to the ongoing expansion of its billion-dollar empire.

The horror stories with Comcast abound.  Here are a few of those stories:

One Comcast Customer was charged $1,775 for an early termination fee. Comcast took the fee right out of the customer’s bank account.  Except the fee should have never been charged in the first place.  What is worse, it took two years for the customer to be refunded by Comcast.

Another Comcast Customer received a package of equipment in the mail that he never requested.  Comcast charged him $2,000 for the package. The infuriated customer filed a complaint with Comcast’s Chief Accounting Officer.  A few days later, the customer was fired from his job. Unfortunately, the company he worked for held Comcast as a major client. The customer sued Comcast.

One poor hapless Comcast customer had to sell his house because of a snafu with Comcast.  Comcast promised the customer that the new house the customer was about to purchase, was serviced by Comcast.  The customer needed Internet Service for his job.  Trouble is, the house he purchased WAS NOT serviced by Comcast.  The customer spent months on useless phone calls, appointments, lost time and frustration.  Finally, Comcast told the customer that if he wanted Internet Service, Comcast would provide it for a payment of $50,000 to $60,000.  In the end, the customer had no choice but to sell his new house.

The question is, why do tens of millions of Americans continue to put up with it? The reason is, most Americans have turned into wimps instead of fighters. They won’t take the time to fight back individually, or organize in large groups to fight. We did take the time. We found e-mail addresses for Comcast executives and Comcast investor relations’ agents. Investor Relations agents have the ear of the President-CEO (Brian L. Roberts). We then hounded them with indictments of their lousy customer service by e-mail.  We got results.

If you’ve had it with Comcast Customer service and want to get results, here are some high-level e-mail addresses and phone numbers you can use to share your complaints or displeasure. If you do it in large numbers, maybe, just maybe, Comcast will get the message.

Linda L. | Work: (888) 966-7794, Ext. 3025514

Case Manager, Executive Customer Relations

Monday – Friday | 12:00 PM – 8:30 PM MST
Comcast – West Division

E-mail: CustomerRelations3@comcast.com

Here are three (3) e-mail addresses for Comcast Investor Relations Agents.  We weren’t able find their phone numbers.  Give them a piece of your mind.

Jennifer – khoury@comcast.com
Sena – fitzmaurice@comcast.com
John –  demming@comcast.com

For obvious reasons, please do not mention us, or this article in your complaint!

But poor customer service doesn’t always occur with corporate America. All too often Americans are subjected to arrogant, snide, in-your-face, we’re-the-master-and-you-are-the-servant encounters with government agents. Just try getting an answer to a social security or a health care question from government. You end up dealing with one or more rude government employees who seem to know less about your issue than you do, while spending gobs of time on the telephone, or taking time out of your work day for a face-to-face meeting.  No, not all government agents are rude.

Then there is the permit or a license for “everything” that each American must go through to get married, build a home, drive a car, take down a tree, collect drain water, go fishing or hunting, or even dig a hole in your back yard.  By the permit and licensing process, government has turned God-given natural rights into privileges that government can take away on a whim.

If there is an issue with the permit or license, the citizen has to get on the phone or make a personal visit to the government agency to resolve the issue.  That entails being put on hold for large portions of an hour (or even more than an hour) waiting for someone to provide courteous and reliable customer service, which never happens.  Or, it means standing in long lines during working hours at a government office counter, waiting for a government agent to serve you.  Take a number and wait an hour ….. or more.  Besides the lost time and extra costs you must endure, government agents can be impatient, impudent, surly, arrogant and snide.  After all, they have a monopoly.  They don’t have to be nice.  You need them to live.  You owe them for your very lives and existence!  Consequently, you are not free.  You are in fact, an unintentional slave.

From government agencies, to credit card companies, to insurance companies, to banks and health care providers, customer service by these agencies and companies has deteriorated to substandard, dealing-with-the-devil trips into Hell for the average American.  And this doesn’t even cover dealing with the hopelessly corrupt judicial system.

Is it any wonder that the stress in people’s lives from the frustration and anger from having to deal with shoddy or non-existent customer service, has risen to the point where it causes significant physical and mental health issues? When people are stressed out, they turn to minding-altering substances (drugs and alcohol), sexual deviance, physical abuse, violence and many times suicide.  Add to all this stress is the obsession with high technology, staring at screens and pushing little buttons all day. (See: “Sucked In By Technology – Brainwashed by Education.”

As a result, Americans are so distracted, they don’t have time to observe and react to what their government is doing TOO them, every day of their lives.

If our lives don’t change for the better, something really bad is going to happen to the American people and they will be totally unprepared for whatever does happen. Their daily lives are just too complicated and too full to reduce the stress that silently preys upon them like an evil predator lurking in the night. Sadly, “Nothing Will Change Until the People Act.”

At great risk to themselves, the young people of Hong Kong are crying out for freedom in massive protests throughout the city. Why aren’t our young Americans crying out for freedom?  Just the opposite is true. They’re crying out for socialism and “free” stuff.  That’s what three generations of Progressive brainwashing has done.

Read more powerful conservative articles like this one HERE.

© 2019 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org




What Does Separation of Church and State Mean?

Our recent national observation of what is called “Labor Day” got me to thinking. When we observe national holidays, what, exactly, are we celebrating? And when I consider how fashionable is the modern focus on “diversity” it makes me wonder how past American leaders could ever have come together to establish any national holiday since “unity of purpose and commonality of understanding” rather than “diversity” is the organizing principle of such an observation and celebration.

For example, there was a time in our not too distant past when the acknowledgment of God and His authority over all things — including our civil government — was a value shared by Americans almost universally. This is undeniably reflected in the following observation by founding father Samuel Adams:

“The right to freedom is the gift of God Almighty…. The rights of the Colonists as Christians may be best understood by reading, and carefully studying the institutes of the great Lawgiver and Head of the Christian Church: which are to be found clearly written and promulgated in the New Testament.”

When, Mr. Adams declares that rights are the gift of God, he implicitly acknowledges the existence and supremacy of God. Moreover, when he directs our attention to the specific body of knowledge by which our understanding of the Source and Nature of our rights and privileges is exposited, (The Gospel of Jesus Christ) he is positively connecting our liberty with our shared Christian view of law and government.

Sadly, while this view was once widely understood by Americans, today it is lost on many if not most. This is largely due to American ignorance of American history and American misunderstanding of “Separation of Church and State.”

In the next minute and a half, I am going to clarify all this for you…

Ready?

Let’s start with the word jurisdiction?

The Latin word Juris means “law” and Dicto, means “I speak.”  So if a person — or an institution — has jurisdiction over a matter, this means that the person or the institution has the authority to speak, or to say, what the law is regarding this matter.

Now, please, notice this doesn’t mean that jurisdiction gives one the authority to make the law, just to speak it — declare it — and enforce it.

In the American view of Law and Government, we recognize that the Law of Nature and of Nature’s God, is a fixed, unchanging standard.  And jurisdiction — the authority to speak and enforce the law — is given to four separate governments.

First, there is self-government, in which we, as individuals, are required to control ourselves; to conform our behavior to the strictures of God’s commandments.  (Thou shalt not steal…or lie… or murder.)

The other three jurisdictions are institutional in nature.

They are the family; ordained by God in the Garden of Eden and charged with the health, education and welfare of its members.

Next, we have the Church, whose head is Jesus Christ, and which is charged by Christ with the promulgation of His word and the distribution of the sacraments.

Lastly, we have the Civil Government, which is charged by God with defending the borders and administering justice so that the Lord’s people might live in peace and harmony.

Overarching all these jurisdictions and their authority is God’s jurisdiction, which, by nature of his status as Creator, is all-encompassing and universal.

So while there is, in fact, a separation between the duties of the Church and the State, there is no separation of God and His law from civil government. Conversely, there is an absolute duty on the part of the civil government to understand, promote, and enforce the law of the Creator.

Our founders, in the Declaration of Independence, referred to God as the Supreme Judge of the universe because His jurisdiction supersedes every act of civil government.

So, countrywide observances of holidays that acknowledge the existence and authority of God and the Saving work of His Son, Jesus Christ, are made possible and meaningful because of a shared understanding of and submission to an American — that is to say Biblical — view of law and government.

Now, that is something Sam Adams would celebrate.

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com




Criminal Illegal Alien Murders Californian In Sanctuary Santa Clara County

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

A highly successful watchdog group of attorneys and investigators announced this past week that they have filed a lawsuit on behalf of the County of Santa Clara, California, taxpayers seeking to overturn the county’s policy that protects criminal aliens being released from jail from being detained for removal by the Homeland Security Department’s Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE).

This particular taxpayer lawsuit was filed by Judicial Watch on behalf of plaintiff Mr. Howard Myers. It was filed in the county’s civil court against Sheriff Laurie Smith, of Santa Clara County, and the acting chief of correction  (Howard A. Myers v. Laurie Smith et al.)

Santa Clara County Board Policy 3.54(B) requires Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents to obtain a “judicial arrest warrant” in order for the county to transfer custody of an alien. Federal law however does not require “judicial arrest warrants” for federal authorities to detain aliens, especially for those who had been incarcerated or arrested by local authorities.

The Santa Clara County Department of Correction is the fifth largest jail system in California, and among the 20 largest systems in the United States.  Our jail is among the 100 systems nationwide with an inmate population of more than 1,000.  In 2015, our County housed and cared for an average of 3,638 inmates a day.  They serve nearly five million meals each year while providing medical and mental health care for an inmate population that rarely has any contact with the health care system.

The Judicial Watch attorneys are requesting the judge to grant an injunction against the sanctuary policy because:

  • It is an “illegal local regulation of immigration;”
  • It is “preempted by federal law;” and
  • It is “barred by the doctrine of intergovernmental immunity,” which prevents a state from intruding on the federal government’s sovereignty.

On February 28, 2019, Bambi Larson, a Santa Clara resident, was murdered inside her San Jose home. The city of San Jose is part of Santa Clara County.

According to documents obtained from Judicial Watch by the 13,000-member National Association of Chiefs of Police, Ms. Larson suffered extensive and deep wounds consistent with a cutting tool. The police officers answering the call for assistance described the murder as being “brutal and gory.”

Carlos Arevalo-Carranza was eventually arrested and charged with Larson’s murder. Arevalo-Carranza reportedly had multiple, prior convictions in Santa Clara County, including a conviction for: burglary in 2015, battery of an officer, resisting arrest, and entering a property in 2016, and a conviction for false imprisonment in 2017.

The illegal alien also had multiple arrests in the past in both Santa Clara County and Los Angeles County, including arrests for possession of drug paraphernalia and methamphetamine, prowling, and false identification. At the time of Larson’s death, Arevalo-Carranza reportedly was on probation for possession of drug paraphernalia and methamphetamine, false imprisonment, and burglary, according to Judicial Watch’s Director of Public Affairs, Jill Farrell.

ICE officials sent not one but six separate “detainer” requests to Santa Clara County, when Arevalo-Carranza was about to be released from its custody, asking that he be detained long enough for federal immigration officials to take him into custody for removal proceedings. Each one of the requests was ignored because of Santa Clara County’s sanctuary policies.

In March 2019, San Jose officials reportedly “criticized so-called sanctuary policies they say prevented federal authorities from detaining a gang member in the country illegally before he allegedly killed a woman.” The murderer was a, “self-admitted gang member,” with a “long criminal history in the San Francisco Bay Area and Los Angeles spanning five years,” according to a press statement from Judicial Watch.

“Sanctuary policies are illegal and deadly,” said Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton.

“Judicial Watch has been a leader (and often the only) legal opponent to sanctuary policies that ignore federal and state laws concerning immigration at the expense of the public’s safety, the rule of law, and our national security. Our new taxpayer lawsuit simply seeks to stop tax dollars from being spent on a sanctuary policy that harms public safety and undermines the rule of law,” said Fitton, who regularly appears on TV and radio news shows on networks such as Fox News Channel (FNC), One America News Network (OANN), NewsmaxTV, and others.

Fitton also noted that Judicial Watch is pursuing another taxpayer lawsuit against San Francisco’s illegal immigrant sanctuary policies. That case is scheduled to go to trial in 2020.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com




Under Assault: God, Family, Country – The Pillars Of Our Nation And Culture

By J. D. Pendry

The stone the builders rejected has become the cornerstone Psalm 118 (NIV)

There is a distinct “God, Family, Country,” American culture.  Along with the foundation of God-given freedom, life, liberty, the pursuit of happiness, and small non-intrusive government.  Our culture is what made America a great nation. As one people one culture, we stand strong and offer the best hope for our country and the world.  If we are at odds as many, self-interested entities we failWe lose what our ancestors sacrificed to provide for us.  We smother out the torch of freedom kept ablaze by those who came before us and struggled mightily for freedom and civil rights.  When freedom’s light goes out in America, the rest of the world will too be in dangerous darkness.  God Blessed America. American Journal

If you want to bring down a structure, you must weaken what makes it strong – the critical parts that keep it standing steady.  It’s an enduring principle and applies to everything.  Whether a building, a person, a society, or a nation.  Weaken what makes and keeps it strong and eventually, and catastrophically, it falls.

Here in the land of the free, the pillars of our nation are under attack and have been so, mostly unchallenged, for decades.  Too many of us, and especially those ignorant of history and the world, take for granted that the free America we know will always be here.  And even improved once we rid ourselves of the people with which we disagree and fundamentally transform ourselves into a communal Socialist utopia.  Sigh.  Any in public life who might stand in the gap are frightened into fetal positions by the politically correct.  Political correctness is the modern-day moniker and hiding place for Communism.  An atheist philosophy that cannot compete with a higher moral authority or anyone who rejects groupthink.

Recent events show those who want to destroy our culture and country are entering their endgame.  For decades, we’ve allowed weakening of what buttresses our civil society.  Could it be they believe now is their only real chance?  They own the top tiers of the State Department, Department of Justice, establishment Washington, Academia, and the major media propaganda machine.  Over the past two years, we’ve seen evidence of it from the top of our government right down to street level thugs.  Their coup attempt failed now they grow bolder with public statements and acts of street violence unchecked by sympathizing local governments.  They’ve demonized and neutered local police forces.  We are in a fight for the soul of our nation.  They will not give up unless completely and thoroughly destroyed.

War on God and Christianity

I remember beginning each school day with the Lord’s prayer and the Pledge of Allegiance, but I expect fewer Americans do.  Prayer in school ended with the 1962 Supreme Court decision in Engel v. Vitale.  It’s a faulty decision and one that tipped the First Amendment establishment clause upside down.  To see this, one need not have a Constitutional law degree, but only a basic understanding of the history of our beginning.  The first people to arrive in the new world were escaping religious persecution of England’s one religion, the Church of England.  In historical context, the purpose of this amendment was to protect religion from government interference of establishing and imposing the government’s form of religion on the people.  Engel v. Vitale reversed history by restricting the people’s freedom of religious expression and changed the intent of the clause to protect the government from religion rather than protecting individual freedom of religion and religious expression from the government.

Using this faulty court decision, we’ve removed God from the public.  First from public schools, then from the public square.  Young people were no longer introduced to the concept of a creator or higher moral authority.  No one was forced to pray. No one was singled out or shamed for not praying.  What was accomplished was removing the central strand of moral fiber from society and removing it at a most critical time of cultural development.  Childhood.

At the behest of radical atheists, public schools do not allow prayer.  Now, our children, shielded from prayer or any form of Christianity, are taught about homosexuality, while Drag Queens teach toddlers there’s no such thing as boys and girls.  Public schools are starting our children off with moral indoctrination.  Beyond that, children are no longer taught history of the Pilgrims fleeing religious persecution instead they’re taught about early settlers and colonizers.  They are growing up ignorant of the role Christianity played at the start of our country.  Hey, but now they have an appreciation for homosexual culture.

War on the Family

Let’s start with President Lyndon Johnson’s Great Society war on poverty.  Here’s a brief assessment of its impact on families:

The War on Poverty created negative incentives. Instead of promoting the growth of healthy families, the welfare system discouraged them. A single mother could receive larger payments from Uncle Sam by remaining single than by marrying the father of her child.

Over time, many fatherless children entered the world. The welfare checks showed up month after month, regardless of how their parents spent their days. As these boys and girls grew up without fathers around, they came to regard such households as natural. The social safety net, designed to be a temporary help to the people in need, instead kept them trapped in government dependency.

They stayed trapped in poverty as well.  Here’s a full explanation of President Johnson’s so-called War on Poverty: How Johnson Fought the War on Poverty: The Economics and Politics of Funding at the Office of Economic Opportunity  It’s long, filled with statistics, politics and insanity and your eyes may begin to bleed before you finish, but if you muddle through you’ll discover the birth of many well-intentioned failures still affecting our country and families today.

Here’s another long report from the Pew Research Center.  Johnson’s war is but one aspect of changing American culture contributing to the rise of single parent households.  When the report was published, 31% of the children in single parent households were living below the poverty line and 21% of those with unmarried cohabiting parents were as well.  In 1960, 73% of children were living with two parents in their first marriage.  By 1980, it dropped to 61% and by 2014 it was only 46%.  Less than half of American children are living with parents in their first marriage.  Less than half of America’s children grow up in a traditional family.

Nowadays we embrace unnatural non-reproductive family relationships like homosexual marriage with adopted children.  Some women are choosing artificial insemination as a method of becoming a single mother without a relationship or no children at all.  Birth rates are too low to replace the population.  Through abortion, more than 60 million American families ended before they began thanks to another tragic Supreme Court decision.

Over decades, seriously flawed Supreme Court decisions and social justice policies caused a cultural shift away from God and toward destruction of the center pillar of our nation, the nuclear American family.  Our future is dying one family at a time.

Deconstruction of America

History can be well written only in a free country. —Voltaire

History is being rewritten.  A critical element of our history is our Judeo-Christian values system.  It’s the foundation of our government, our laws, and our Constitution.

The Schools could not describe the religious origins of American freedoms without violating Engel v. Vitale.  For this reason, the Pilgrims had to be deleted from our children’s textbooks.  Thus, in 2002, the new Jersey Department of Education removed references to the Pilgrims and the Mayflower from its history standards for school textbooks…. The problem?  “The word Pilgrim implies religion,” said Brian Jones of the Education Leader’s Council, adding, “It’s more difficult to talk about the Bible and the Puritans.”  Some school systems blur historical truth by referring to the Pilgrims as “early settlers,” “newcomers,” or “European colonizers.”DARK AGENDA: The War to Destroy Christian America” —David Horowitz

In 1986… Professor Paul Vitz completed a study of sixty social studies textbooks used by 87 percent of public-school students.  Among his conclusions:

There is not one story or article in all these books, in approximately nine to ten thousand pages, in which the central motivation or major content derives from Christianity or Judaism. Horowitz

When young people do not know their history or the origins of their country they are easily influenced. They learn from biased texts and too often from biased ideologues impersonating teachers. On the back of not knowing our true history in the context of it’s time, they are susceptible to ideas of Socialism, Communism, Atheism, and eliminating the Electoral College.

When I was in elementary school, I was encouraged to read the biographies of our founders and many of them I did. I read other as well.  I always thought it important to learn about important people.  People who made a difference.  One of my favorite biographies as a youngster was George Washington Carver’s.  An incredible story.  Pick it up and read it sometime.

Human history becomes more and more a race between education and catastrophe.  H. G. Wells

We cannot live in the past. No one alive today is accountable for the actions of people of their time. Nor is anyone alive today qualified to make judgment. Neither can we predict the future, but we can send children uneducated in history toward catastrophe.

© 2019 JD Pendry – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JD Pendry: jd@jdpendry.com

Website: Pendry’s American Journal




Since When Did Patriotism Become Un-American?

By Greg Holt

America is for Americans – either love it – or leave it.

The recent actions of the congressional group, “The Squad,” along with many other Democrats leads one to ask this question: what does it mean to be an American?

“’I took an oath to uphold the constitution. I’m as American as everyone else,’ Omar declared in April.”

The prominent Muslim Rep. Ilhan Omar tells us she is an American, but is she really?  Well I would say this to Omar: if being an American is defined by being an anti-Semite, accepting support from America’s enemies and taking their side (CAIR and Iran), fighting against what is good for America, such as protecting our border, demanding funding be cut for the Department of Homeland Security etc., then yes Omar, you are an American.

Omar and the rest of “The Squad” have demanded that funding be cut for DHS, especially because of their views on illegal immigrants – which do not line up with what is good for America, or even common sense.

“They claimed DHS has ‘promulgated an agenda driven by hate — not strategy.’

‘Cut, do not increase funding,’ they wrote, urging lawmakers to follow “critical” guidelines to protect immigrant families. ‘The deal reached by the Conference Committee should not allocate any additional funding to this department or to the ICE and CBP agencies. The upcoming FY 2020 budget process will be a critical opportunity to take up conversations about reforms to the agency. In the meantime, not another dollar.’”  (Source)

So, protecting our country from gangs like MS-13 (who are known to be ruthless and vicious killers), making a good faith effort to lessen the flow of drugs, not allowing dangerous criminals and murderers free and open access to America, not to mention the horrific diseases many migrants carry – this is “an agenda driven by hate.”  From where I am standing, this is only common sense and the only logical course of action.

Many Democrats professed that illegals needed to be deported, stopped from entering the U.S., that border security was important for the U.S. to implement and strengthen – before these same Democrats did a complete 180 and said that Trump’s actions in attempting to protect and defend our country from these people – who honestly don’t give a damn about America to begin with, was and is wrong, hateful, and immoral etc.  But don’t take my word for it, watch the video below:

Tied in with the Democrats need to eliminate ICE, leave the Southern border open with no more wall building, and allowing all immigrants into the U.S. – without proper vetting, health checks, and other little details like following the law (that they themselves supported in the not so distant past – see above video), is the Democratic love for sanctuary cities and even states.  The Democrats also support letting all the illegals in the U.S. stay here, isn’t that nice of them?  Key word: illegal…

Here is what the Democrats will not speak of: many of these illegals are here sucking up resources that could and should be going to American citizens – like health care, food stamps, and schooling.  Many illegals are drug dealers; murderers, gang members, rapists, and many carry dangerous diseases.  This is in no way racist, rather it is common sense that a country’s resources should be allocated to the particular country’s own people – not those who break the law and are here illegally.

President Trump at one point suggested that the illegals should all be shipped off to the Dems precious sanctuary cities since they love them so much.  Sounds reasonable to this writer, how about you?  Nancy Pelosi who is an ardent supporter of the illegals and sanctuary cities did a very quick about face after trump offered to send them to her city:

Lets go back to my original question at the beginning of this article:
what does it mean to be an American?

If you are an American, I have to ask: is it not normal to love your country and feel patriotic about it?  Is it not normal to defend your own country?  Furthermore, is it not normal to protect one’s country from those seeking to harm it, and/or seeking to use it for their own gain at the expense of said country’s own citizens?

One word: YES.

Trump wants immigration to be based on merit; Democrats instantly responded that this was hateful.  Funny, but the Democrats beloved Mexico (whom has a history of allowing and even helping illegals cross into America) has a merit based immigration policy – if you cannot prove that you can contribute in a structured and positive way to the well-being and the advancement of Mexico, take a hike Jack. Huh…

American colleges are turning out legions of future Democrats whose ideals are most definitely not American.  These young impressionable minds are being taught in fact to hate America.  What else would you call it when you are taught that:

  • All people have to be allowed to come into the U.S.
  • The U.S. is bad, because we are successful
  • Prisons should be closed down
  • Police officers are all racist haters
  • Christians are racist haters and bigots and are deserving of death
  • All viewpoints must be in line with Leftist progressive thinking
  • Sanctuary cities must be allowed and protected even at the expense of the American people
  • Capitalism is wrong and evil
  • Socialism is right and good for all
  • Islam is good, Christianity is bad
  • All manner of perversion is ok, because everybody has rights
  • Everything should be free because we deserve it
  • Censorship of everyone not in agreement with Leftist ideology is ok and is warranted

What about those that turn what should be a moment of respect for ones country and its symbol, (the flag, the National Anthem – and by extension our military) into a moment of protest?  This is completely unacceptable.

What about the recent blowup over Nike’s new shoes that would have featured the flag Betsy Ross designed – that is until America hating Colin Kaepernick informed Nike that these new shoes were “offensive”, and Nike promptly pulled them from the market on Kaepernick’s say so.

Just.  Like.  That.

Who is this washed up NFL wannabe to tell Nike or anyone else what is “offensive.”  Can’t Americans decide that for themselves?

This is the real danger here you see – you have the Democrats, who almost universally are Leftist progressives headed up by the likes of the brainless America-hating “The Squad,” dictating policy and what is acceptable and what is not acceptable for Americans to see, hear, purchase, or have.

Social media is run by these Leftist socialists, and unless you have been living under a rock – it should be very apparent to you that they have no qualms about determining what is acceptable for us to view on social media.  These leftist ideologues have wrongly given themselves the power that belongs only to the American people.  The power to choose belongs solely in the hands of the American people, not a select few.  Do you see the enormous danger here?  This is how a totalitarian society is formed, soon it will no longer be a Republic, we will be a socialist nation, which will in turn evolve into a communist nation.

The majority of people reading this will likely scoff and say that this can never happen.  It was not supposed to happen in Germany either.  I have news for We the People – this is all happening right now even as you read this article.  Look at the suppression on social media, especially Twitter, YouTube, and Facebook.  No one is putting a stop to that as of yet.  Look at the suppression and outright lies of the majority of our media – and it gets worse every day.  If you look into what the schools (more like indoctrination centers) are teaching, you will be horrified, and no I’m not kidding.

I encourage you to read my newly released book that looks at all of this more in depth: Spiritual Darkness is Destroying America and the Church.

Kneeling during the National Anthem is unpatriotic, and so is saying that a shoe displaying a flag from our heritage is “offensive.”

Supporting policies that are self-destructive to the people of this great nation, well that is also unpatriotic.  If you are a patriot, you are not for one minute going to support policies, laws etc., that are destructive and harmful to our own nation.  Neither are you going to disrespect our military and the many veterans that have served and even given their own lives to ensure we have the freedoms that we do.

To all of America’s veterans, I salute you, thank you so much for your service, God bless each and every one of you.

America has got to raise a ruckus and get these America hating socialists, and One World government lovers out of office.

America is for Americans – either love it – or leave it.

I love the video below, Toby Keith gets it, take a few minutes and watch this. (Language warning at the end)

Republished with permission Conservative Daily News

About the author: Greg is a strong believer in Jesus Christ and is also a political analyst and author.  By day he is a self-employed non-emergency medical transport driver, as well as being an author and blogger.  His articles are first published on True Conservative Pundit and Inspirational Christian Blogs, and from there the articles are widely published on many well-known conservative websites.  If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so leaving all links intact and crediting the author and the website that the article appeared on.

Greg is the author of the newly released book: Spiritual Darkness is Destroying America and the Church

Follow TCP on FacebookGabUSA LifeTwitterPinterest, and Social Cross

© 2019 Greg Holt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Greg Holt: admin@trueconservativepundit.com




The Destruction Of The American Medical Industry

If the government controls your health care, the government controls you. Obamacare was never about health care. It was about government power, dependency, and control. —Monica Crowley, Asst. Sec. for Public Affairs for U.S. Treasury Dept.

Obamacare, without a single Republican vote, cut $700 billion out of Medicare. —Congressman Louie Gohmert

Unfortunately, the health care bill commonly referred to as Obamacare is making it more difficult for employers to provide insurance to their employees. It limits individuals’ ability to pick their own doctors and, over time, decreases the quality of care we provide in this country.  —Congressman Jeff Duncan

Thirty years ago, employer-supplied healthcare deductibles were $250.00 per person before going to an 80/20 payout and then shortly to 100% coverage by insurance.  This was pretty standard across the country.

Today, because of Obamacare, my family, like so many others are hit with thousands in deductibles before insurance covers 80 percent.  This is what Obamacare has done to middle-class Americans who receive their insurance from their employers.  Kaiser Family Foundation claims that over 156 million Americans are insured via employers.  It is breaking middle-class families which is exactly what it was designed to do.

When Obamacare came on the scene in 2010, things radically changed for patients as well as physicians.  The government required paperwork for each patient is astronomical and must be done only by the physician.  Many physicians have taken early retirement.  The changes in our healthcare have been destructive and often deadly.  One of the meat cutters at our local upscale market could no longer afford his blood pressure medication on their new employee healthcare.  Three months later he died of a stroke.

That’s not all, the yearly physicals which used to give women both pap smears and breast checks, along with EKGs and full physicals have disappeared and now the latest is the elimination of labs in the physicians’ offices.  Outside labs are hired for blood and urinalysis and there is no opportunity to sit down with the doctor 20 minutes later to review the results.  Results come via snail mail.

Worse yet, hospitals can no longer carry all the drugs patients use when in hospital.  I would urge everyone to carry their regular drugs with them.  Twice in the last five years the nursing staff has failed to give me the proper medications and told me I could not take my own.  Bring your own anyway and keep them close to your bedside as many of the “substitutes” are not equal to what you normally take.

Getting rid of folks who know what this country was built on, who know the Constitution, who received excellent educations, and who are patriotic Americans is exactly what Obamacare is designed to do.  Basically, the transnationalists (globalists on steroids) want us eliminated.  Remember when Obama said, “Just take a pill.”

The Opioid “Crisis”

The government tells us that 1.7 million Americans are addicted to opioids, but what they don’t tell you is that marijuana, heroin, cocaine and meth amphetamines are included in the overall list and those drugs are illegal in most states.  That is .0485 percent of the American public.  So, what is the real number of opioid addictions from prescribed drugs?  We don’t know, but what we do know is people who have gone through surgeries like knee, hip, or shoulder replacements need these drugs and because of the “crisis,” people who will never become addicted are being deprived of temporary use of drugs that will help them through the first few days or weeks of pain. Here is the U.S. Department of Justice Drug Enforcement Administration’s 2018 national drug threat assessment.

Mexican Transnational Criminal Organizations (TCOs) remain the greatest criminal drug threat to the United States; no other group is currently positioned to challenge them. The Sinaloa Cartel maintains the most expansive footprint in the United States, while Cartel Jalisco Nueva Generacion’s (CJNG) domestic presence has significantly expanded in the past few years via illegal aliens. Although 2017 drug-related murders in Mexico surpassed previous levels of violence, U.S.-based Mexican TCO members generally refrain from extending inter-cartel conflicts domestically.

The real cause of drug use?  Our elites were incentivized to deindustrialize the upper Midwest.  It’s the reason Donald Trump is President.  J.D. Vance, author of Hillbilly Elegy says the opioid crisis is directly correlated to the Midwest and upper Midwest loss of factories and jobs that went to China.  Human dignity and self-worth were lost when the ability to support your family was removed.  Wall Street and the Corporations benefited from it via lower costs, but America’s people suffered.  Prior to China joining the World Trade Organization and receiving “most favored nation,” our growth every year was 3.5 percent.  Once China came on the scene our growth dropped to 1.9 percent.  Trump is changing this…and we must stand with him

Chicago Communist Quentin Young

I’d bet few have heard of Dr. Quentin Young… a longtime friend and neighbor of Obama in Chicago and the primary figure who delivered Obama to the single-payer camp.  Young joined the Young Communist League as a teenager in the late 1930s.

From the mid-1940s through the mid-1970s, he was closely associated with the Communist Party. In October 1968 he was called to testify before the House Un-American Activities Committee, which was probing the extent of his knowledge about the riots that had erupted at the Democratic National Convention.

Fires raged throughout the city during the Democratic National Convention which spawned an historic collision of politicians, protestors and police in the streets of Chicago.

The Committee accused Young of belonging to the Bethune Club, an organization for communist doctors; the group was named after Norman Bethune, a communist physician who devoted his services to the totalitarian regime of Mao Zedong.

Young founded the Medical Committee for Human Rights (MCHR), which initially aimed to secure medical care for civil-rights workers in the South, and later promoted “single-payer,” government-run healthcare. Through MCHR, Young in the ’60s helped establish neighborhood health clinics for the Black Panther Party and the Young Lords, a socialist organization of Puerto Rican nationalists. His MCHR provided emergency medical care to injured protesters and rioters at the Democratic National Convention in Chicago (including the infamous Chicago Seven, who were charged by the government with inciting to riot).

Dr. Young also was Martin Luther King Jr.’s personal physician.  King was assassinated in April of 1968.

In 1982 Young helped establish the Democratic Socialists of America, (DSA) now the largest socialist group in America, which, as the principal U.S. affiliate of the Socialist International, asserts that “many structures of our government and economy must be radically transformed.”  The DSA scored a huge number of wins in the 2018 mid-term election, including the jihadi squad.

From 1970 until at least 1992, Young was affiliated with the Chicago Committee to Defend the Bill of Rights (CCDBR), which was founded in 1960 as a Communist Party USA (CPUSA) front group that sought to outlaw government surveillance of radical organizations. CCDBR later became heavily influenced by the Democratic Socialists of America and the Committees of Correspondence for Democracy and Socialism.

In the early 1980s Young was a leading ally of Chicago Democratic Mayor Harold Washington, who appointed him as president of the Chicago Board of Health. Also during this period, Young served on the board of directors of the ACLU‘s Illinois branch.  In 1983 he sat on the national advisory board of the All-People’s Congress, a group heavily influenced by the Marxist-Leninist Workers World Party.

In 1995 Young attended the now-famous meeting at the Chicago home of former Weather Underground terrorists Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn where Barack Obama was first introduced to influential locals as the preferred successor to Illinois state senator Alice Palmer, a pro-Soviet radical who was planning to vacate her state senate seat. Young quickly became a friend and political ally of Obama, teaching the latter about the merits of single-payer healthcare. He also served as Obama’s personal physician for more than two decades.

Shortly after what he called Barack Obama’s “remarkable and historic victory” in the presidential election of 2008, Young wrote in the CPUSA magazine Political Affairs: “The only effective cure for our health-care woes is to establish a single, publicly financed system, one that removes the inefficient, wasteful, for-profit private health insurance industry from the picture.”

In 1970, Chicago radical activist Mike Soto gave testimony before the “Subcommittee to investigate the administration of the internal security Act…” in the aftermath of Students for a Democratic Society/Weathermen inspired student rioting in Chicago.  When questioned about fellow activist Bernardine Dohrn, Soto said “I have talked to her and she is a violent maniac, because when I talked to her, she said ‘let’s pick up arms, let’s blow up this country apart until we take over.’”

Conclusion

In 1938, Dr. Quentin Young was elected to the national executive committee of the American Student Union (ASU), an organization established by a merger between the Communist Party-sponsored National Student League and its Socialist Party counterpart, the Student League for Industrial Democracy.  After attending Northwestern University Medical School from 1944-47, Young fulfilled his internship and residency requirements at Cook County Hospital in Chicago.

Young was Obama’s longtime friend/doctor/mentor and political supporter. As stated above, he was present at the launching of Obama’s political career in the Hyde Park Chicago home of former Weather Underground terrorists Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn, also patients of Young’s.

Quentin Young has explicitly stated that he influenced Obama towards “single payer,” socialized healthcare.  Obama did not conceive of socialized medicine on his own. His acceptance of such a system was cultivated and nurtured by the same types of Marxist revolutionaries with whom he has surrounded himself throughout his entire adult life – and who shaped the major policy agendas of his administration.

Those who wish to permanently change America into a third world socialist country are now working to destroy the very President who stands against it.  We must support him, even when we disagree with something he does.  Our lives literally depend upon doing just that.

P.S. Although not part of this article, I must ask every reader to help us stay alive and well on NewsWithViews.  We are a website who has been blackballed and censored time and again.  Even during the campaign in 2016, our readers would see virus warnings when they opened our articles…warnings that were false, non-existent, but were put there to keep people from reading the truth.  This is a constant fight for truth, for freedom to express that truth.  We need your help, we need funding, constantly because the costs continue to rise for us to fight against the censorship.  Please remember us in your monthly contributions, and tell others to sign up to receive daily articles.  You can donate here.

© 2019 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




The High Cost of Cheap Tomatoes

By Karen Schoen

This weekend is Labor Day weekend. Each year we celebrate Labor Day in a dual role.  One way is massive sales so we shop till we drop.  The other way is the end of summer.  As Americans gather, shop and barbeque, I wondered if anyone knows the history of Labor Day.  Is Labor Day even taught in school?

Labor Day is celebrated on the first Monday in September. It honors the American worker and the American Labor Movement.  Without the American workers and their continuous contributions to the American economy we would not be experiencing the incredible economic growth and stock market. The work ethic that American workers have made to the development, quality, growth, endurance, prosperity, productivity of American products have made American products the most sought after in the world. Labor Day is a federal holiday celebrating American workers.

“Beginning in the late 19th century, as the trade union and labor movements grew, trade unionists proposed that a day be set aside to celebrate labor. “Labor Day” was promoted by the Central Labor Union and the knights of Labor, which organized the first parade in New York City. In 1887, Oregon was the first state of the United States to make it an official public holiday. By the time it became an official federal holiday in 1894, thirty American states officially celebrated Labor Day.”

According to PEW research Over the past three decades, the share of American workers who are union members has fallen by about half.  Union membership peaked in 1954 at nearly 35% of all U.S. wage and salary workers, but in 2015 the unionization rate was just 11.1%. However, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics the actual number of union members has risen in recent years, from 14.4 million in 2012 to 14.8 million last year.

Great News: Labor Force Participation Rate in the United States increased to 63 percent in July from 62.90 percent in June of 2019. Labor Force Participation Rate in the United States averaged 62.99 percent from 1950 until 2019, reaching an all time high of 67.30 percent in January of 2000 and a record low of 58.10 percent in December of 1954.  (Bureau of Labor Statistics).  Why great news?  People need to feel a sense of accomplishment. A satisfying day at work fills the bill. Less crime is committed by people who feel fulfilled and satisfied in their job.

More significantly, the jobless rate for African Americans fell to a record low 6.8% in December from 7.2% the month before. And it was the first time ever that unemployment for African Americans ever fell below 7%.

Hispanics, too, have seen unemployment drop to record-low levels. For Hispanics, unemployment fell below 5% for the first time ever in October. It stood at 4.9% in December, just a tick above its all-time low of 4.8% in October and November.

Meanwhile, Asians as a group saw their unemployment rate spike to as high as 8.4% in 2009. In December, it fell below 3% for the first time since 2007, dropping to a record-low 2.5%.

Americans are ready to work.  Wages have increased for the first time in decades, Yet we continually hear, we need more immigrants and illegals to fill the jobs that Americans wont do. BS I say to that.  Pay a living wage and Americans are happy to work.  Even Bernie said so. Here is the break down of industries that “require” illegals.

Reference: June 3, 2007 NY Times Sunday MONEY section, page 4, article entitled Shattering Stereotypes about Immigrant Workers by Daniel Altman.

Although his article is biased in favor of what he calls “undocumented” workers and he quotes suspect sources claiming illegals don’t depress US citizens’ wages, the statistics he cites are significant. They do shatter the oft-repeated myth that illegal immigrants are doing work “nobody else” wants to do. Altman gives the following statistics which he obtained from the Pew Hispanic Center’s estimates for 2005:

Percentage of [illegal] workforce who work in:
19.9 Construction
14.3 Manufacturing
3.9 Agriculture, forestry, fishing, hunting
0.2 Mining
17.2 Leisure/hospitality
12.9 Business/professional services
11.4 Wholesale/retail trade
5.6 Education/health services
3.2 Financial activities
3.0 Transportation and utilities
1.2 Information
7.2 Other services

Look how old those numbers are. Are they afraid to publish new numbers? Are they afraid to show how illegals are really taking jobs from Americans and depressing wages? If you can hire an illegal at a fraction of the wage, the illegal wins every time.

Taking jobs is one thing but what is the cost of these illegal aliens to the bottom line of America’s budget? We constantly hear Illegal Aliens pay taxes and contribute to the economy. But do they?

The study by Robert Rector and Christine Kim concludes that American taxpayers spend a total of $89.1 billion on some 4.5 million low-skilled immigrant households (comprising some 15.9 million individuals, or roughly 5% of the population of the United States), costing each non-immigrant American $330 per year.  The study also notes that about 60% of these households were headed by legal immigrants and about 40% headed by illegal aliens.

Illegal aliens receive Section 8 housing and subsidized rent
Illegal aliens receive food stamps

Illegal aliens receive free (no deductible, no co-pay) health care
Illegal aliens receive free breakfasts and lunches at school

Illegal aliens receive bilingual teachers and books-

Illegal aliens receive relief from high energy bills
If they are or become, aged, blind or disabled, they qualify for SSI. Once qualified for SSI they can qualify for Medicare

Not calculated in the charts above is the fact that 64% of American jails are filled with illegal aliens. U.S. Taxpayers Pay about $1.2 Billion to Incarcerate Illegal Immigrants.

Breitbart reports: The number of federal arrests of foreign nationals, that is non-United States citizens living in the country, has more than tripled over the last two decades, new Department of Justice (DOJ) data reveals.

Basically, each illegal alien is costing the American public about $20-25,000 a year. Do you think you could use an extra $20,000 a year?  Our Veterans? Our students? Our roads? Or do you prefer cheap tomatoes!

Is America Worth Saving?

Will you support the President and build that wall?
Will you demand E-verify in your state?
Will you comment and correct the narrative?

If not you, who?  If not now, when?

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net




Ignore Islam At Our Peril

By Amil Imani

There is no shortage of Islamic materials on the market for anyone curious enough to seek the truth for himself. I personally have written hundreds of articles about Islam and the threat it poses to our Constitution. The painstaking task of educating the American public about this threat has not stopped Islam’s advancement in America. I am puzzled as to why no one takes this threat seriously? Europe is already badly infected with Islamism. It is the canary in a coalmine. It is telling us Islam’s next stop is America.

Many Americans have the common sense to see that Islam and Western values are incompatible. They would like to see Muslims assimilate and become part and shareholders of this great nation. On the contrary, however, it has been the complete opposite. Not only do Muslims not assimilate, they are actively involved in imposing their ideology on non-Muslims, in the hope that someday America will be conquered and fall under the rule of Islam. To Muslims, no other religion or manmade law is deemed worthy of recognition, much less accommodation.

When American officials opened the gate to the hordes of Muslims and permitted massive numbers of them to enter America, our culture and our way of life was forever altered. Just look at Minnesota or Dearborn, Michigan. Minneapolis’ Somali community has become the terrorist recruitment capital of the US. At the same time, elected US officials do absolutely nothing to combat this vital threat to our society and culture.

We have a serious problem that no one wants to discuss simply because they fear to be called Islamophobe or racist. The American people don’t have the means or power to stop the wrecking ball that is Islam. They rely on their elected officials to be on top of this. But these elected officials play politics by avoiding the issue. In fact, many of them appease these newcomers with open arms and allow them to impose anything and everything their hearts desire. Why? Very simple, money.

It is a sad fact that money drives politicians to power and keeps them there. Without money, they would never make it to first base. Without more money, they might just languish at first base. To advance further to real power, politicians need large sums of money. And people who have money, as a rule, do not give them money without exacting payback. The higher the politician goes, the greater is his IOU to the people within the organizations that own him.

Like every transaction in life, dealing with moneyed people is a barter system. The politician becomes an employee of the funder(s). The contract, as it is generally the case, favors the employer—the money. The employee, the politicians, often finds himself in a trap. He is, in effect, a purchased agent with little or no leeway. If he deviates in the least from his commitment, he may find himself out of work and more.

Islamic organizations with great interests in promoting Islam are fully familiar with the power of money to recruit people to do their bidding. That’s why many non-Muslims work at all levels of government and the society at large to further Islam. In short: they are paid to do a job.

It is worth mentioning, because it is obligatory for a Muslim to follow Islamic laws and not man-made laws like the US Constitution, a Muslim can never be both a Muslim and an American at the same time. Hence, a Muslim is, first and foremost, an Ummahist– a citizen of international Islam. Thus, it is crucial for Muslims to donate money to those politicians in order to advance the cause of Islam.

What can the voters do? They can start by vetting the candidate. If the candidate has no knowledge of Islam’s Stealth Jihad that currently moves at the speed of light in the US and refuses to be direct and transparent with his constituents, that candidate has absolutely no business to run for office. In fact, he would be a disaster. It falls into the hands of voters alone to decide whether to vote for the survival of America or for their favorite candidate no matter what.

Frankly, We the People, are outmanned and outgunned by these group forces. Lone rangers win only in make-belief movies. In real life, governments, institutions and organizations are the ones who prevail. They have the funds to buy the services of the media; employ lawyers, politicians, and mercenaries of all stripes.

© 2019 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Who’s to Blame for Evisceration of the Second Amendment?

By Devvy Kidd

The right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed. A well regulated militia, composed of the body of the people, trained to arms, is the best and most natural defense of a free country.” —James Madison, I Annals of Congress 434, June 8, 1789

What, Sir, is the use of a militia? It is to prevent the establishment of a standing army, the bane of liberty …. Whenever Governments mean to invade the rights and liberties of the people, they always attempt to destroy the militia, in order to raise an army upon their ruins.” —Rep. Elbridge Gerry of Massachusetts,  Annals of Congress 750, August 17, 1789

A militia when properly formed are in fact the people themselves…and include, according to the past and general usuage of the states, all men capable of bearing arms…  “To preserve liberty, it is essential that the whole body of the people always possess arms, and be taught alike, especially when young, how to use them.” —Richard Henry Lee, Federal Farmer No. 18, January 25, 1788

The right of the citizens to keep and bear arms has justly been considered, as the palladium of the liberties of a republic; since it offers a strong moral check against the usurpation and arbitrary power of rulers; and will generally, even if these are successful in the first instance, enable the people to resist and triumph over them.” —Joseph Story, Commentaries on the Constitution of the United States, 1833

I ask who are the militia? They consist now of the whole people, except a few public officers.” —George Mason, Address to the Virginia Ratifying Convention, June 4, 1788

Gun owners across this country continue to wail and complain about more and more gun-grabbing laws. More laws gutting the Second Amendment by scheming political whores in both Congress and state capitols.

More useless gun laws must be passed is the on-going screeching by brain dead “experts” on social media as well as the braying asses who make up the Hollywood crowd.

“Do something” they all shout after another terrible mass shooting by mentally ill killers. It’s “necessary” and if members of Congress don’t crap on the Second Amendment again, throw them out of office and don’t forget to impeach President Trump because he’s always responsible for every tragedy in this country!

Necessity is the plea for every infringement of human freedom. It is the argument of tyrants; it is the creed of slaves.” —William Pitt

The level of ignorance by politicians regarding the Second Amendment is killing this country in ways people can’t imagine. Oh, sure, many of those dogs, particularly in the Democratic/Communist Party USA know their stand on the Second Amendment is nothing short of tyranny. They don’t give a damn. Their agenda is and always has been total disarmament of We the People.

I sound like a broken record as I’ve written about this before over many years but who is really responsible for letting Congress and state legislatures unconstitutionally legislate away your God-given rights and eviscerating the Second Amendment?

Those who vote for anti-Second Amendment candidates and vote to reelect incumbents who babble every election cycle how they support the Second Amendment then turn right around and vote for more gun control ‘laws’.

I was ignorant on the true meaning of the Second Amendment until 2005 when I began reading Dr. Edwin Vieira’s research based solely on historical facts. Not clichés used by gun advocacy organizations: The right to own and bear arms shall not be infringed.

Most – especially the NRA – all forget the first thirteen words of the Second Amendment:  “A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state,”

Those who rely only on the second part in the Second Amendment “…the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed” act like the first thirteen words don’t exist.

Well, I’m telling you right now the two are married and unless and until gun owners in this country get educated on the true meaning of the Second Amendment and the constitutional militia, you will continue chasing your tails, throwing money at organizations like the NRA so they can wine and dine politicians while they  negotiate away your Second Amendment rights.

My late husband and I belonged to the NRA for many years until I got educated and realized they are not truly serving their members. Yes, the NRA has always had great programs for gun safety and marksmanship, but if their cash cow – the right to own and bear arms – is their only argument, then they are not doing their job.

Yes, they are fully aware of Edwin’s historical and factual analysis of the true meaning of the Second Amendment but insanely enough, won’t touch it. Why? This is speculation on my part but it has to do with the cuss word, militia.

Funny thing, though. The Second Amendment reads: A well regulated militia…

After Ruby Ridge and Waco the word militia became a dirty word. Politicians from both parties stayed away from it like one would avoid a leper. Well-meaning and justifiably angry citizens over those two preventable slaughters where innocents were murdered by our government, who jumped on the militia train accomplish nothing.

They accomplished nothing because they were not the true constitutional militia but rather loose-knit groups with zero authority.  Nor are any of the individual militia chapters throughout the states. Many are doing good things like helping people during natural disasters and so forth. But they are not the constitutional militia and neither is the National Guard as some claim.

The Arizona State Militia is not part of the state apparatus but private citizens. I believe they have the best of intentions but when push comes to shove, they can get in serious legal trouble.  See this column; scroll down to the part about the militia.

Years ago, some genius sent me email after reading one of my columns on this issue and said, “We don’t need the damn state, we are the militia”.  Really? And, pray tell Mr. Testosterone, just how did you come to that legal determination?

Several Republicans in Congress are starting to cave joining the mobs demanding more and more gun laws that will do nothing to stop mentally ill individuals from killing innocent people.  More background checks! More this more that until you can’t pick up a gun in your own home without a county sheriff standing there watching.

Keep throwing money at gun organizations that are not working towards the final solution.  Keep donating money for court battles over the ‘right to own and bear arms’.  The dog chasing its tail.

Unless and until the states reconstitute the constitutional militia as MANDATED IN the Second Amendment nothing will change. And, very important: The constitutional militia must be armed to the same degree of fire power as the enemy. You don’t take a knife to a gun fight.

All the hysteria over so-called assault weapons are political and evil. Why do you think police and sheriff’s departments in high urban gang infested areas began upping their fire power decades ago? Because a .38 police special up against an AK-47 is like an elephant scratching its back with a toothpick.

Hunters can sit around the camp fire and bitch about more gun laws. Gun owners can sit at the local watering hole and bitch about more gun laws. They can continue to vote for another do-nothing “pro-Second Amendment” incumbent but it won’t change a damn thing. The lawsuits will continue and don’t forget to make that donation.

Or, the 100 million gun owners in this country or even 50% of them can get educated and go after your state legislature and governor. True, in commie states like California it would seem like a lost cause. But the more gun owners who get educated by you and your gun organization can heat things up.

I know organizations like Gun Owners of America and Oath Keepers ‘get it’. Each year the NRA has a huge convention. How about having a national meeting of gun organizations come together say in January or February. All state legislatures open for business this January except Texas, Montana, N. Dakota and Nevada who are all out of session until Jan. 2021.

Make a plan at the meeting to go after as many state legislatures as possible to reconstitute the constitutional militia. Not to replace police or first responders. But, because the Second Amendment means just what it says:

“A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state,”

Dr. Edwin Vieira has written a few million words on this issue. Please don’t send me email about how busy you are and don’t have “time to read all that stuff”. Oh, but you have time to make comments at the bottom of articles or columns about more gun laws. You have time to complain. Come on. Actions speak louder than words.

In 2013 I sent a letter to 1,300 state legislators at my own expense. One page on the constitutional militia and why it must be reconstituted and listed some of Edwin’s books.  All Republicans. Not a single response because I am just one.

But if 4 million members of the NRA and a couple million members of GOA and all the other gun organizations in this country got together and made a major, well-coordinated push, success will happen. United we win, divided we fall.

Day before yesterday there was another horrific mass killing 40 miles from my home over in Midland and Odessa, Texas.  An evil coward was pulled over for a routine traffic stop.  Instead of pulling over, he slowed down and began shooting out his back window with a rifle.

One of the two troopers was shot.  As of this writing, 8 are now dead, 21 injured; a couple still in the hospital are critical.  That waste of human skin was killed by law enforcement but has left yet another trail of tears that will ever end for the families.

At the time of this writing I finished watching the live update with the Chief of Police and Governor Abbott. Some of the reporter’s questions were the typical liberal BS about banning AR/AK weapons. This killer used “an AK”; that was it.

There has been little to no coverage (except statewide) of another bad shooting incident just the night before in Alabama:  17-year-old arrested for football game shooting, charged with 9 counts of attempted murderBlack male shoots nine people at a football game with a handgun over a fight. Thankfully none have died. The Midland/Odessa slaughter was nationwide instantly.

As I write, the identity of the Midland killer has not been released by law enforcement other than a white male in early 30s. Usually, within a couple hours we know the killer’s name, home address and when and where a weapon was purchased.  All that was given out at the press conference was ‘the suspect was a resident of Ector County”. Odessa.  Had a criminal record but the police chief refused to elaborate.

Right on que came the usual vomit from buffoons like Beto O’Rourke before anything was really known about that shooting: “Former Texas representative and Democratic presidential nominee hopeful Beto O’Rourke said Saturday’s mass shooting in West Texas ‘is fucked up’ and blasted Congress for not doing enough to stop gun violence.”

Who could know some gutless coward would open fire on state troopers on a Saturday afternoon over a routine traffic stop? We have no idea if the gun was purchased legally or anything else as law enforcement has not released any of those details.

NOTHING Congress could do by way of legislation would have stopped that senseless killing spree or the one last Friday night at that football game.

If gun owners are serious about stopping all these draconian, unnecessary and worthless gun control laws, below is required reading then action:

Who Regulates “A Well Regulated Militia”?

True Vs. False Militia & Why the Difference Matters

“The Militia of The Several States” Guarantee the Second Amendment – VERY IMPORTANT SERIES

The Constitutional Militia IS Your Duty Under The Second Amendment – Part I

The Constitutional Militia IS Your Duty Under The Second Amendment – Part 2

[On a personal note, our town desperately needs a couple of veterinarians. Due to the passing of a two fine vets, we are down to only two vet offices.  Mine is looking for a veterinarian to join his.  A very flourishing vet clinic, hospital and boarding facility. Want to get away from the rat race of urban crime infested cities and make really good money? Contact me for more information at devvyk@npn.net.)

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book, Taking Politics Out of Solutions. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net




Envisioning Religious Freedom

Envisioning a state and nation where God is honored, religious freedom flourishes, families thrive, and life is cherished. — Christian Civic League of Maine Vision Statement

I didn’t write the vision statement above. It was created sometime after I resigned in 2009. Readers of this column will know that I am no friend to the current administration of the League. I served at the League for over two decades.

During her first eighty years the League fought gambling and alcohol. It was created at the height of the prohibition movement in America, in 1897. The sexual revolution of the 1960s knocked alcohol and gambling out of the top spot of moral concerns for evangelicals in the 1980s. During the 1990s and 00s the League fought back against the sexual revolution.

We reasoned that Big Gay required our attention. Two issues were dominant in the public/political mind at the time. Abortion and homosexuality. We took sodomy and left the Roman Catholics to lead on abortion/life.

This division of labor by Big Christianity in Maine worked for awhile. While we were fully behind the Catholics on life they worked overtime behind the scenes to undermine my leadership on the sodomy issue. Now the Catholics are happy because nobody is taking on Big Sodomy, while the League is sharing the burden on life. Evangelicals went full surrender on the “gay” issue in the closing years of my tenure. Their capitulation emerges in the motto above.

They don’t mention the threat sodomy poses to our civilization. Instead, sounding like the progressives they have become, they are “Envisioning” a state and nation where “religious freedom flourishes.” Gays want religious freedom. The League wants religious freedom. Where’s the fight in that?

What’s worse is that when the League uses that phrase “religious freedom” they are signaling that they want the government to protect them from the homosexual movement. It’s pathetic. What’s really dangerous is the fact that their definition of religious freedom welcomes the Muslim threat. A jurisdiction doesn’t have any sort of religion if it doesn’t have the power to choose only one. A religion brings unity to a neighborhood, not eternal division and squabbling over ultimate questions like the question of who God is.

This is nothing like the Christian religion. It is really paganism — the belief in many gods. It bubbles up from the Masonic influence at America’s beginning. Their ideology pretty much silenced Christianity in official circles at the end of the 19th century.

The religious syncretism of Masonry rules the day in America today. Some protestant denominations still maintain condemnations of this syncretistic ideology. Even in those circles, however, the criticism is muted. Roman Catholics maintain a muted resistance to Masonry.

But America is full on Masonic when it comes to religion. All religions are equal and even the individual is free to make up his own. Even though there is much talk about Christianity in American politics most Americans believe that their religious life is exclusively their business. The only role American government and institutions are assigned is that of occasional referee. Public religious squabbling is emphasized because it reinforces satan’s narrative of trivial bickering between irrelevant wackos.

Out of this smoking chaos emerges the LGBTQ movement like a victorious gladiator. Homosexuals are the grand unifier. Don’t believe me? Follow Mayor Pete’s rising campaign within the Left. He’s the master victim, lecturing Christianity on tolerance and love. It’s disgusting. I can’t even watch it.

The League is making a play to be the leader on life. They are carrying two people vetoes. One concerns abortion and the other euthanasia. The Catholics are in the background. The League has a budget of $120,000 to get them over the finish line in three weeks. Maine’s former Governor LePage threw his hat in the ring on the League’s side a couple days ago. He did a phone call. 4,000 people called in.

I’ve discovered no evidence that they have engaged paid circulators. I had to do that every time I ran a referendum. There just wasn’t capacity in the Church to get enough signatures in time. Maybe that dynamic has changed, or the League has paid circulators on the ground and I don’t know about it. Their list of locations for petition collection is unimpressive.

I’m praying they make it, but I’m really angry that they are giving the sodomy movement a pass. Janet Kills signed a law passed by this Legislature that inserts the government in between parents and confused children. The League offered passive resistance during the legislative session. It is illegal in Maine for parents to seek professional help for their sexually confused child. ILLEGAL! Queers can marry. Everyone must bend over to sodomites or risk lawsuits. Homosexuals are America’s new model citizens.

Christianity says and does nothing. No, it’s worse than that. Christianity demands that the government protect them from America’s new model citizens. The cry for religious freedom is nonsense. It’s ridiculous.

Two thousand years of Christianity built the West. No other single factor accounts for anything close to what Christian theology, philosophy and culture delivered to Western Civilization. It is what’s good in our society. And we are throwing it all away for sex.

It isn’t going to work. The League doesn’t get it. But a rising number of people in the world do. The Left has overplayed it’s hand. It’s only a matter of time now. The days are numbered for institutions like the League. Jesus Christ will not be mocked. And paganism will not prevail.

© 2019 Michael Heath – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Heath: mike@michaelheath.org




How The Media Is Helping Rewrite The American History

America’s history is unique.  There is no other nation that has gone from a monarchy to self-rule and then in a very short period of time became a world leader and then the most prosperous and powerful nation the world had ever seen.  The saddest part is our places of so-called education refuse to teach this phenomenon to our kids.  Daniel Webster stated: “There is no nation on earth powerful enough to accomplish our overthrow. Our destruction,

should it come at all, will be from another quarter: from the inattention of the people to the concerns of their government, from their carelessness and negligence. I must confess that I do apprehend some danger. I fear that they may place too implicit a confidence in their public servants and fail properly to scrutinize their conduct; that in this way they may be made the dupes of designing men and become the instruments of their own undoing.”  We reached this point several decades ago.

Noah Webster warned us: “Every child in America should be acquainted with his own country. He should read books that furnish him with ideas that will be useful to him in life and practice. As soon as he opens his lips, he should rehearse the history of his own country.” Most of what is taught in our so-called schools today are lies and half-truths.  A serious push to erase our history began in the early 1900s.  Those that push for a one-world order do not want the real history of America taught.  If it is taught the learner will gain a sense of national pride and that is the last thing globalists want a population to have.  That is why our schools teach that all the world’s problems fall at the feet of American capitalism and not at the feet of dictators, radical ideologies such as islam,  and the list could go on and on.

It is said that the victor writes the history and to a certain extent that is true.  But a revisionist historian writes history the way he/she would rather it had been.  In other words he writes a fantasy history.  Includes what he wants, ignores what he doesn’t like.  As an example, George Washington was a devout Christian which can be verified by all of his contemporaries yet revisionist historians teach that he wasn’t a Christian.  The words of Washington dispell their myth: Washington commented on the importance of prayer stating:

“Whereas it is the duty of all nations to acknowledge the providence of Almighty God, to obey His will, to be grateful for His benefits, and humbly to implore His protection and favor . . . therefore, I do recommend [that] the people of the United States . . . may then all unite in rendering unto Him our sincere and humble thanks for His kind care and protection of the people of this country.” [1] The revisionists have even declared that the majority of the Founders were atheists yet time and time again the Founders called for prayer: John Adams, James Madison, Samuel Adams, Benjamin Franklin, George Clinton, Jonathan Trumbull, Elias Boudinot, and Daniel Tompkins, just to name a few.  In a case before the Supreme Court in 1992 we see the arrogance of activist judges in their non-stop efforts to redefine our Constitution.  In Lee v. Weisman the right to have a minister deliver invocations and benedictions at school graduations was taken away even though these things had been done in American schools for over 300 years. [2]

It is one thing when a private person decides that our history should not reflect the truth but a tainted version of that truth but when the government itself does it too then one knows that the government has a different agenda that the best welfare of the people and the nation.  It happened in July. A group of 25 selected professor historians met in Hawaii at a workshop sponsored by the National Endowment for the Humanities (NEH). They were to present and hear scholarly papers on the history of these United States in World War II. It was to be a high-level intellectual rendering of that war receding now into history.

It turned out to be a largely left-liberal diatribe about our nation’s sinful past. It was partisan as hell and, worst of all, an awkward attempt to rewrite history to make America out to be the world’s worst villain and all-around Bad Guy. Some speaker/presenters, presumably sticklers for historical accuracy, even made the USA out to be the moral equivalent of Nazi Germany and Imperial Japan. Yes, you read that correctly.

The workshop was at the East-West Center at the University of Hawaii. Its title sounded noble enough and honest — “History and Commemoration: The Legacies of the Pacific War.” Content, much of it at least, was neither noble nor honest, nor exclusively about the Pacific War. The scholars’ gathering became a platform for anti-American, anti-military rants by suspect historians who should have known better.     

One of the 25 scholars invited was Professor Penelope A. Blake of Rock Valley College in Rockford, Illinois. Daughter of two World War II veterans, she had looked forward to this conference owing to her deep interest and scholarship in World War II history. Instead, she left the scholars’ conference incensed, ready to “do something” to remedy its patently absurd wrongs done to American history. [3]

It’s bad enough that our schools don’t teach our history but when what they teach is outright lies that’s another thing altogether. Add to that the government funding and encouraging the lies then we need to wake up! Our country, way of life, culture, and future depend on it.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. Roger Anghis, Defining America’s Exceptionalism, pp. 35-36, (Westbow Press, 2012)
  2. Roger Anghis, Defining America’s Exceptionalism, p. 36, (Westbow Press, 2012)
  3. Ripping the USA revising history